B10 Parameters

mercredi 14 octobre 2009

BSS Telecom Parameters Catalogue: Release B10

Edition : 22 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA

BSC parameters

Logical name A_ECNO_HO HMI name A_ECNO_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name A_LEV_HO HMI name A_LEV_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for level averages for handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name A_LEV_MCHO HMI name A_LEV_MCHO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for level averages for microcell handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only for cells where: Cell_type = Microcell

Logical name A_LEV_PC HMI name A_LEV_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for level averages for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name A_PBGT_DR HMI name A_PBGT_DR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name A_PBGT_HO HMI name A_PBGT_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget Cell Type Yes calculation. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR FR-to-HR channel adaptation. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Max value 61 Coded Max 61 Recommended -- Def value 61 Coded Def 61 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR HMI name A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Quality averaging window size for AMR HR-to-FR channel adaptation. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Max value 61 Coded Max 61 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name A_QUAL_HO HMI name A_QUAL_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for quality averages for handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name A_QUAL_PC HMI name A_QUAL_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for quality averages for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name A_RANGE_HO HMI name A_RANGE_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Window size for distance averages. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name A_TRAFFIC_LOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Window size for load averages. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name ABIS_BANDWIDTH HMI name ABIS_BANDWIDTH B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Total Abis bandwidth available (for the Abis BTS group if Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP Ethernet", or for one Cell Type No E1 link if Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP framed" or "IP unframed"). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance A-bis link Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules The Abis bandwidth can be defined / negotiated with a transport network operator through SLA (Service Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Level Agreement). Such a SLA should define the needed bandwidth per QoS level (i.e. P0/CS, P1/SIG, Recommended P2/GBR, P3/BE). Thus, the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall be positioned to the minimum value between In case of variable Abis bandwidth (e.g. micro-wave), the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall be rules the SLA values (e.g. CIR (Committed Information Rate) and/or EIR (Excess Information Rate) values) and positioned to the minimum guaranteed bandwidth. other inputs or calculation results. The value of the TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR parameter may also be constrained by SLA. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External If Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP framed", the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter is CAE/“Virtual changeable" and shall be computed according to the Usable_TSs comment parameter value (so no input is needed from the operator in this case). In the case of a BTS linked to the BSC through 2 E1 links, then the total bandwidth is twice ABIS_BANDWIDTH value. If Abis-Transport-Mode = "IP Ethernet", the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter shall be mandatorily set by the operator (the default value (=0) is indeed not relevant because out of the range of possible values)”. To be noted that the Abis should be the bottleneck of the transmission bandwidth in a well-engineered BSS IP transport network (the available transmission bandwidth on the Abis last mile is considered to be the bottleneck with respect to the radio bandwidth between RRM and RLC/MAC). Bandwidth used by OML is neglected. Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name AC_0 HMI name AC 0 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --




Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. P1 Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) Min value 10 Coded Min 5 is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 4 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) HMI name High Priority Access Class Ordering B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. P2 Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority Min value 10 Coded Min 5 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 4 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --






Logical name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM HMI name ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment always set to 0 as SYS_INFO 7&8 are not used


Logical name ADDR_MON HMI name ADDR_MON B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 150 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name ADDR_TR HMI name ADDR_TR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Address error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation


Logical name AG_PREMPT_PCH HMI name AG_PREMPT_PCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there is one Cell Type No remaining free AGCH block. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging and Access Grant Control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Let’s define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH messages when the Max value 1 Coded Max 1 BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded. Recommended - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default -- rules value 0 is not used by BTS ) - If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) - If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden). Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment When EN_VGCS is disabled : Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - BCCH_EXT When EN_VGCS is enabled: Free AGCH = BS_AG_BLKS_RES - NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - BCCH_EXT


Logical name ALLOC_ANYWAY HMI name ALLOC_ANYWAY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer Cell Type No independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External only relevant when NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0 comment Internal comment --

Logical name ALPHA (BSC) HMI name ALPHA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Alpha power control parameter. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name AMR_FR_HYST HMI name AMR_FR_HYST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7.5 Coded Max 15 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 2 Coded Def 4 rules AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3). External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). comment Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --

Logical name AMR_FR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_FR_SUBSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB FR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: Min value 0 Coded Min 0 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). Max value 240 Coded Max 240 Recommended -- Def value 164 Coded Def 164 rules External Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s comment Internal comment --


Logical name AMR_FR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec Cell Type No mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 6.5 Coded Def 13 rules AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the comment AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --

Logical name AMR_FR_THR_2 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest Cell Type No codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 11.5 Coded Def 23 rules AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB. External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the comment AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --


Logical name AMR_FR_THR_3 HMI name AMR_FR_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest Cell Type No codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 11.5 Coded Def 23 rules AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB. External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the comment AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --

Logical name AMR_HR_HYST HMI name AMR_HR_HYST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7.5 Coded Max 15 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 2 Coded Def 4 rules AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1…3). External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). comment Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --


Logical name AMR_HR_SUBSET HMI name AMR_HR_SUBSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB HR calls (1 to 4 codecs). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules Coded on 1 byte. Bit 8 (most significant) = Bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset;

Mandatory rules In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The Max value 60 Coded Max 60 subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s is not supported by Recommended Alcatel BSS. -- rules Def value 22 Coded Def 22 External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). comment Internal comment --

Logical name AMR_HR_THR_1 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec Cell Type No mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 11 Coded Def 22 rules AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the comment AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --


Logical name AMR_HR_THR_2 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest Cell Type No codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 12.5 Coded Def 25 rules AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB. External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the comment AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --

Logical name AMR_HR_THR_3 HMI name AMR_HR_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest Cell Type No codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : Def value 12.5 Coded Def 25 rules AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB. External Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the comment AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. Internal comment --


Logical name AMR_START_MODE_FR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_FR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB FR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by Cell Type No the BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Mandatory rules -- Max value 4 Coded Max 4 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name AMR_START_MODE_HR HMI name AMR_START_MODE_HR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB HR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by Cell Type No the BTS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 05.09 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Mandatory rules If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to Max value 4 Coded Max 4 7.40 kbit/s. Recommended Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR-NB HR should be avoided. Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Edition : 22 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 28

Logical name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between lowest codec mode and Cell Type No second lowest codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.009 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_ Max value 7.5 Coded Max 15 2 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended Coded Def 5 rules : Def value 2.5 Coded Def 5 AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB. External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between highest codec mode and Cell Type No second lowest codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.009 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 15 = 7.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_ Max value 7.5 Coded Max 15 2 Recommended As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended Coded Def 5 rules : Def value 2.5 Coded Def 5 AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB. External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second Cell Type No lowest codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 45.009 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_ Recommended 2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : rules AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB. Def value 6 Coded Def 12 External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 HMI name AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and highest Cell Type No codec mode. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.009 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, …, 63 = 31.5 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 Max value 31.5 Coded Max 63 AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_ Recommended 2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : rules AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB. Def value 8 Coded Def 16 External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name ASIG_PRIORITY HMI name ASIG_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used for the signaling flow toward/from A interface in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to TC via TCSL.

Logical name ATT (BSC) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name AUT_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_CELL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name AUTO_DSC HMI name AUTO_DSC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables auto disconnection of LAPD links. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name B_NUM HMI name B_NUM B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 35 Coded Max 35 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External Default value depends on MSC type. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK HMI name BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Bandwidth consumed by a signalling link on Abis interface: Cell Type No -OML link associated to a BTS, Sub-syste BSC RMS No -or the RSL link associated to a TRX on Abis interface. Instance A-bis link Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK shall take the same value for both Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Abis. Recommended -- Coded Def 16 rules Def value 16 Coded Def 16 External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS HMI name BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Abis bandwidth consumed by a RTS supporting some TCH(s) (one FR TCH or two HR TCHs). Cell Type No The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are supposed to consume half this bandwidth. Sub-syste BSC RMS No The statistical bandwidth gain brought by DTX (when DTX is activated) shall be taken into account in this value. Instance A-bis link Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 6 Coded Min 6 Mandatory rules In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS shall take the same value for both Max value 16 Coded Max 32 Abis. Recommended -- Coded Def 16 rules Def value 16 Coded Def 16 External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Only values equal and below 16 kbit/s are allowed in B10. Greater values are provisionned for AMR-WB.

Logical name BCC (BSC) HMI name BCC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name BCCH_EXT HMI name BCCH_EXT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging and Access Grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: false, 1:true Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -BCCH_EXT cannot be set to true if the associated BTS is a non-Evolium one. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 -When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. Recommended -When EN_VGCS is disabled : The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having rules . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.


Logical name BCCH_FREQUENCY HMI name BCCH_FREQUENCY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023 Recommended -- Def value None Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}. - For an own cell, the BCCH frequency is deduced from the radio TS description.


Logical name BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the frequency used as BCCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023 1) for Non –Evolium serving cell : Recommended The cell neighborhood for reselection is controlled by EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION value and -- rules FDD_ARFCN_LIST content. The cell neighborhood for handover is controlled by EN_3G_HO and FDD_ARFCN values. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is mixed 2G/3G, and if all 2G frequencies can be encoded in the SI2 or SI2bis message, and if the SI2ter message is used to encode only 3G frequencies, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - since the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells 2) For Evolium serving cell : The cell neighborhood for reselection is controlled by EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION value and FDD_ARFCN_LIST content. The cell neighborhood for handover is controlled by EN_3G_HO and FDD_ARFCN values. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is 2G only, or mixed 2G/3G, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells

Def value None Coded Def External -- comment Internal comment - The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}. - The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. To be consistent with the MFS related parameter, the OMC-R access is defined according to this case (changeable). The BCCH frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable. - in case of Non Evolium serving cell, if neighborhood for reselection is mixed 2G/3G then no more than 31 frequencies (the OMC cannot performed the described mandatory check, but still present to give the really concerned case)

HMI name BF_HI_RX m B10 Yes B9 Yes template TRX nb No Logical name BF_HI_RX HMI name BF_HI_RX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Def value 80 Coded Def 80 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BF_HI_TX HMI name BF_HI_TX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BF_LO_RX HMI name BF_LO_RX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Def value 70 Coded Def 70 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BF_LO_TX HMI name BF_LO_TX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.02 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 7 -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Recommended - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if -- rules CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Def value 4 Coded Def 4 External Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 comment For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 Internal comment At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = “CBH” or “SDH” in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.


Logical name BS_CV_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_CV_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down Cell Type No procedure is entered. Sub-syste BSC RMS No One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink Def value 9 Coded Def 9 rules re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

External Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. comment Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. Internal comment --


Logical name BS_P_CON_ACK HMI name BS_P_CON_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name BS_P_CON_INT HMI name BS_P_CON_INT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.02 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Min value 2 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Max value 9 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 3 rules External The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Min value -30 Coded Min 15 Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 0 Coded Max 0 Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). comment Internal comment --


Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the Cell Type Yes inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Min value -30 Coded Min 15 Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (MFS) and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 0 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.

Logical name BS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name BS_TXPWR_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BTS minimum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Min value -30 Coded Min 15 Mandatory rules BS_TXPWR_MIN <= BS_TXPWR_MAX Max value 0 Coded Max 0 BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended -- Coded Def 12 rules Def value -24 Coded Def 12 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_RSL_TID HMI name BSC_RSL_TID B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition RSL termination identifier on BSC side. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance RSL Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [1] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition First character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [10] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [11] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [12] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [12] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [13] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [13] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [14] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [14] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [15] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [15] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [2] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [2] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Second character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [3] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [3] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Third character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [4] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [4] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [5] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [5] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [6] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [6] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [7] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [7] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [8] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [8] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address_i [9] HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address [9] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [1] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition First character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [10] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [11] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [12] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [13] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [14] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [15] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [2] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [2] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [3] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [3] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [4] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [4] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [5] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [5] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [6] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [6] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [7] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [7] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [8] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [8] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address [9] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 1character of a string. default = blank character Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name BSIC (GSM) HMI name BSIC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Abstract Unit None Coding rules -- Min value # Coded Min Mandatory rules -- Max value # Coded Max Recommended -- Def value # Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment See BCC (BSC) and NCC (BSC)

Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 for A5/7. Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.


Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 for A5/7. Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.

Logical name BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) HMI name Ciphering Algorithms Priority 3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of encryption algorithms in their prioritized order. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Not Used (NU) reference domain Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access None (DLS) Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules coded as an array of 7 bytes. Each byte contains a reference to an encryption algorithm: 1 for A5/1, ... 7 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 for A5/7. Mandatory rules The same encryption algorithm reference cannot be used for two different priorities Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment Only A5/1 and A5/2 algorithms are supported in this release. Only Priority 1 and Priority 2 fields are modifiable and displayed at the OMC-R.

Logical name BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY HMI name Send_CM_Enquiry B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC; Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry; 2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST). Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC) HMI name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP Transport mode for Ater level signalling links (GSL, Qmux/TCSL, N7, knowing only GSL applies to the Cell Type No MFS): TDM or IP Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : TDM, 1 :IP Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name BTS_CIPH_CAP HMI name ciphering capabilities B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of flags indicating what are the BTS ciphering capabilities. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Ciphering procedure OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None Coding rules Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is supported. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 bit 1 (LSB) : no encryption. bit 2 : A5/1. bit 3 : A5/2...bit 8 : A5/7. bit x =0: encryption not supported. bit x =1: encryption supported Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Bit 1 = 1 (mandatory)Bit 4 to 8 = 0 (mandatory)Bits 1 and 4 to 8 shall not be displayed at the OMC-R.Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name BTS_IP_Address HMI name BTS_IP_Address B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the BTS. There is only one IP address per BTS, used by all protocols (IPTCH, IPGCH, RSL, Cell Type No OML,…) Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 the OMC must display the value of each octet following the format: www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value : 255.255.255.255, coded as an empty string Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 4294967295 Coded Def 0 rules External Meaningful only for IP BTS. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - When the IP BTS is created in the BSC, it is created with its IP@. The BSC is then able to reach the BTS through the SNMP command. The BTS, from its part, gets its IP@ from the DHCP request. The BTS IP address is sent to the MFS via BSCGP: state change message.

Logical name BTS_Q_LENGTH HMI name BTS_Queue_Length B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BTS_RSL_TID HMI name BTS_RSL_TID B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition RSL termination identifier on BTS side Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance RSL Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name Call_user_data_sel HMI name Call_User_Data_Selector B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0 to 16 bytes string Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255]. Internal comment OMC sends a string of a fixed length of 16bytes. The default string is an empty string. The right side of the string might be filled by zeros until 16 bytes are reached.

Logical name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a “general capture” Cell Type No handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CBC_window HMI name CBC_Window B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing Cell Type No primitives. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Max value 3 Coded Max 3 shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Recommended -- Coded Def 1 rules Def value 1 Coded Def 1 External Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. comment If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3. Internal comment --

Logical name CBC_X25_primary_address HMI name CBC Primary X25 Address B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition CBC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name CBC_X25_secondary_address HMI name CBC Secondary X25 Address B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition CBC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name CCCH_CONF (BSC) HMI name CCCH_CONF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Configuration of the CCCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: one CCCH not combined, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: one CCCH combined 2: two CCCH not combined Mandatory rules 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: -- rules i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.


Logical name CELL_BAR_ACCESS HMI name Administrative cell Barring B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter identifies if the cell is barred by the operator for MS initial access. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not barred, 1: barred Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is changeable via “bar-cell” and “debar-cell” operator commands.

Logical name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY HMI name CELL_BAR_QUALIFY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS.


Logical name CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS HMI name Cell Capacity Class B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Capacity class of the cell, measured on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to 100. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 08.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules binary value on 8 bits Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: “In order to fulfill the 3GPP requirement of Def value 100 Coded Def 100 rules having a linear scale in the capacity class, ranging from 1 to 100: Cell Capacity Class is a linear function of the Cell capacity: value 1 shall indicate the minimum capacity class, and 100 shall indicate the maximum capacity class. Capacity class should be measured on a linear scale. The default value of Cell Capacity Class should depend on the number of available TCHs in the cell and since there may be up to 126 TCH channels in one GSM cell: Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1} where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell.”

External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE HMI name Cell Dimension B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE(n) HMI name Cell Dimension B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the adjacent cell is processed as a macrocell or a microcell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Macrocell, 1: Microcell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE(n). Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE parameter is Comment not displayed as such to the O&M user.


Logical name CELL_EV HMI name CELL_EVALUATION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Order, 1: Grade Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name CELL_LAYER_TYPE HMI name Cell Layer B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor layer cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended The allowed layer configurations are: 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Indoor layer Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells + Indoor layer cells External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_LAYER_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.


Logical name CELL_LAYER_TYPE(n) HMI name Cell Layer B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the adjacent cell is processed as single cell, upper layer cell, lower layer or indoor Cell Type Yes layer cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Single cell, 1: Upper layer, 2: Lower layer, 3 : Indoor layer Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE(n). Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended The allowed layer configurations are: Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules 1) Only single layer cells, 2) Upper layer cells + Indoor layer cells, 3) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells, 4) Upper layer cells + Lower layer cells + Indoor layer cells External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_LAYER_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name CELL_PARTITION_TYPE HMI name Cell Partition B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the cell is concentric. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: No partition, 1: Concentric Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE = "EGSM-DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800". Recommended -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_PARTITION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.


Logical name CELL_PARTITION_TYPE(n) HMI name Cell Partition B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the adjacent cell is concentric. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: No partition, 1: Concentric Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE(n). Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Must be equal to "Concentric" when FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) = "EGSM-DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800". Recommended -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The CELL_PARTITION_TYPE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name CELL_RANGE (BSC) HMI name Cell Range B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CELL_RANGE(BSC) = CELL_RANGE(MFS) Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Recommended A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC -- rules when they are PS capable).

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name Cell_Range(n) (BSC) HMI name Cell Range B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the adjacent cell belongs to an extended cell, or is a GAN cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell, 3: GAN cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CELL_RANGE(BSC) = CELL_RANGE(MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE(n). Recommended A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC -- rules when they are PS capable).

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a Cell Type No GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 14 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 3 rules External If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. comment Internal comment --


Logical name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 14 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Max value 126 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Max value 126 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND HMI name CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not present, 1: present Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. This parameter was explicitly defined in GSM 05.08 up to version V8.3.1 of Release 99 (replaced by sentences in subsequent versions)

Logical name CGI_3G_REQD HMI name CGI_3G_REQUIRED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls format of 3G cell identifications sent to the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules format. The CGI_3G_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. External Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment -- If CGI_3G_REQD = 1 then 3G cell will be identified on A interface with MCC_3G(n) + MNC_3G(n) + LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n) Else with LAC_3G(n) + RNC_ID(n)

Logical name CGI_REQD HMI name CGI_REQUIRED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. External Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name CI (BSC) HMI name CI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Cell Identity. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Equal to CI (MFS) Recommended -- Coded Def 65535 rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name CI(n)(BSC) HMI name CI B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Cell Identity of adjacent cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Equal to CI(n)(MFS) Recommended -- Coded Def 65535 rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name CI_3G(n) HMI name CI_3G(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of a 3G cell as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401 Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 48.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Binary value on 16 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 The value of “-1” indicates that no cell identifier is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). Mandatory rules MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended CI_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from “-1”) -- rules Def value -1 Coded Def -1 External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name CI_SI HMI name CI_SI B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Specific Cell Identity to be broadcasted in the SI3 and SI6 messages instead of the value of the other O&M Cell Type No parameter “CI”. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Reference Unit None Coding rules When set to “0”, it indicates that the feature is de-activated, i.e the existing CI is sent in SI3 and SI6 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 messages. Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment In B10, the CI_SI parameter is defined in the “System (CST)” category in order to avoid O&M impacts. That parameter value can however be modified by ALU people via the use of steer files (DLS patches) from the BSC Terminal. The same value is used in all the cells of a BSC.

Logical name CIC HMI name Circuit Identity Code B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance A ch Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Displayed Type Reference Unit None Coding rules Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name COUNT_DECR HMI name COUNT_DECR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented Cell Type No upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD HMI name COUNT_I_THRESHOLD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name COUNT_INCR_1 HMI name COUNT_INCR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon Cell Type No TCU overload level 1. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name COUNT_INCR_2 HMI name COUNT_INCR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon Cell Type No TCU overload level 2. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CRC_MON HMI name CRC_MON B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CRC_TR HMI name CRC_TR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation

Logical name CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) HMI name CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter allows to characterise an handover adjacency, meaning to be used as for normal Circuit Cell Type No Switched transaction only, or for VGCS call only, or for both. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0= CS Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1= VGCS 2= CS & VGCS Mandatory rules If source/target cell has FREQUENCY_RANGE = GSM850 or DCS1900, then CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) = 0. Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Coded Def 2 rules Def value 2 Coded Def 2 External -- comment Internal comment -- The value of CS_VGCS_CHAR is deduced from the VGCS-Char parameter of BOP. The adjacency type of normal CS transaction is given in the Adjacency-Type parameter (R/HO/R&HO), defined in BOP.


Logical name DELTA_DEC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor favouring handover cause “Power budget” when traffic is high in the serving cell and Cell Type Yes low in neighbour cell(s). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 24 Coded Max 24 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name DELTA_INC_HO_margin HMI name DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor penalizing handover cause “Power budget” when traffic is low in the serving cell and Cell Type Yes high in neighbour cell(s). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 24 Coded Max 24 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-WB GMSK speech calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK disabled, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK enabled Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended The value “1” is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases.

Logical name DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE HMI name Downlink DTX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_FR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB FR speech calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_AMR_HR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB HR speech calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Downlink_DTX_enable_HR HMI name DOWNLINK_DTX_HR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name DPC HMI name MSC Signalling Point Code B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signalling Point Code of the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules coded over 14 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16383 Coded Max 16383 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Must be equal to OPC and SSF used by MSC


Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, …, 111 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) HMI name B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX Min value 0 Coded Min 0

Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR comment Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options (BCCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in “cell Options (SACCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH HMI name B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies for all codec types except AMR. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate Min value 0 Coded Min 0 for TCH/F 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may for TCH/H 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR (see coding rules). comment Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR HMI name B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR-NB FR and AMR-NB HR. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules coded over 3 bits. The meaning of this parameter depends on the allocated channel rate Min value 0 Coded Min 0 for TCH/F (AMR FR) 0=may, 1=shall, 2=shall not, 3=shall, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall not, 7=may for TCH/H (AMR HR) 0=shall not, 1=shall not, 2=shall not, 3=may, 4=may, 5=shall, 6=shall, 7= shall Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR is calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR (see coding rules). comment Internal comment This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases. The DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_ HMI name DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_ B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No GMSK GMSK Cell Type No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR-WB GMSK. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0= the MS may use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1= the MS shall use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 2=the MS shall not use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended The value “1” is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. This parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases.

Logical name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER HMI name DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Dummy ARFCN used to describe one dummy 2G frequency in the SI2ter message when there is no Cell Type No additional 2G frequency to encode in the Extended BCCH Frequency List IE of the SI2ter message and the Sub-syste BSC RMS No SI2ter message has to be present to describe 3G frequencies. Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023 Recommended -- Def value 252 Coded Def 252 rules External For a Non Evolium serving cell, if its neighborhood for reselection is mixed 2G/3G, and if all 2G frequencies can be encoded in the SI2 or SI2bis message, and comment if the SI2ter message is used to encode only 3G frequencies, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. Since the total number of ARFCNs described in the BA list shall not exceed 32 in the serving cell, the total number of useful ARFCN (excluding the dummy ARFCN) is limited to 32 – 1 = 31 (1 stands for the dummy ARFCN) Internal comment In case of Non Evolium serving cell, if neighborhood for reselection is mixed 2G/3G then no more than 31 frequencies (the OMC cannot performed the described mandatory check, but still present to give the really concerned case).

Logical name DWELL_TIME_STEP HMI name DWELL_TIME_STEP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EC HMI name EMERGENCY_CALL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages

Logical name EC_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_EC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name ECSC HMI name ECSC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not early sending of CLASSMARK CHANGE is allowed. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: early sending not allowed, 1: early sending allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in SYSTEM INFORMATION messages. Coded in the software.

Logical name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE HMI name EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Cell Type No Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded over 8 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 13 Coded Def 13 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.


Logical name EDR_MSG_ORDER HMI name EDR_MSG_ORDER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED Cell Type No on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only if EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL = 1.

Logical name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED HMI name EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Cell Type No Retry attempt. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --


Logical name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL HMI name EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name EFR_ENABLED HMI name EFR_ENABLED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY HMI name EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines if the G1 non-capable MS is supported or not in the network. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: G1 non-capable MS-s are only supported in the cells where the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band Min value 0 Coded Min 0 (i.e. BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band) . 1: G1 non-capable MS-s are not supported in any cell that contains at least one G1 TRX of the network (Note these MS-s are still supported in other cells). Mandatory rules When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to “0”, if the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band (i.e. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band), then: Recommended 1) the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1 TRX. -- rules 2) TRX_PREF_MARK must be <> 0 for a hopping G1 TRX .

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EME_DATA_TIMER HMI name EME_DATA_TIMER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer supervision the reception by the BSC of the EME_DATA_IND message Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO HMI name EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Allows handovers towards 3G cells for a given MS when I.E. Service Handover is missing and the load in Cell Type No the serving cell is high (see THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disable, 1 : enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTIO HMI name EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No N Cell Type No Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: Disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1 Mandatory rules EN_2G_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <>0 at the same Max value 3 Coded Max 3 time. Recommended The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having rules 1) for Non –Evolium serving cell : adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. The cell neighborhood for reselection is controlled by EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION value and FDD_ARFCN_LIST content. Value 3 should be used only in case of good 3G FDD coverage. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is mixed 2G/3G, and if all 2G frequencies can be encoded in the SI2 or SI2bis message, and if the SI2ter message is used to encode only 3G frequencies, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. 2) For Evolium serving cell : The cell neighborhood for reselection is controlled by EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION value and FDD_ARFCN_LIST content. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is 2G only, or mixed 2G/3G, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells.

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode of operation for all MS”, then the 3G search is comment systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. If EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = "Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1", then the 3G search is activated even when activating the NC2 mode (the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message will not be sent.)

Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.

m template Logical name EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELEC HMI name EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTI B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No TION ON Cell Type No Definition Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN TD-SCDMA cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: Disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1 Mandatory rules In front of non-Evolium cells, the parameter value shall be forced to 0. Max value 3 Coded Max 3 EN_2G_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <>0 at the same Recommended time. The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells rules having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent frequencies within the same band. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 Value 3 should be used only in case of good 3G TDD coverage. External If EN_2G_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION < 3, and If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode of comment operation for Rel4 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode of operation for all MS”, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. Internal comment The recommended rule is linked to the fact that when the SI2bis message is sent, it is recommended to activate the extended BCCH i) for 2G to 2G cell reselection to reduce the cell reselection duration ii) for 2G to 3G cell reselection to reduce the acquisition of the system information on 3G cells.

This parameter is available in the MFS through the BSCGP interface. - in case of Non Evolium serving cell, if neighborhood for reselection is mixed 2G/3G then no more than 31 frequencies (the OMC cannot performed the described mandatory check, but still present to give the really concerned case)

Logical name EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) HMI name EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates if diversity is applied for the cell Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 1 bit: Min value 0 Coded Min 0 0 diversity is not applied, 1 diversity is applied Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_3G_HO HMI name EN_3G_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the 2G-3G handover Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules 1) For Non –Evolium serving cell: Max value 1 Coded Max 1 The cell neighborhood for handover is controlled by EN_3G_HO and FDD_ARFCN values. Recommended - since the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different -- rules BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells 2) For Evolium serving cell : The cell neighborhood for handover is controlled by EN_3G_HO and FDD_ARFCN values. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 2G-3G Handover will be disabled by the BSS in cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU HMI name EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines if the limitation of TRE is static or dynamic. Cell Type No For static limitation only Nb FR TRE + 2 x DR TRE < 200 is allowed. Sub-syste BSC RMS No For dynamic limitation only Nb TRE < 200 is allowed. Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: static Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1:dynamic Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment feature "Removal of HR impact" in B9, TCU can serve 4 FR TREs or 2 DR TREs in B10, dynamic, TCU serves 4 TREs (FR or HR)

Logical name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR HMI name EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 26). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_AMR_FR HMI name EN_AMR_FR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB full rate is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_AMR_HR HMI name EN_AMR_HR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB half rate is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name EN_AMR_WB_GMSK B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag controls whether or not AMR WB GMSK is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules In front of non-Evolium cells, the parameter value shall be forced to 0. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name EN_BALANCED_CI HMI name EN_BALANCED_CI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0:disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “too high level in outer zone” handover cause (cause 13). Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) HMI name EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_BS_PC HMI name EN_BS_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR HMI name AUTO_BAR_BSS_OVERLOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP HMI name EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INF HMI name EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No O Cell Type No Definition Allows sending by the MS of Compressed Inter-RAT HO information Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio and link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disable, 1 : enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Shall be set to 1 only if all RNCs neighbour to this BSS support the feature. comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION HMI name EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the CPICH measurements used in the 2G to 3G cell reselection Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Only 1 CPICH measurement is used Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: CPICH Ec/No and RSCP measurements must be used Mandatory rules This parameter can be set on 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0 Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_DATA_144 HMI name Data 14.4 kbit/s B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates if 14.4 kbit/s operation is allowed. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter has not been removed in order not to impact the implementation of the BSC.

Logical name EN_DIST_HO HMI name EN_DIST_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “distance” handover cause (cause 6). Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name EN_DR HMI name Directed_Retry B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_DTM HMI name EN_DTM B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables/disables the support of dual transfer mode Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application DTM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTM Functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_DTM may be set to 1 only if : Max value 1 Coded Max 1 -The cell is mapped on an Evolium BTS Recommended -CELL_RANGE = 0 To get full benefit of DTM feature, a Gs interface shall be present, and Network_Operation_Mode shall rules -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1 be set to 1 (NMO 1). However, DTM is still possible with NMO2 or NMO3. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External ((E)GPRS is mandatory for DTM operation, and at least 2 PDCHs are required in the PS zone for allocation of DTM resources to (at least) one DTM call, comment therefore, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shall at least be equal to 2. Internal comment --


Logical name EN_EGPRS HMI name EN_EGPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended If EN_EGPRS is set to ‘enable’, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to ‘0’. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same value in both, inner and outer, cells.

External From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = ‘Enable’, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX comment and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value. Internal comment 1) From system point of view, if EN_EGPRS = ‘Enable’, the highest MCS, i.e. the less robust, that can be used on each TRX of the cell is determined as a function of the HW TRX capability, of the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX, and of the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value. 2) This parameter can be set to “enable” only if the EGPRS feature has been bought by the Customer.

Logical name EN_EXT_DR HMI name EN_EDR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are comment congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type


Logical name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP HMI name EN_EXT_MEAS_REP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION HMI name EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables a fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0:fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is not used Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1:fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used Mandatory rules This parameter can be set to 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION shall not be set to 1 when EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_ RESELECTION is <>0. Recommended -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO HMI name EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_FORCED_DR HMI name EN_FORCED_DR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the “Forced Directed Retry” handover cause detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF HMI name EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a “dual rate, half-rate preferred”, to allocate a full Cell Type No rate channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment This flag shall be set to 1 only in Cegetel NW

Logical name EN_GAN_HO HMI name EN_GAN_HO B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the handover to GAN Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO HMI name EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “general capture” handover cause (cause 24). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_GPRS HMI name Enable GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables the GPRS traffic within the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules if MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS is set to disable Max value 1 Coded Max 1 if MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS is set to enable Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment The EN_GPRS parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.


Logical name EN_HSL HMI name EN_HSL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables SS7 HSL (High speed Signalling Link). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: HSL disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: HSL enabled Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Changeable on the BSC terminal. comment if EN_HSL = 1 the following new Q703 parameters: Q703_N1_HSL, Q_703_N2_HSL, Q703_T1_HSL, Q703_T4E_HSL and Q703_T4N_HSL replaces the old ones: Q703_N1, Q_703_N2, Q703_T1, Q703_T4E and Q703_T4N. Internal comment --

Logical name EN_IC_HO HMI name EN_INCOMING_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_IM_ASS_REJ HMI name EN_IMM_ASS_REJ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages cannot comment be disabled. Internal comment --

Logical name EN_INBAND_NOTIF HMI name EN_INBAND_NOTIF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to disable/enable the in-band notification Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- If EN_INBAND_NOTIF is set to “enabled”, in addition to sending initial Notification messages on the NCH for the voice group call, If the priority level of the new call is equal or higher than the priority level defined by the parameter Notif_FACCH_PTP_call_THR, the BSS sends initial notification messages (i.e. the three first notification messages) on FACCH of all on-going standard point-to-point calls in the cell informing mobile stations partaking in these calls of new voice group calls that are being set-up in the cell.


Logical name EN_INBAND_PAGING HMI name EN_INBAND_PAGING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH HMI name EN_INTERBAND_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION Cell Type No TYPE 2ter/5ter. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_INTRA_DL HMI name EN_INTRA_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink” handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR Cell Type No calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink” handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-NB Cell Type No calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell downlink” handover cause (cause 16) Cell Type No for AMR-WB GMSK calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name EN_INTRA_UL HMI name EN_INTRA_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-NB calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “intracell uplink” handover cause (cause 15) for Cell Type No AMR-WB GMSK calls. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disable, 1: enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED HMI name EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE HMI name EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This Flag enables/disables the support of the "preferred codec" algorithm for TFO. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_LCS (BSC) HMI name EN_LCS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_LNK_M HMI name EN_LNK_M B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables datalink monitoring. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_LOAD_BALANCE HMI name EN_LOAD_BALANCE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_LOAD_MNGT HMI name Automatic AC barring on TCH load B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_LOAD_ORDER HMI name EN_LOAD_ORDER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of Cell Type No target cells. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_LOAD_OUTER HMI name Load computation in outer zone B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the Cell Type No load computation on the whole cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". External significant only for concentric and multiband cells. comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_MA_SELECTION HMI name EN_MA_SELECTION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_MCHO_H_DL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink micro-cell” handover cause (cause 18). Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name EN_MCHO_H_UL HMI name EN_MCHO_H_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink mirco-cell ” handover cause (cause 17). Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name EN_MCHO_NCELL HMI name EN_MCHO_NCELL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell” handover cause Cell Type Yes (cause 14). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer or lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name EN_MCHO_RESCUE HMI name EN_MCHO_RESCUE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “consecutive bad SACCH frames” handover cause (cause 7). Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name EN_MS_PC HMI name EN_MS_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 Cell Type No between cells belonging to different frequency bands. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_PBGT_FILTERING HMI name EN_PBGT_FILTERING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_PBGT_HO HMI name EN_PBGT_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “power budget” handover cause (cause 12). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_PCR HMI name Preventive cyclic retransmission flag B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links. comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_POWER_SAVING HMI name EN_POWER_SAVING B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables power saving on all TRXs in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: the power saving is “disabled”, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: the power saving is “enabled”. Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment - In B10, the EN_POWER_SAVING parameter is defined in the “System (CST)” category in order to avoid O&M impacts. That parameter value can however be modified by ALU people via the use of steer files (DLS patches) from the BSC Terminal. - In B10, the “TRX dynamic power saving” feature is only supported by the G5 TREs.

Logical name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO HMI name EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred Cell Type No band). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING HMI name EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation Cell Type No process. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_RESCUE_UM HMI name EN_RESCUE_UMBRELLA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO HMI name EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone of PDCH/TCH Cell Type No allocation Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_RL_RECOV HMI name EN_RADIOLINK_RECOVERY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.


Logical name EN_RXLEV_DL HMI name EN_RXLEV_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level downlink” handover cause (cause 5). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_RXLEV_UL HMI name EN_RXLEV_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “level uplink” handover cause (cause 3). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_RXQUAL_DL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality downlink” handover cause (cause 4). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_RXQUAL_UL HMI name EN_RXQUAL_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “quality uplink” handover cause (cause 2). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_SEND_CM3 HMI name Forward_CM_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables sending of “Classmark 3” IE to the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE then the comment parameter shall be set to “1”, otherwise the parameter shall be set to “0”. Internal comment --

Logical name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE HMI name EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag controls “Current channel” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER HMI name EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag controls “Speech version (used)” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_SPEED_DISC HMI name EN_SPEED_DISCRIMINATION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer or CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO HMI name SYNCHRONISED_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Internal channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to “Extended inner” or Max value 1 Coded Max 1 “Extended outer”. Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment CELL_TYPE = “extended inner” at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = “inner cell” in the BSC. CELL_TYPE = “extended outer” at OMC-R HMI corresponds to CELL_RANGE = “outer cell” in the BSC.

Logical name EN_TCH_PREEMPT HMI name EN_TCH_PREEMPT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or voice group Cell Type No call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a point-to-point or Sub-syste BSC RMS No voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state. Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0:disabled, 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2. External In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one comment of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator. Internal comment --


Logical name EN_TFO HMI name EN_TFO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function for FR, EFR and HR codecs. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_TFO_AMR_WB HMI name EN_TFO_AMR_WB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/ disables TFO function for AMR-WB codec. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules - Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name EN_TFO_MATCH HMI name EN_TFO_MATCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function (for FR, EFR, AMR-WB and HR Cell Type No codecs). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1or if EN_TFO_AMR_WB=1 Max value 1 Coded Max 1 May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_TFO_OPT HMI name EN_TFO_OPT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) HMI name EN_TRAFFIC_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the detection of “traffic” handover cause (cause 23). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT HMI name EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_UPLINK_REPLY HMI name EN_UPLINK_REPLY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_VGCS HMI name EN_VGCS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_VGCS shall be set to disabled for non-Evolium BTS Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules - include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). - to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell. - to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EXT_HO_FORCED HMI name EXT_HO_FORCED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment - Valid for both TCH and SDCCH - The “forced external HO” mecanism is NOT applied to the VGC talker, i.e., during the inter-cell internal channel change, i.e., the BSC shall ignore the value of EXT_HO_FORCED parameter.


Logical name FDD_ARFCN(n) HMI name FDD_ARFCN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 25.101 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Min value 0 Coded Min 0 The value of “-1” indicates that no UARFCNis provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). Mandatory rules For a given 2G cell, the maximum number of different FDD_ARFCN(n) among all 2G to 3G adjacencies for Max value 16383 Coded Max 16383 handover is 3 FDD_ARFCN(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from “-1”) Recommended Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: -- rules I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387

Def value -1 Coded Def -1 External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface. Internal comment --

Logical name FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) HMI name FDD_ARFCN_LIST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of neighbour Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules The value of “-1” indicates that no UARFCN is provided. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The defined frequencies (i.e. not set to -1) in the set shall be different. Max value 16383 Coded Max 16383 Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: Recommended I) 10562-10838 and -- rules II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387

Def value -1 Coded Def -1 External The FDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (UARFCN) on the Air interface. comment The FDD UARFCN of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Internal comment Up to 3 FDD UARFCN can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values FDD_ARFCN_LIST[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of “-1” indicates that no UARFCN is provided. The OMC always sends to the BSC precisely 3 values for this list, including the dummy ones, if any, at the end of the list. This parameter is called "List-of-Neigh-FDD-ARFCN" in the MIB.


Logical name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING HMI name FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of the strongest 3G cells to be reported by the MS in the measurement report message Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. comment This parameter is meaningful only if EN_3G_HO is set to enabled. If disabled, this parameter is considered as equal to zero (the MS shall report only 2G cells). This parameter is also broadcast on SACCH. Internal comment --


Logical name FDD_Qmin(BSC) HMI name FDD_Qmin B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules 0 = -20 dB Min value -20 Coded Min 0 1 = -6 dB 2 = -18 dB 3 = -8dB 4 = -16dB 5 = -10dB 6 = -14dB 7 = -12dB Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Max value -6 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value -12 Coded Def 7 rules External This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. comment Internal comment --


Logical name FDD_Qmin_Offset HMI name FDD_Qmin_Offset B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules coded on 3 bits: Min value 0 Coded Min 0 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 2 dB, 2 = 4 dB, 3 = 6 dB, 4 = 8 dB, 5 = 10 dB, 6 = 12 dB, 7 = 14 dB. Mandatory rules -- Max value 14 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection = 1 comment Internal comment --


Logical name FDD_Qoffset (BSC) HMI name FDD_Qoffset B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN Cell Type No FDD cell re-selection. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -32 Coded Min 0 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB

Mandatory rules Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Max value 28 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value -32 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. comment Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –32, but the corresponding text “always select a 3G cell if possible”

Logical name FDD_REP_QUANT HMI name FDD_REP_QUANT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the measured quantity to be reported by the MS for the 3G cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : RSCP; 1 :Ec/No Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- The value 0 is not supported

Logical name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET HMI name FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset that the MS shall apply to measurements before reporting Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 6dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 (0 : 0dB, 1 : 6dB, … 7 : 42dB) Mandatory rules -- Max value 42 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is kept in the MIB but shown neither on any HMI screens nor in customer documentations. It is linked to the feature “ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT” which is not supported in the ALU BSS. Important: this parameter is in DLS but is indicated "not in DLS" in order to be removed from the GCD table.

Logical name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD HMI name FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold above which the MS shall report the measurements Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size = 6dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Coded value (binary) : Value (dB) : 0 : 0 : Always report the 3G neighbor cells 1 : 6 : 6 dB 2 : 12 : 12 dB 3 : 18 : 18 dB 4 : 24 : 24 dB 5 : 30 : 30 dB 6 : 36 : 36 dB 7 : 42 : Never report the 3G neighbor cells Mandatory rules -- Max value 42 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is kept in the MIB but shown neither on any HMI screens nor in customer documentations. It is linked to the feature “ENHANCED MEASUREMENT REPORT” which is not supported in the ALU BSS. Important: this parameter is in DLS but is indicated "not in DLS" in order to be removed from the GCD table.

Logical name FDD_RSCPmin HMI name FDD_RSCPmin B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules coded on 4bits: Min value -114 Coded Min 0 0 = -114 dBm, 1 = -112 dBm, 2 = -110 dBm, 3 = -108 dBm, 4 = -106 dBm, 5 = -104 dBm, 6 = -102 dBm, 7 = -100 dBm, 8 = -98 dBm, 9 = -96 dBm, 10 = -94 dBm, 11 = -92 dBm, 12 = -90 dBm, 13 = -88 dBm, 14 = -86 dBm, 15 = -84 dBm.

Mandatory rules -- Max value -84 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value -102 Coded Def 6 rules External Available only if EN_CPICH_2G_3G_Reselection=1 comment Internal comment --

Logical name Filter_Suspend_Cause HMI name Filter_Suspend_Cause B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This filter allows not to undertake a suspend procedure, for some specific causes. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules bitmap : one bit per cause which can be filtered : (0000 0000): no filtering (0000 0001): LA update Min value 0 Coded Min 0 filtering (0000 0010): SMS filetring (0000 0011): LA update and SMS filering (1111 1111): Suspend procedure inhibited whatever the cause may be. Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name FORBID_AMR_NS HMI name FORBID_AMR_NS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to forbid / allow AMR noise suppressor in the MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Significant only if EN_AMR_FR, EN_AMR_HR or EN_AMR_WB_GMSK is set to TRUE. comment Internal comment --


Logical name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F HMI name FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden Min value 0 Coded Min 0



Logical name FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED HMI name TFO HR when loaded B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half Rate, when the cell is loaded and the call is currently Cell Type No allocated with an Half Rate codec type (HR or AMR-NB HR). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Enumerated Unit None Coding rules 0 : “TFO with Half Rate codec not forced”, if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate Min value 0 Coded Min 0 codec, the BSC will propose to establish TFO with all the supported codec types, including the Full Rate ones (except the FR AMR-WB codec) 1 : “TFO with Half Rate codec only”, if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, it will stay in Half Rate even in case of TFO mismatch situation (if TFO is not possible in Half Rate on remote side, TFO is not established). 2 : “TFO with Half Rate codec preferred”, if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, the BSC will propose in a first step to establish TFO providing only the supported Half Rate codecs only. If TFO is not possible in Half Rate on remote side, the BSC will try to establish TFO with all the supported codec types, including the Full Rate ones (except the FR AMR-WB codec), provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR HMI name Force TFO versus AMR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and Cell Type No HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR-NB FR or AMR-NB HR. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled (no TFO negotiation if AMR used); 1: enabled (TFO negotiation will start even if AMR used) Min value 0 Coded Min 0

Mandatory rules FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1) OR (EN_AMR_HR = 1) comment Internal comment --

Logical name Freefactor_1 HMI name Free_Factor_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the Cell Type No candidate cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Max value 16 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Freefactor_2 HMI name Free_Factor_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the Cell Type No candidate cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Max value 16 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment --




Logical name Freefactor_5 HMI name Free_Factor_5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the Cell Type No candidate cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Max value 16 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Freelevel_1 HMI name Free_Level_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number

Logical name Freelevel_2 HMI name Free_Level_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name Freelevel_3 HMI name Free_Level_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number

Logical name Freelevel_4 HMI name Free_Level_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name Freelevel_DR(n) HMI name Free_Level_DR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM Min value 0 Coded Min 0 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . Max value 6 Coded Max 6 - The “micro concentric”, “mini concentric” and “indoor concentric” cells must be multiband (the allowed Recommended FREQUENCY_RANGE is “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800”). This restriction does not apply to the -- rules external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1800” or “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment


Internal comment Values “4” and "5" are for Multiband cells. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.

Logical name FTP_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name FTP_PRIORITY (BSC) m B10 Yes B9 No template TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BSC for FTP flow in IP network towards the BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules shall be equal to FTP_PRIORITY(BTS). Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name GSL_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name GSL_PRIORITY (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the GSL flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Shall be equal to GSL_PRIORITY (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name GSM_PHASE HMI name GSM_PHASE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name H_LOAD_OBJ HMI name H_LOAD_OBJ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 80 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name H_MIN_DWELL_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer.

Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 80 Coded Def 80 rules External Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS HMI name HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic between two Cell Type No sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of the Sub-syste BSC RMS No radio timeslots available in the cell. Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 90 Coded Def 90 rules External The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computed as follows: comment (100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell. Internal comment --

Logical name HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTERCELL_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry comment Internal comment --

Logical name HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED HMI name INTRACELL_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. comment The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled. Internal comment --

Logical name HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_DIST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -127 Coded Min -127 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_LEV B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -127 Coded Min -127 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN_QUAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -127 Coded Min -127 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT HMI name SDCCH_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type

Logical name HOmargin (0,n) HMI name HO_MARGIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -127 Coded Min -127 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name HR_ENABLED HMI name HR_ENABLED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name I_TX_LAPD HMI name I_TX_LAPD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 204 Coded Max 204 Recommended -- Def value 105 Coded Def 105 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL HMI name IGNORE_2Mbit_FAILURE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities (call Cell Type No release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent on this flag. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages Min value 0 Coded Min 0 towards MSC) are triggered; 1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered; Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended If BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE = IP, should be set to FALSE. Due to TDM switching on TC side, there is no Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules more interaction between Atermux and ATR failures. External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name INBAND_PAGING_THR HMI name INBAND_PAGING_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to this parameter, Cell Type No then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be paged from the PAGING Sub-syste BSC RMS No message, and that have existing VGC active. Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 000 : deactivation of inband paging 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number

Logical name INTAVE HMI name INTAVE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit Samfr Coding rules step size=1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name INTFBD1 HMI name Interference bands 1-2 limit B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 08.58 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name INTFBD2 HMI name Interference bands 2-3 limit B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 08.58 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -95 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name INTFBD5 HMI name Interference band 5 upper limit B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of interference band 5. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 08.58 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -47 Coded Def 63 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name IP_CONGESTION_TIMER HMI name IP_CONGESTION_TIMER B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Duration during which the BSC considers the Abis suffers from IP congestion, after reception of sending Cell Type No IP_Congestion_Indication message from the BTS. Until IP_CONGESTION_TIMER expiry, the BSC refuses Sub-syste BSC RMS No any additional TCH establishment. Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE HMI name IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Indicative value of the TCP maximum segment size (TCP MSS for the IPGCHC TCP connections) and of the Cell Type No maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance Abis group Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules Step size =100 Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1500 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 300 Coded Def 3 rules External The value of this parameter is only indicative: it is not applied directly because some TRE hardware constraints have to be taken into account when comment computing the TCP MSS and the IPGCHU MISS values. This parameter shall be set like a Network MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit), i.e. by taking into account the size of the TCP/IP headers (for the TCP MSS) and the size of the UDP/IP/IPGCH headers (for the IPGCHU MISS). Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent by BSC to MFS via BSCGP (Abis group object unknown by MFS O&M). Sent by BSC to BTS via OML.

Logical name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in downlink for a given Abis group (second Cell Type No congestion threshold). When the measured differential delay exceeds this threshold, a very pessimistic BE shaping is applied in Sub-syste BSC RMS No downlink (cf. the IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL parameter). Instance Abis group Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 10. Min value 10 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL Max value 500 Coded Max 50 Recommended 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL => Def value 150 Coded Def 15 rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each PTU at MFS side). External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP.


Logical name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in uplink for a given Abis group (second congestion Cell Type No threshold). When the measured differential delay exceeds this threshold, a very pessimistic BE shaping is applied in Sub-syste BSC RMS No uplink on the concerned TRE(s) (cf. the IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL parameter. Instance Abis group Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 10. Min value 10 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL Max value 500 Coded Max 50 Recommended 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL => Def value 150 Coded Def 15 rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each TRE at BTS side). External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP. Provided by MFS to BTS.

Logical name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in downlink for a given Abis group (first congestion Cell Type No threshold). Below this threshold, the system is in nominal mode without any regulation (no BE shaping in downlink). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance Abis group Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 10. Min value 10 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL Max value 500 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP.

Logical name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL HMI name IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition For IPGCHU, threshold on measured differential delay in uplink for a given Abis group (first congestion Cell Type No threshold). Below this threshold, the system is in nominal mode without any regulation (no BE shaping in uplink on the Sub-syste BSC RMS No concerned TRE(s)) Instance Abis group Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 10. Min value 10 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL >= IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL Max value 500 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent by the BSC to MFS via BSCGP. Provided by MFS to BTS.

Logical name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (BSC) HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Allows to display the IP address of the IPGSL link used by a GPU on MFS side. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance IP-GSL Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value is for implementation purposes only. Mandatory rules Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS) Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value * Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)

Logical name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC) HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the IPGSL link on MFS side. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance IPSigLink Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string Mandatory rules Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS) Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 4294967295 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001) Provided by the OMC to the BSC.

Logical name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (BSC) HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP port number used by each CP board of the BSC for IPGSL interface. Each CP board uses the same Cell Type No TCP port number (they can be distinguished by their IP address) Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance IP-GSL Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 50176 Coded Min 50176 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50944 Coded Max 50944 Recommended -- Def value 50176 Coded Def 50176 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (BSC) HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP port number of the MFS IPGSL link used by the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance IP-GSL Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 50176 Coded Min 50176 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50944 Coded Max 50944 Recommended -- Def value 50176 Coded Def 50176 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name K_GSL (BSC) HMI name K_GSL (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 7 Coded Def 7 rules through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and satellite connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.

Logical name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 16Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.


Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and satellite connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 9 Coded Def 9 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.

Logical name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on OML in the BSC for 64Kbit/s link and terrestrial connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is not applicable to the uplink. The BTS (OMU) value is hardcoded.


Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as default value. Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15. External -- comment Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection. With 540 ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite = 15 (default).

Logical name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on 16 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 7 Coded Def 7 rules External -- comment Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 16 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.


Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for satellite connections. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended Only values strictly lower than 16 are compatible with G2 BTS, hence 15 is chosen as default value. Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules There is a small loss of throughput on the RSL when going from 16 to 15. External -- comment Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 kbit/s channel on a satellite connection. With 540ms round trip time and an average LAPD frame = 33 bytes, the RSL average throughput is 8.1 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 16 (maximum), and 7.6 kbitps with K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite = 15 (default).

Logical name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial HMI name K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition LAPD window size on 64 Kbit/s RSL for terrestrial connections. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 7 Coded Def 7 rules External -- comment Internal comment This value is copied to the BTS parameter K_VAL_RSL, when the RSL is carried by a 64 Kbit/s channel on a terrestrial connection.


Logical name KEEP_CODEC_HO HMI name Keep codec on handover B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls Min value 0 Coded Min 0


Logical name L_LOAD_OBJ HMI name L_LOAD_OBJ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer. TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME HMI name L_MIN_DWELL_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Upper layer

Logical name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) HMI name L_RXLEV_CPT_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from Cell Type No classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -85 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_H B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Downlink level threshold for handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. Max value -47 Coded Max 63 L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH Recommended L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P Coded Def 14 rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or Def value -96 Coded Def 14 “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name L_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_DL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -85 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) HMI name L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -110 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_H HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_H B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Uplink level threshold for handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63 L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH Recommended L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P Coded Def 10 rules If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or Def value -100 Coded Def 10 “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name L_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name L_RXLEV_UL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -90 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External Higher value is the worst quality comment Internal comment --


Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-NB calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name L_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_DL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Lower downlink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External Higher value is the worst quality comment Internal comment --

Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External Higher value is the worst quality comment Internal comment --


Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-NB calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name L_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name L_RXQUAL_UL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Lower uplink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External Higher value is the worst quality comment Internal comment --

Logical name L_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name LOWER_TIMING_ADVANCE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Low threshold to trigger handover cause “too short distance” in outer cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: CELL_RANGE = Outer cell. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name LAC (BSC) HMI name LAC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Location Area Code. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Equal to LAC (MFS) Recommended A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. -- rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name LAC(n)(BSC) HMI name LAC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Location Area Code of adjacent cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Equal to LAC(n)(MFS) Recommended A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same -- rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name LAC_3G(n) HMI name LAC_3G(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the Location Area Code as defined in 3GPP TS 24.008. It is used in the Cell Type No HANDOVER COMMAND message Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules binary value on 16 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 The value of “-1” indicates that no LAC is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). Mandatory rules LAC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from “-1”) Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended Def value -1 Coded Def -1 rules External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes comment Internal comment --

Logical name LB_DECR HMI name LB_DECR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH


Logical name LB_INCR HMI name LB_INCR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is Cell Type No received from the FU. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH

Logical name Linkfactor (0,n) HMI name Link_factor B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -24 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 24 Coded Max 48 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 24 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS HMI name LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the maximum Cell Type No number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Loadfactor_1 HMI name Load_Factor_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Max value 0 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Loadfactor_2 HMI name Load_Factor_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Max value 0 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name Loadfactor_5 HMI name Load_Factor_5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -16 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Max value 0 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name Loadlevel_1 HMI name Load_Level_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Loadlevel_2 HMI name Load_Level_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Loadlevel_3 HMI name Load_Level_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 80 Coded Def 80 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Loadlevel_4 HMI name Load_Level_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 90 Coded Def 90 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell n. comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name LSA_ID_array (BSC) HMI name LSA_ID_I B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 03.03 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) Max value 16777215 Coded Max 16777215 Recommended The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215 rules identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. External The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. comment Internal comment The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as invalid value for implementation purpose.

Logical name LSA_OFFSET HMI name LSA_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 dB. Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. comment Internal comment --

Logical name M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) HMI name M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL and GSL by a G2 BSC before sending an Cell Type No acknowledgement. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External This parameter is used with the G2 BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links comment Internal comment --

Logical name M_PEND_A (MX BSC) HMI name M_PEND_A (MX BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL and GSL by a MX BSC before sending an Cell Type No acknowledgement. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than K_LAPD_RSL and K_GSL (BSC) Max value 4 Coded Max 4 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External This parameter is used only with Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links. comment Internal comment --


Logical name M1 HMI name Nbr. AC 11-15 barred in one step B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name M2 HMI name Nbr AC 11-15 unbarred in one step B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC HMI name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition STCP port used for M2UA protocol (he signalisation to/from A interface), on BSC side. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 61440 Coded Min 61440 Mandatory rules -- Max value 61952 Coded Max 61952 Recommended -- Def value 61440 Coded Def 61440 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = h’F000, Max = h’F200

Logical name MATE_CI (BSC) HMI name MATE_CI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Cell Identity of the Mate cell Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS) Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be configured Recommended with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) -- rules For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time

Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only Internal comment --


Logical name MATE_LAC HMI name MATE_LAC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Location Area Code of the Mate cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Recommended -- Coded Def 65535 rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of 3G target cells for 2G-3G handover adjacency Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application 2G-3G Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 12 Coded Min 12 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_GPRS_CS HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 1 : CS-2; Min value 2 Coded Min 1 2 : CS-3; 3 : CS-4 Mandatory rules MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to rules MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. 12kbps) The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by allowed) the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. For consistency reasons, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL and Def value 2 Coded Def 1 MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL shall NOT be higher than any of the MAX_GPRS_CS values defined in the cells of the MFS.

External CS-3 and CS-4 are supported on Evolium BTS only. comment Internal comment 1) This parameter is defined at cell level so that CS-3 and CS-4 can be used only in cells where the radio link quality is sufficiently good. 2) This parameter can be set to ‘CS-3’ or ‘CS-4’ only if the CS-3/CS-4 feature has been bought by the Customer.

Logical name MAX_LAPDM HMI name MAX_LAPDM B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of LAPDm frames on which a layer 3 can be segmented into and be sent on the main Cell Type No DCCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application DTM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTM Functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 3 bits: Min value 5 Coded Min 0 000 : 5 001 : 6 …. 111 : 12 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 7 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_LAPS HMI name MAX_LAPS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of logical data links on one physical link. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Only value "1" is possible, that means point-to-point connection. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_PDCH (BSC) HMI name MAX_PDCH B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; Recommended If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a correct rules If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell reselections, i.e. If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to ‘NC0’ in the micro cell). In this case, the following configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH If EN_VGCS= enabled, then “(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell” = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.

If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed) MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE. When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number. The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0

Internal comment IP demo parameter. the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter. The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0 m template The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed, ideally they should be performed taking into account the number of template

slave PDCHs defined in the cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M performance. The proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and optimized checks. The parameter value is stored in the memory (not in DLS file on disk), based on BSCGP received information.

Logical name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC) HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS traffic is high. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max value 127 Coded Max 127 - MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Recommended - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH -- rules - If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment Internal comment the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter. IP demo parameter. The parameter value is stored in the memory (not in DLS file on disk), based on BSCGP received information

Logical name MAX_POW_INC HMI name MAX_POW_INC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum Power increase in one power command. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_POW_RED HMI name MAX_POW_RED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum Power reduction in one power command. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Max_retrans (BSC) HMI name MAX_RETRANS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_TCH_PER_CCP HMI name MAX_TCH_PER_CCP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of active TCHs per CCP board Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1100 Coded Min 1100 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1100 Coded Max 1100 Recommended -- Def value 1100 Coded Def 1100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_TRC_NUMBER HMI name MAX_TRC_NUMBER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of simultaneous trace jobs in the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_VGCS_TS HMI name MAX_VGCS_TS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS Max value 127 Coded Max 127 If EN_VGCS= enabled, then “(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell”. Recommended If EN_VGCS= disabled, then” MAX_VGCS_TS = 0” -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS > 0 Internal comment --


Logical name MCC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). Recommended - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- rules - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines one MCC of the own PLMN set. The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.


Logical name MCC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS) Recommended - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells have the -- rules same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (but they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6

Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External -- comment Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set. The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.

Logical name MCC_3G(n) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) for 3G B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Country Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own or of a foreign PLMN. cell Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MCC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via Max value 999 Coded Max 999 delete/re-create) Recommended The MCC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this -- rules case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell. Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes comment Internal comment -- The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] or ForeignMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the foreign PLMN set.

Logical name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] HMI name MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max value 24 Coded Max 24 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Max value 24 Coded Max 24 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_BFI_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Max value 24 Coded Max 24 Recommended -- Def value 22 Coded Def 22 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Cell Type No Measurements Statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Max value 62 Coded Max 125 Recommended -- Def value -12 Coded Def 51 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Cell Type No Measurements Statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Max value 62 Coded Max 125 Recommended -- Def value -9 Coded Def 54 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --




Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Cell Type No Measurements Statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 Max value 62 Coded Max 125 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 63 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --



Logical name MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_C_I_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Cell Type No Measurements Statistics. Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, …, 125 = +62 dB) Min value -62 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Max value 62 Coded Max 125 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 75 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Max value -48 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value -53 Coded Def 57 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Max value -48 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value -60 Coded Def 50 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -109 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Max value -48 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value -104 Coded Def 6 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Max value 109 Coded Max 219 Recommended -- Def value -50 Coded Def 60 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Max value 109 Coded Max 219 Recommended -- Def value -30 Coded Def 80 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --




Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 Max value 109 Coded Max 219 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 110 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --



Logical name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, … 219 = +109 dB) Min value -109 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Max value 109 Coded Max 219 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 160 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --



Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_7 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 18 Coded Def 18 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --



Logical name MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_S_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 22 Coded Def 22 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Max value 62 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value 7 Coded Def 7 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Max value 62 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value 13 Coded Def 13 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 Max value 62 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value 19 Coded Def 19 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 Max value 62 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value 25 Coded Def 25 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --




Logical name MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9] HMI name MEAS_STAT_TA_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 9th TA band, lower limit of the 10th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63 Max value 62 Coded Max 62 Recommended -- Def value 55 Coded Def 55 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name MIN_CONNECT_TIME HMI name MIN_CONNECT_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS “fast” when leaving the cell Cell Type Yes with a handover. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name MIN_PDCH (BSC) HMI name MIN_PDCH B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max value 127 Coded Max 127 -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; Recommended -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum number of PDCHs that rules -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface. -When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment Internal comment The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter. IP demo parameter. The parameter value is stored in the memory (not in DLS file on disk), based on BSCGP received information

Logical name MIN_VGCS_TS HMI name MIN_VGCS_TS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal situation Cell Type No (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended : Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2

External 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment Internal comment --


Logical name MNC (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). Recommended - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- rules - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.


Logical name MNC(n) (BSC) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS) Recommended - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells have the -- rules same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.

Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External -- comment Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set. The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.

Logical name MNC_3G(n) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) for 3G B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Network Code of a neighbour 3G cell of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. cell Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MNC_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (set at creation time, and not changeable except via Max value 999 Coded Max 999 delete/re-create) Recommended The MNC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this -- rules case, the (MCC_3G,MNC_3G) couple of the target 3G cell must be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). Internal comment -- The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] or ForeignMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The ForeignMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the foreign PLMN set.


Logical name MS_P_CON_ACK HMI name MS_P_CON_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name MS_P_CON_INT HMI name MS_P_CON_INT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the comment coded value “0”, “1” and “2” are interpreted differently: - Coded value “0”: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “1”: (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “2”: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Internal comment 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as ‘0)’ instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., “43”, “39”, “30”, “30”, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control and radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the comment coded value “0”, “1” and “2” are interpreted differently: - Coded value “0”: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “1”: (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); -Coded value “2”: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Internal comment 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as ‘0)’ instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., “43”, “39”, “30”, “30”, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise Cell Type No commanded. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the comment coded value “0”, “1” and “2” are interpreted differently: - Coded value “0”: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “1”: (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “2”: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Internal comment 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as ‘0)’ instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., “43”, “39”, “30”, “30”, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise Cell Type No commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the comment coded value “0”, “1” and “2” are interpreted differently: - Coded value “0”: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “1”: (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “2”: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Internal comment -- 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as ‘0)’ instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., “43”, “39”, “30”, “30”, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm.

Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the comment coded value “0”, “1” and “2” are interpreted differently: - Coded value “0”: (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “1”: (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value “2”: (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric. Internal comment 1) The coding rules of MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER depend on the inner zone frequency band. Therefore, in a multiband concentric cell, the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER are different from the coding rules defined for MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MIN, which both apply to the outer zone frequency band. 2) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as ‘0)’ instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., “43”, “39”, “30”, “30”, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MS_TXPWR_MIN HMI name MS_TXPWR_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MS minimum allowed transmission power. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,…, 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 13: 17 dBm,…, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,…, 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,…, 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Mandatory rules MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and Max value 43 Coded Max 0 MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended -- Coded Def 13 rules Def value 17 Coded Def 13 External The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: comment Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBm Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 4 dBm Internal comment 1) Exceptionally the CAE templates in the BTP will always contain the coded_default value (coded as ‘13)’ instead of the real default value expressed in dBm (i.e., “17”, “17”, “4”, “4”, depending on the BCCH frequency band). By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 2) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MSCR (BSC) HMI name MSCR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).

Logical name MTP_Sequence_Number_Format HMI name MTP_Sequence_Number_Format B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the format to be used for the sequence number of MTP2. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: Normal Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Extended Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Value "Extended" is refused by the BSC if EN_HSL=0 comment Internal comment MTP_SN_Format is managed by the Mx-BSC only.

Logical name MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING HMI name WHITE_BOOK_INTERWORKING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC. comment Parameter change: after modification, a BSC restart procedure is needed. On going calls are not disrupted (as long as no new signalling exchange is needed) but the new traffic is not accepted during that procedure. Internal comment --


Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by Cell Type No the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: Min value 0 Coded Min 0 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION HMI name MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband handover. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MUXTRAUP_SIZE HMI name MUXTRAUP_SIZE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum size of a MUXTRAUP packet. The size includes IP header, UDP header, COM-H field and payload. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes. Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1500 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 800 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name N_AVG_I (BSC) HMI name N_AVG_I (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the Cell Type No interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These Sub-syste BSC RMS No measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment The Default value “6” has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.

Logical name N_BAD_SACCH HMI name N_BAD_SACCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 128 Coded Max 128 Recommended 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M + 1 Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules 2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.

External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell


Logical name N_BSTXPWR_M HMI name RADIOLINK_RECOVERY_THRES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 13 Coded Def 13 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name N_CLR_REQ HMI name NB_CLR_REQ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N_PREF_CELLS HMI name NB_PREF_CELLS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type

Logical name N_TCH_HO HMI name N_TCH_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N_threshold HMI name TCH load threshold for Auto AC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 100 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD HMI name N_TRAFFIC_LOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment TRXnb: Depends on TRX number


Logical name N1 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 barred in one step B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N2 HMI name Nbr. AC 0-9 unbarred in one step B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N200_GSL (BSC) HMI name N200_GSL (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N200_OML (BSC) HMI name N200_OML (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions of a LAPD frame on an OML. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance A-bis link Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type comment The default value 12 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Internal comment --


Logical name N200_RSL (BSC) HMI name N200_RSL (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a LAPD frame on a RSL. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance A-bis link Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended N200_RSL (BSC) = N200_RSL (BTS) + 2 Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. External The value of this parameter is driven by the associated Abis connection type comment The default value 12 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Internal comment --

Logical name N201 (BSC) HMI name N201 (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 260 Coded Min 260 Mandatory rules -- Max value 260 Coded Max 260 Recommended -- Def value 260 Coded Def 260 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N201_GSL (BSC) HMI name N201_GSL (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (MFS) Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 260 Coded Def 260 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N2X4 HMI name N2X4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of polling in case of peer entity busy condition. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: the polling continues forever until the status of the peer entity becomes non-busy again, <> 0: after Min value 0 Coded Min 0 polling N2X4 times, LAPD re-establishment is forced Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS HMI name NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of RTSs supporting some TCH(s) at the same time (one FR TCH or two HR TCHs) in one Cell Type No Abis BTS group. Sub-syste BSC RMS No The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are counted as half a RTS. Instance Abis group Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8000 Coded Max 8000 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This limit of 8000 TCH TSs is a simple theoretical limit based on 8TS*1000TRX (because at most 1000 TRXs per MX-BSC). Due to the presence of signalling comment channels, this upper limit will never be reached. Additionally, because the MFS will map all cells of a same Abis group on a same GP/GPU, operator shall take care not to build too large Abis group to take benefit of all equipped GPs/GPUs. This parameter is calculated by both OMC and BSC, based on the channel configuration of the TRXs mapped on the BTS of this Abis group, and on the TCH occupancy factor. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Shall be displayed at OMC-R.

Logical name NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_ HMI name NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_C B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No CMD MD Cell Type No Definition Number of paging messages that shall be included in the Abis message MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND before sending it to the BTS (except if T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD expires before the this limit is Sub-syste BSC RMS No reached). Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Paging and Access Grant Control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External This mechanism does not apply to G2 BTS. Value 1 disables the function (i.e. Paging Command message is used) comment Internal comment In order to test it in the BSC, in front of a BTS simulator, the default value shall manually be changed in the BSC DLS to 5.

Logical name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_X HMI name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XO B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No OFF_G2_BSC FF_G2_BSC Cell Type No Definition In a G2 BSC, Xoff threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the “GSL output buffer”) above which channel requests are no longer allowed to be sent on this GSL link. Sub-syste BSC RMS No The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid “GSL output buffer” overflow. Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Max value 105 Coded Max 105 Recommended -- Coded Def 84 rules Def value 84 Coded Def 84 External - Applicable only to TDM mode. comment - A high value will tend to decrease the efficiency of the BSC defence to avoid “GSL output buffer” overflow. - A low value can lead to discard too many PS channel requests (QoS degradation). Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. In case of “GSL output buffer” overflow, all outstanding BSCGP messages are discarded and the GSL link is re-established by the BSC.

Logical name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_X HMI name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XO B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No OFF_MX_BSC FF_MX_BSC Cell Type No Definition In a MX BSC, Xoff threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the “GSL output buffer”) above which channel requests are no longer allowed to be sent on this GSL link. Sub-syste BSC RMS No The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid “GSL output buffer” overflow. Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Max value 105 Coded Max 105 Recommended -- Coded Def 84 rules Def value 84 Coded Def 84 External - Applicable only to TDM mode. comment - A high value will tend to decrease the efficiency of the BSC defence to avoid “GSL output buffer” overflow. - A low value can lead to discard too many PS channel requests (QoS degradation). Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. In case of “GSL output buffer” overflow, all outstanding BSCGP messages are discarded and the GSL link is re-established by the BSC.

Logical name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_X HMI name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XO B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ON_G2_BSC N_G2_BSC Cell Type No Definition In a G2 BSC, Xon hysteresis threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the “GSL output buffer”) below which channel requests can again be sent on this GSL link. Sub-syste BSC RMS No The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid “GSL output buffer” overflow. Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Max value 105 Coded Max 105 Recommended -- Coded Def 52 rules Def value 52 Coded Def 52 External Applicable only to TDM mode. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. In case of “GSL output buffer” overflow, all outstanding BSCGP messages are discarded and the GSL link is re-established by the BSC.

Logical name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_X HMI name NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XO B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ON_MX_BSC N_MX_BSC Cell Type No Definition In a MX BSC, Xon hysteresis threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the “GSL output buffer”) below which channel requests can again be sent on this GSL link. Sub-syste BSC RMS No The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid “GSL output buffer” overflow. Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Max value 105 Coded Max 105 Recommended -- Coded Def 52 rules Def value 52 Coded Def 52 External Applicable only to TDM mode. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. In case of “GSL output buffer” overflow, all outstanding BSCGP messages are discarded and the GSL link is r

Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_C HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Basic B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No BCH CBCH Cell Type No Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 03.41 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max value 40 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extend HMI name Reserved Slots Number for Extended B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No ed_CBCH CBCH Cell Type No Definition This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 03.41 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 40 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH >= Max value 4 Coded Max 4 NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. Recommended -- rules 2) if the ‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage comment of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.

Internal comment 0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell; 1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell; 2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell; 3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell; 4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.


Logical name NBLK HMI name NBLK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_CIC_REP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type


Logical name NBR_RESET_REP HMI name NBR_RESET_REP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is Cell Type No reported. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type

Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 HMI name NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NCC (BSC) HMI name NCC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name NCC_permitted HMI name NCC permitted B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds Min value 0 Coded Min 0 to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment This parameter was previously named: “PLMN_permitted”.

Logical name NCI HMI name NCI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure Min value 0 Coded Min 0 procedure Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NECI (BSC) HMI name NECI (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Phase 2 Cell Type No establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) HMI name NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -47 Coded Def 63 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name network_operation_mode (BSC) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 03.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network Min value 1 Coded Min 1 operation mode III. Mandatory rules If the ‘network_operation_mode (BSC)’ parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have Max value 3 Coded Max 3 NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 Recommended -- rules Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).

Def value 2 Coded Def 2 External Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. comment NMO I requires a Gs interface. Internal comment Corresponds to NMO in Sys info 13. Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I; 1 == Network operation mode II; 2 == Network operation mode III.


Logical name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL HMI name NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _THR _THR Cell Type No Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR HMI name NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on Cell Type No FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NOTIF_PCH_THR HMI name NOTIF_PCH_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The priority threshold for notification over PCH. Cell Type No The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP priority) not Sub-syste BSC RMS No below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls shall be notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence. Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_F HMI name NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_FA B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ACTOR CTOR Cell Type No Definition Percentage of “reserved PS bandwidth” (Abis bandwidth) which is not considered as usable for GBR PS traffic by the MFS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No This parameter enables to guarantee, in each Abis BTS group supported by the BSC: - a minimum bandwidth for Best Effort PS traffic, Instance A-bis link - the necessary bandwidth for PS related control traffic (PMU-PTU and IPGCH control traffic), - the necessary bandwidth for the transmission of all the IP/UDP/IPGCH headers (for Best Effort + GBR PS traffic), provided the “reserved PS bandwidth” is not null (or very low) for the Abis BTS group. Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1%. Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_FACTOR shall take the same Max value 100 Coded Max 100 value for both Abis Recommended -- Coded Def 20 rules Def value 20 Coded Def 20 External Depending on the IPGCHU segment size, the necessary bandwidth for the transmission of all the IP/UDP/IPGCH headers (for Best Effort + GBR PS traffic) comment may not be negligible. Example: IP header (20 bytes) + UDP header (8 bytes) + IPGCH header (a few bytes) will represent around 10% of the total Abis bandwidth consumption if the IPGCHU segment size is 300 bytes. Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name NUBLK HMI name NUBLK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 255: infinite transmission Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO HMI name NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 Cell Type No handovers). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call unnecessarily. comment Internal comment --

Logical name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS HMI name NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules if EN_VGCS is enabled : Max value 7 Coded Max 7 - BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Recommended - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS -- rules Def value 2 Coded Def 2 External The parameter is significant when EN_VGCS is enabled comment Internal comment --


Logical name NY1 HMI name NY_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Max value 35 Coded Max 35 Recommended For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name NY2 HMI name NY2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink access procedure Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- It is a CDM parameter


Logical name OandM_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name OandM_PRIORITY (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the O&M flows in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to OandM_PRIORITY (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the TC via TCSL.

Logical name OFFSET_CA_HIGH HMI name OFFSET_CA_HIGH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL HMI name OFFSET_CA_NORMAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset for AMR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER HMI name OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone Cell Type No (especially in multiband cells). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -127 Coded Min -127 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Offset_Hopping_HO HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_H and L_RXQUAL_DL_H

Logical name Offset_Hopping_PC HMI name OFFSET_HOPPING_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Relative value added to L_RXQUAL_UL_P and L_RXQUAL_DL_P


Logical name OML_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name OML_PRIORITY (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the OML flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Shall be equal to OML_PRIORITY (BTS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name OPC HMI name BSC Signalling Point Code B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signalling Point Code of the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules coded over 14 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16383 Coded Max 16383 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC for adressing the BSC. comment Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Internal comment --


Logical name Operator HMI name CBC_Operator B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Identifies the CBC operator. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 03.49 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC Min value 0 Coded Min 0 performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value.

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) HMI name OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause “level uplink micro-cell” or “level Cell Type Yes downlink micro-cell”. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -80 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_LAYER_TYPE = Lower layer. Used to prevent indoor MS going to umbrella. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P0 internal priority (the Cell Type No highest). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P0 internal BSS Cell Type No priority(P0 is the highest priority). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec RFC 2474/2475, Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference 2598 domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF. Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 46 Coded Def 46 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P1 internal priority. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P1 internal BSS priority Cell Type No (P3 is the lowest priority). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF. Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 34 Coded Def 34 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P2 internal priority. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P2 internal BSS priority Cell Type No (P3 is the lowest priority). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF. Mandatory rules P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 26 Coded Def 26 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P3 internal priority (the Cell Type No lowest). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max 3 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Def value 1 Coded Def 3 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC HMI name P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by BSC flows having the P2 internal BSS priority (P3 Cell Type No is the lowest priority). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec RFC 2474/2475, Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference 2598 domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF Mandatory rules P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.

Logical name PAG_BAR HMI name PAGING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells comment Internal comment --


Logical name PAN_DEC (BSC) HMI name PAN_DEC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer Cell Type No T3182. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection

Logical name PAN_INC (BSC) HMI name PAN_INC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection


Logical name PAN_MAX (BSC) HMI name PAN_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12…., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, …, 111 Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection

Logical name Password HMI name CBC_Password B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition CBC password. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 03.49 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface. BSC Min value 0 Coded Min 0 performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value.

Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the Cell Type No downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH1 : downlink measurements for Min value 0 Coded Min 0 power control shall be made on PDCH Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS). Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PENALTY_TIME(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and Min value 20 Coded Min 0 cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Mandatory rules -- Max value 620 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1) shall be used in the CAE template“.

Logical name PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and Min value 20 Coded Min 0 cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Mandatory rules -- Max value 620 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type. The Max value (620 seconds) is coded as 30. Nevertheless the coded value 31 is allowed by the 3GPP TS 05.08 (meaning: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value). As consequence the range [0,31] (encoded with a step size of 1) shall be used in the CAE template“.

Logical name PING_PONG_HCP HMI name PING_PONG_HANDICAP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a “ping-pong” effect. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3: GSM900 and DCS1900 bands 4,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations. Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and -- rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1800” or “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R to the BSC corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter, defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document

Logical name POW_INC_FACTOR HMI name POW_INC_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weighting factor for power increase. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 10 Recommended POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_INC_STEP_SIZE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 14 Coded Max 7 Recommended POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Def value 6 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name POW_RED_FACTOR HMI name POW_RED_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weighting factor for power reduction. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 10 Recommended POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE HMI name POW_RED_STEP_SIZE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB Min value 2 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4 Coded Max 2 Recommended POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name POWER_OFFSET_IND HMI name POWER_OFFSET_IND B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates to the MS whether or not POWER_OFFSET parameter is present in System Cell Type No Information. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: POWER_OFFSET not present, 1: POWER_OFFSET present Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter relates to support of DCS-1800 4W MS. comment Internal comment --

Logical name PREFERRED_BAND HMI name PREFERRED_BAND B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --


Logical name PRIO_THR HMI name LSA_PRIO_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = Min value 0 Coded Min 0 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). Mandatory rules -- Max value 42 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 42 Coded Def 7 rules External The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. comment The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold. Internal comment At the OMC, do not display 42dB as maximum value, but infinity.

Logical name PRIORITY(0,n) HMI name Candidate cell priority B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No (BSC) Cell Type No Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Max value 6 Coded Max 6 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PROT_MON HMI name PROT_MON B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PROT_TH HMI name PROT_TH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Internal BSS alarm, not OMC-R visualisation


Logical name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX HMI name PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the BCCH TRX Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX). 2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the lowest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX). Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel recommend to set Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules this parameter to ‘0’ in order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power (see external comment). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to ‘0’ does not reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs will hop on the BCCH carrier. External When set to ‘1’ or '2', this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX). comment If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GMSK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups). Internal comment The value ‘2’ is fully supported from BSC B9 MR5. The BSC B9 MR4 manages the value ‘2’ as ‘0’.


Logical name PWRC (BSC) HMI name PWRC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency Cell Type No hopping channel. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are Min value 0 Coded Min 0 not included. Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Q703_N1 HMI name Q703_N1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 127 Coded Def 127 rules External not used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q703_N1_HSL HMI name Q703_N1_HSL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission (if HSL is used). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4095 Coded Max 4095 Recommended -- Def value 4095 Coded Def 4095 rules External used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --

Logical name Q703_N2 HMI name Q703_N2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8192 Coded Max 8192 Recommended -- Def value 4096 Coded Def 4096 rules External not used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q703_N2_HSL HMI name Q703_N2_HSL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission (if HSL is used). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 32767 Coded Def 32767 rules External used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --

Logical name Q703_T1 HMI name Q703_T1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 timer “alignment ready”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 40 Coded Min 40 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 50 rules External not used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q703_T1_HSL HMI name Q703_T1_HSL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition MTP2 timer “alignment ready” for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 25 Coded Min 25 Mandatory rules -- Max value 350 Coded Max 350 Recommended -- Def value 300 Coded Def 300 rules External used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --

Logical name Q703_T2 HMI name Q703_T2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 timer “not aligned”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 150 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q703_T3 HMI name Q703_T3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 timer “aligned”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment In B9 the range for this parameter is [1-1.5] but the Q703 white book specifies [1-2]

Logical name Q703_T4E HMI name Q703_T4E B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 Emergency proving period. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 0.6 Coded Max 6 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External Applicable to LSL and HSL. comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q703_T4N HMI name Q703_T4N B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 Normal proving period. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 7.5 Coded Min 75 Mandatory rules -- Max value 9.5 Coded Max 95 Recommended -- Def value 8.2 Coded Def 82 rules External not used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --

Logical name Q703_T4N_HSL HMI name Q703_T4N_HSL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition MTP2 Normal proving period for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 70 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External used if EN_HSL = 1 comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q703_T5 HMI name Q703_T5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 timer “sending SIB”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 80 Coded Min 80 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 100 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment In B9 this parameter is System (CST) instead of Site (CAE) and the range for this parameter is [100-100] but the Q703 white book specified [80-120].

Logical name Q703_T6 HMI name Q703_T6 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 timer “remote congestion”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 3 Coded Min 30 Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Max value 6 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 5.4 Coded Def 54 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q703_T7 HMI name Q703_T7 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP2 timer “excessive delay of acknowledgement”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.703 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC. comment Internal comment In B9 this parameter is System (CST) instead of Site (CAE) in B10.

Logical name Q704_T2 HMI name Q704_T2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.7 Coded Min 7 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q704_T4 HMI name Q704_T4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1.2 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Q704_T5 HMI name Q704_T5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1.2 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Q707_T1 HMI name Q707_T1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.707 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 4 Coded Min 40 Mandatory rules Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Max value 12 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 6.4 Coded Def 64 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Q707_T2 HMI name Q707_T2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.707 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 30 Coded Min 300 Mandatory rules -- Max value 90 Coded Max 900 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 600 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Qsearch_C HMI name Qsearch_C B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in dedicated mode depending whether the received signal level of the Cell Type No serving cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -98 Coded Min 0 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells

Mandatory rules -- Max value -50 Coded Max 15 Recommended In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e. always Def value -70 Coded Def 7 rules search for 3G neighbour cells External This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to comment “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on SACCH Internal comment -- The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding text “always search for 3G neighbour cells” (resp. “never search for 3G neighbour cells”).


Logical name Qsearch_I HMI name Qsearch_I B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the Cell Type No serving cell is below or above the threshold. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -98 Coded Min 0 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells

Mandatory rules -- Max value -50 Coded Max 15 Recommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Def value -50 Coded Def 15 rules External This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to comment “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH Internal comment --


Logical name Qsearch_P HMI name Qsearch_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of the Cell Type No serving cell is below or above the threshold Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -98 Coded Min 0 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells

Mandatory rules -- Max value -50 Coded Max 15 Recommended In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Def value -50 Coded Def 15 rules External This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to comment “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold in GPRS. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. Internal comment -- The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding text “always search for 3G neighbour cells” (resp. “never search for 3G neighbour cells”).


Logical name QUEUE_ANYWAY HMI name Forced_Queuing B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the Cell Type No MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment If Queue_Anyway = disabled and the queuing is not allowed by the MSC neither, calls with pre-emption capability might be queued nevertheless if EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled.

Logical name RA_CODE (BSC) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Routing Area Code for GPRS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator. Min value -1 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) Max value 255 Coded Max 255 - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when Recommended they are PS capable -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1. “-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered by OMC-R since "-1" is out of the parameters range (see BSS MIB).

Logical name RA_COLOUR HMI name Routing Area Colour for GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Routing Area Colour for GPRS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the Min value 0 Coded Min 0 network provider. Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Transported in 04.18 SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/4 messages. Note that, for a cell which does not support GPRS, the OMC may initially set the value -1. "-1" value of RA_CODE or RA_COLOUR is never downloaded to the BSC. It is filtered

Logical name RACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name RACH_BUSY_THRES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: Min value -110 Coded Min 1 1: -110 dBm 5: -106 dBm 9: -102 dBm 13: -98 dBm 17: -94 dBm 21: -90 dBm 25: -86 dBm 29: -82 dBm 33: -78 dBm 37: -74 dBm 41: -70 dBm 45: -66 dBm 49: -62 dBm 53: -58 dBm 57: -54 dBm 61: -50 dBm

Mandatory rules -- Max value -50 Coded Max 61 Recommended -- Def value -106 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER HMI name CCCH_LOAD_MEAS_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit 51mfr Coding rules step size=1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended Disable the filtering for extended cells. Def value 64 Coded Def 64 rules External One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to comment RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. Internal comment --


Logical name RACHRT HMI name CCCH_LOAD_IND_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit 51mfr Coding rules step size=1 (51mfr) Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Def value 255 Coded Def 255 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Min value 4 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Max value 64 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision, when an AMR codec is used. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Min value 4 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 3 rules External This parameter applies only to Evolium BTSs. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 18 Coded Def 18 rules External Values higher than 128 are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): comment It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.


Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR HMI name RADIOLINK_FAILURE_THRES_AMR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path for calls using an AMR codec. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit Samfr Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR > N_BSTXPWR_M Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 18 Coded Def 18 rules External This parameter applies only to Evolium BTSs. comment Values higher than 128 are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message.

Logical name RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Highest BA range ARFCNs B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” Information Element. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value -1 Coded Min -1 Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023 Recommended -- Def value -1 Coded Def -1 rules External RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in “BA Range” IE. comment Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) Internal comment --


Logical name RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) HMI name Lowest BA range ARFCNs B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in “BA Range” Information Element. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 16 bits. Min value -1 Coded Min -1 Mandatory rules RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023 Recommended -- Def value -1 Coded Def -1 rules External RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in “BA Range” IE comment Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) Internal comment --

Logical name RE HMI name CALL_RE_ESTABLISHMENT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name RESET_INDEFINITE HMI name RESET_INDEFINITE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not Cell Type No acknowledged). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until Min value 0 Coded Min 0 a RESET or RESET ACK message is received. Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.

Logical name RESP_REQ HMI name RESP_REQ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag controls “Response request” OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: IE not included, 1: IE included Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Response Request Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). External Default value depends on MSC type comment For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. Internal comment --


Logical name RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX HMI name RMS_TEMPLATE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters Cell Type No MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, Sub-syste BSC RMS No EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER). Instance cell

Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded from 1 to 16 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment The parameter is a CELL attribute, it is the reference to one of the 16 RMS templates at the beginning of the definition field.

Logical name RNC_ID(n) HMI name RNC_ID(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the RNC Identifier as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. It is used in HO Required Cell Type No message sent to the MSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 48.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules binary value on 12 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 The value of “-1” indicates that no RNCid is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). Mandatory rules MCC_3G(n), MNC_3G(n), RNC_ID(n) and CI_3G(n) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell Max value 4095 Coded Max 4095 Recommended RNC_ID(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from “-1”) -- rules Def value -1 Coded Def -1 External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes comment Internal comment --

Logical name ROT HMI name ROT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include “Time Difference” IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum delay for sending a RR acknowledgement frame on RSL and GSL Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than T200 (BSC) Max value 200 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 2 rules External This parameter is used only with Mx BSC for both terrestrial and satellite links. comment Internal comment --


Logical name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication Cell Type No messages. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment The time between two sendings of the RR Allocation Indication messages is “TCH_INFO_PERIOD * RR_ALLOC_PERIOD” seconds.

Logical name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the RSL-I flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules shall be equal to RSL_I_PRIORITY(BTS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name RSL_RATE (BSC) HMI name RSL_RATE (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Deduced from O&M parameter: BSI-Link-Type

Logical name RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC HMI name RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port number used for RSL on BSC side. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance RSL Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 50176 Coded Min 50176 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50944 Coded Max 50944 Recommended -- Def value 50176 Coded Def 50176 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML. Min = h’C400, Max = h’C700


Logical name RSL_UI_PRIORITY HMI name RSL_UI_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the RSL-UI flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML.

Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name RXLEV_DL_IH HMI name RXLEV_DL_IH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink Cell Type Yes quality. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -65 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name RXLEV_DL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_DL_ZONE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or Def value -71 Coded Def 39 rules “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name RxLev_HO_to_GAN HMI name RxLev_HO_to_GAN B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This flag allows to take into account faulty measurement results on GAN cells Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: measurement results RxLev <> 63 are discarded, 1: measurement results RxLev <> 63 are taken into Min value 0 Coded Min 0 account (the value kept is 63) Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO HMI name RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power Cell Type Yes budget (cause 12). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -47 Coded Def 63 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name RXLEV_UL_IH HMI name RXLEV_UL_IH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -65 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name RXLEV_UL_ZONE HMI name RXLEV_UL_ZONE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = “Concentric” AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM” or “DCS1800” or Def value -78 Coded Def 32 rules “EGSM” or “DCS 1900”: RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name RXLEVmin(n) HMI name RXLEV_MIN_n B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -96 Coded Def 14 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH HMI name Schedule Period for Basic CBCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 03.41 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit CBper Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 40 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Schedule_period_for_extended_C HMI name Schedule period for Extended CBCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No BCH Cell Type No Definition Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 03.41 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit CBper Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 40 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) HMI name SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the Primary Scrambling Code as defined in 3GPP TS 25.213 Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance 3G cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules binary value on 9 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 The value of “-1” indicates that no scrambling code is provided by the operator (the default value, indicated here, is for implementation purposes). Mandatory rules EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) can be True only if SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) <> “-1” Max value 511 Coded Max 511 SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) is a mandatory parameter (must be different from “-1”) Recommended In any serving cell there shall be only one 3G target cell defined with the couple FDD_ARFCN(n) -- rules SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n)

Def value -1 Coded Def -1 External The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes comment Internal comment --

Logical name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD HMI name SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules 8 bits, step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name SDCCH_COUNTER HMI name SDCCH_COUNTER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment Cell Type No procedure. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr Coding rules step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External “0” means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. comment Internal comment --

Logical name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY HMI name SDCCH_LOW_DELAY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SEARCH_3G_PRIO HMI name SEARCH_3G_PRIO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This indicates if 3G cells may be searched when BSIC decoding is required Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application 2G-3G Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : no (3G cells shall not be searched when BSIC decoding is required), Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1 : yes (3G cells may be searched when BSIC decoding is required) Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name SLC HMI name Signalling Link Code B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signalling Link Code. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance N7 ch Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Displayed Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name SMS_INHIBIT HMI name SMS_INHIBIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables/disables SMS support. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service point-to-point OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name SMSCB_Features_set HMI name SMSCB_Features_Set B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". Max value 2 Coded Max 2 If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, Recommended then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells -- rules Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0" Def value 1 Coded Def 1 External When migrating from FS1 to FS2, comment USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4. Internal comment --

Logical name SMSCB_Mode HMI name SMSCB_Mode B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled


Logical name SMSCB_Phase HMI name SMSCB_Phase B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+ Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" Max value 1 Coded Max 1 'If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" Recommended SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SMSCB_Recovery HMI name SMSCB_Recovery B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: No, 1: Yes Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max value 1 Coded Max 1 can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SMSCB_State HMI name SMSCB_State B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Displayed Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: activated, 1: deactivated Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment From B7.2 onwards, OMC3 displays values "activated"/"deactivated" whatever the release of the BSC.

Logical name SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the SNMP flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules shall be equal to SNMP_PRIORITY(BTS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used for OML establishment.


Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SSF HMI name SSF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.704 Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use

Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits. comment Internal comment --

Logical name START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BS HMI name START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No C Cell Type No Definition First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The BSC deduces every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 4294967295 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)

Logical name START_UPLINK_REPLY HMI name START_UPLINK_REPLY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to Cell Type No L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending the first UPLINK FREE message Sub-syste BSC RMS No with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H) Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1024 Coded Max 1024 Recommended -- Def value 256 Coded Def 256 rules External The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. comment Internal comment -- It is a CDM parameter

Logical name STRIP_O5_CM2 HMI name Strip_Octet_5_In_CM2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag controls the format of the “Classmark 2” IE sent to the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Classmark handling OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: no modification on “Classmark2” IE, 1: octet 5 of “Classmark2” IE is stripped out Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T(conn est) HMI name T(conn est) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.714 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5sec Min value 10 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules T(conn est) < T9105 Max value 127.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T(iar) HMI name T(iar) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.714 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 6sec Min value 402 Coded Min 67 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1530 Coded Max 255 Recommended Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC Def value 1260 Coded Def 210 rules It is recommended to configure T(iar) > (2 x T(ias) used by the MSC) + 1 min External -- comment Internal comment Internally, the OMC uses values in the range 402000..1530000, (ie in msec)

Logical name T(ias) HMI name T(ias) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.714 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 6sec Min value 96 Coded Min 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 450 Coded Max 75 Recommended Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC Def value 300 Coded Def 50 rules It is recommended to configure T(ias) < (T(iar) used by the MSC - 1 min) / 2 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T(rel) HMI name T(rel) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.714 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Min value 8 Coded Min 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 127.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T(sst) HMI name T(sst) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec ITU-T Q.714 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference (SS7 parameter) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 6sec Min value 6 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1200 Coded Max 200 Recommended For BSC Evolution, ALU highly recommends setting this timer to 6 seconds to improve the BSC Def value 30 Coded Def 5 rules robustness External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_ALLOC_BTS HMI name T_ALLOC_BTS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling the allocation/deallocation of GCHs in the BTS Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_ATER_CONN HMI name T_ATER_CONN B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Supervision of BTS-TC speech path connection / disconnection in the case of a TDM BTS connected to an Cell Type No IP BSC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Normal Assignment OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 100. Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2000 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 1000 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP HMI name Autocleaning_Timer B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.

External T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP = 0 inhibits the autocleaning procedure. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_AVG_T (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_T B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Max value 25 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_AVG_W (BSC) HMI name T_AVG_W B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Max value 25 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_BIND_CNF HMI name T_BIND_CNF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_BTS_EST_CNF HMI name T_BTS_EST_CNF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service point-to-point OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_BTS_RLS_CNF HMI name T_BTS_RLS_CNF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service point-to-point OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_BURST HMI name T_BURST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size =0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_CBC_READY HMI name T_CBC_READY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or Cell Type No returning CMD-MODE Resp. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size: 1 sec Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 600 Coded Max 600 Recommended T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Def value 300 Coded Def 300 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_CONNECT HMI name T_CONNECT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the value of TIMER_T_CONNECT which is used by L4E_CONV during outgoing X.25 call setup Cell Type No association setup towards the CBC to protect against absence of CECNF from the Network layer. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size: 1 sec Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 600 Coded Max 600 Recommended T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is described in document 3BK 11202 0329 DSZZA.

Logical name T_COUNT_I HMI name T_COUNT_I B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_DELAY HMI name T_DELAY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delays the reestablishment of RSL link by the BSC in order that FU restart can finish. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended T_DELAY >= T203 + 2x (N200+1)xT200 (T_DELAY must be greater than the time needed for the FU to Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules detect the Abis link failure) External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_DELAY_GSL HMI name T_DELAY_GSL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer for LAPD re-establishment after a LAPD failure. This timer gives the delay between two LAPD Cell Type No establishment attempts. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD HMI name T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer to define the delay before an dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot will be de-allocated once all of its SDCCH Cell Type No sub-channels are in the free state. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_FILTER HMI name HO_ALARM_PERSISTENCE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr Coding rules step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, …, 31: 29.76s Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_GPRS_Resume HMI name T_GPRS_Resume B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS channel. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 24.008 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 Min value 0.2 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s) Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1)) Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. External T3240 is a MS timer see 3GPP TS 24.008 comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_GSL_ACK (BSC) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_BSC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended T_GSL_Ack(BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_HCP HMI name T_HCP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size= 1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 240 Coded Max 240 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_HO_REQD_LOST HMI name T_HO_REQD_LOST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 6 Coded Min 6 Mandatory rules T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover execution Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External Depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_i HMI name T_i B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 48.008 Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 1200 Recommended Def value 22 Coded Def 220 rules External Some “slow” MSC (e.g. legacy MSC) may take more than one minute to reply the BSC request (e.g. the SST message sent by the BSC). If the BSC is comment connected to such kind of “slow” MSC, increasing the T_i value up to 120 seconds may be necessary. Otherwise after T_i expiry, the BSC triggers an unexpected Internal Reset procedure. This leads to telecom outage for several minutes. Internal comment This timer is an optional timer specified by 3GPP TS 48.008 Sub-clause 3.1.15 (General SCCP Abnormal Conditions. The default value is applicable for both G2 BSC and BSC Evolution.

Logical name T_IA HMI name T_IA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T_IA<T3101 Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 2.5 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_INHIBIT_CPT HMI name T_INHIBIT_CPT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 240 Coded Max 240 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External T_INHIBIT_CPT = 0 inhibits the anti ping-pong function. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_INTRF_L3 HMI name RF_RES_IND_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Max value 180 Coded Max 180 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name T_LB_OV HMI name T_LB_OV B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH

Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_BSC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC timer to guard the response from the SMLC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. initialisation Cell Type No procedure). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application LCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_Loc_abort HMI name T_Loc_abort B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 300 Recommended T_Loc_abort < T_Location Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Loc_abort in case of LCS abort procedure towards the SMLC.

Logical name T_Location HMI name T_Location B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, Cell Type No when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max value 300 Coded Max 3000 Recommended - Def value 15 Coded Def 150 rules External The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.


Logical name T_Location_Longer HMI name T_Location_Longer B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, Cell Type No when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended T_Location_Longer > T_Location Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS Based A-GPS comment positioning methods. Internal comment The BSC cancels T_Location and starts T_Location_Longer in case of RRLP message flow between the SMLC and the MS.

Logical name T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP HMI name T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum holding time in BTS and TC before sending a MUXTRAUP packet. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL.


Logical name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) HMI name T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Duration of the MPDCH establishment procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Paging and Access Grant control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (MFS) Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended This covers the maximum time taken by MS to become aware of a new cell configuration Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name T_MS_CELL_REJ HMI name T_MS_CELL_REJ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover Cell Type No attempts. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY HMI name T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order to give the Cell Type No MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and SI6 messages Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_OVL_MSC HMI name T_OVL_MSC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_PAG_CS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_CS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It Cell Type No includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS

Logical name T_PAG_PS (BSC) HMI name T_PAG_PS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It Cell Type No includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS


Logical name T_PDA HMI name T_PDA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a DL TBF establishment on PCH remains Cell Type No in the PCH queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The T_PDA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: Max value 5 Coded Max 50 T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch, or equivalently, Recommended -- rules T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=2 T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=3 T_PDA = 1200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=4 T_PDA = 1400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=5 T_PDA = 1600 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=6 T_PDA = 2000 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=7 T_PDA = 2200 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=8 T_PDA = 2400 ms if BS_PA_MFRMS=9.

Def value 1.4 Coded Def 14 External -- comment Internal comment The T_PDA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the BS_PA_MFRMS parameter.The T_PDA parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.


Logical name T_PUA HMI name T_PUA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the maximum time an Immediate Assignment message for a UL or DL TBF establishment on AGCH Cell Type No remains in the AGCH queue. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The T_PUA parameter is computed by the OMC as follows: Max value 5 Coded Max 50 T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch (See the table below) Recommended -- rules AG_PREMPT_PCH/BCCH_EXT/CCCH_CONF/BS_AG_BLKS_RES/T_GPRS_agch_queuing_max (ms)/Comments Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/800/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/2000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/1000/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/800/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Disabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/0/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/1/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/3/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/4/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/5/600/


m template

Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/6/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH not combined/7/600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/0/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/1/600/ Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/2/600/ Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8 External Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/3/600/ -- comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/4/600/ Internal comment Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/5/600/ The T_PUA parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/6/600/ parameters. The T_PUA parameter is not displayed to the O&M user. Enabled/True/CCCH not combined/7/600/

Logical name T_qho HMI name T_QHO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment MSC: Depends on MSC Type

Logical name T_RCR_ACK HMI name T_RCR_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_RECOVERY HMI name T_RECOVERY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between two consecutive audits on trace file transfer status when a file transfer failure occurs. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance OMC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit mn Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted by the OMC-R to the BSC at init with the OCD_admin tool


Logical name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE HMI name T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on FACCH Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 200 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- It is a CDM parameter

Logical name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE HMI name T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile station. The Cell Type No UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a mobile station. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 20 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 480 Coded Max 24 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- - It is a CDM parameter - The minimum value is 20 ms, since the UPLINK FREE message is sent on FACCH of VGCS channel and the periodicity of FACCH is 20 ms. The maximum value is extracted from 3GPP TS 44.018.

Logical name T_RMS_BSC HMI name T_RMS_BSC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition General supervision of RMS in the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RECONF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay to restart RMS job after reconfiguration. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 2 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART HMI name T_RMS_BSC_RESTART B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay to restart RMS job after TRE restart. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 60 Coded Min 60 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_RMS_BTS HMI name T_RMS_BTS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time interval between BTS transfer of 2 successive RMS blocks of measurements. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T_RMS_BTS < T_RMS_BSC Max value 6553 Coded Max 6553 Recommended T_RMS_BSC > 2* T_RMS_BTS Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_SDCCH_PC HMI name T_SDCCH_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment Cell Type No procedure. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit 2 x Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD HMI name T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum time between two sendings of MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message (i.e. at Cell Type No T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD expiry, the message is sent even if it does not contain yet NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD messages). Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Paging and Access Grant Control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 50 msec. Min value 50 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 250 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 1 rules External This mechanism does not apply to G2 BTS and to G2 BSC. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on BSC side. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules shall be at max equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) / 2 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment Due to BSC implementation constraints, with a default value of 8 sec, the observed value on BSCGP interface will be in the range [8;9.6] sec. This has no system impact.

Logical name T_SMSCB_RESP HMI name T_SMSCB_RESP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING HMI name T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition The timer used by the BTS to supervise the link between BTS and TC in case of no traffic and as long as Cell Type No the BTS context is valid in the TC. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Under study Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 100 Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10000 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML.

Logical name T_TFO HMI name T_TFO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer for sending and acknowledgement of No_speech frames in case of TFO. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TFO Functional specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules coded on 8 bits, step size = 20 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2540 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 220 Coded Def 11 rules External This parameter is set to 620ms by the BSC in case of Abis/Ater via satellite. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT HMI name T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the correct receipt of Commands between CCU and TRAU, in case of IP transport. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 msec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5100 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 640 Coded Def 32 rules External Default value in case of Abis/Ater per satellite : 640 msec. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and the TC via TCSL.

Logical name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the BSC Cell Type No releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no channel Sub-syste BSC RMS No description. Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] * Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE External The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK HMI name T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 500 ms Min value 500 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5000 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T1_0858 HMI name T1_0858 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.58 Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 3 Coded Min 30 Mandatory rules T1_0858 < T2_0858 Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 300 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T1_long HMI name T1_long B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hold off time before attempting another Block/Unblock procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended T1_long >= T1_short Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name T1_short HMI name T1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 10 Coded Min 100 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Def value 16 Coded Def 160 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --


Logical name T11 HMI name T11 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 s Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Max value 19 Coded Max 19 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name T11_FORCED HMI name T11_FORCED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Max value 19 Coded Max 190 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment Must be < assignment timer in the MSC (trr1). Provision in MIB B5


Logical name T13 HMI name T13 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 150 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name T14 HMI name T14 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 19 Coded Max 19 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T17 HMI name T17 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of Cell Type No a processed OVERLOAD. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T17 < T18_overload Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 300 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T18 HMI name T18 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T18_Overload HMI name T18_OVERLOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring Cell Type No action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global Sub-syste BSC RMS No reset procedure. Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size: 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment Comes from the split of T18 into two timers: T18 and T18_OVERLOAD

Logical name T19 HMI name T19 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 100 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name T2_0858 HMI name T2_0858 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending Cell Type No OVERLOAD. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.58 Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 3 Coded Min 30 Mandatory rules T2_0858 > T1_0858 Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T20 HMI name T20 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Reset circuit, blocking & unequipped circuit OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Min value 10 Coded Min 100 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 160 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T200 (BSC) HMI name T200 (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance A-bis link Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. . , 10: 1000ms Min value 300 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 10 Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Def value 300 Coded Def 3 rules External The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connection type. comment It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Internal comment --

Logical name T200_GSL (BSC) HMI name T200_GSL (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200_GSL (BSC) * (1 + N200_GSL (BSC)) Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T200_TF HMI name T200_TF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 20 msec Min value 200 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5100 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 10 rules External Modification of the value of this parameter will trigger an automatic restart of all TREs of the cell, leading to a release of all ongoing calls. comment Values higher than 1000ms are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Internal comment Sent to the BTS via OML. Default value shall be used to ensure normal behaviour of LAPDm layer.

Logical name T200_TH HMI name T200_TH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 msec. Min value 180 Coded Min 9 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5100 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 180 Coded Def 9 rules External Modification of the value of this parameter will trigger an automatic restart of all TREs of the cell, leading to a release of all ongoing calls. comment Values higher than 1000ms are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Internal comment Sent to the BTS via OML. Default value shall be used to ensure normal behaviour of LAPDm layer.


Logical name T203 (BSC) HMI name T203 (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Link supervision timer. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules Equal to T203 (MFS) Max value 4 Coded Max 4 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T203_GSL (BSC) HMI name T203_GSL (BSC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (MFS) Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3101 HMI name T3101 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended T3101 > 2s Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3103 HMI name T3103 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Internal channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. Recommended T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. -- rules T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F Def value 16.5 Coded Def 165 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3105_D HMI name T3105D B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 200 Coded Min 200 Mandatory rules T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 Max value 220 Coded Max 220 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 Coded Def 200 rules T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH) Def value 200 Coded Def 200 External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name T3105_D_STOP HMI name T3105D_STOP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name T3105_F_FR HMI name T3105F_FR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 20 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 Max value 250 Coded Max 250 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 Coded Def 50 rules T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Def value 50 Coded Def 50 External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name T3105_F_HR HMI name T3105F_HR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 20 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 Max value 250 Coded Max 250 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 Recommended T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 Coded Def 50 rules T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Def value 100 Coded Def 50 External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message

Logical name T3105_F_STOP HMI name T3105F_STOP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a Min value 0 Coded Min 0 correct traffic frame Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name T3106_D HMI name T3106D B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter is used for two different things: Cell Type No 1) Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH Sub-syste BSC RMS No synchronous handover. 2) In parallel, the LSB, used in combinations with the LSB of T3106_F, allow to perform the fine BTS power Instance cell tuning (per step of 0,1dB). Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules coded on 16 bits: Min value 1100 Coded Min 1100 - The 16 bits are used to define T3106_D value - The 3 LSB are also used, in combinations with the 2 LSB of T3106_F, to perform the fine BTS power tuning (per step of 0,1dB), following the table below: T3106_D LSB: T3106_F LSB: Power attenuation: 000 00 0dB 000 01 0.1dB 000 10 0.2dB 000 11 0.3dB 001 00 0,4dB 001 01 0.5dB 001 10 0.6dB 001 11 0.7dB 010 00 0,8dB 010 01 0.9dB 010 10 1,0dB 010 11 1,1dB 011 00 1,2dB 011 01 1,3dB 011 10 1,4dB 011 11 1,5dB 1xx 00 1,6dB 1xx 01 1,7dB 1xx 10 1,8dB 1xx 11 1,9dB Note: LSB = Less Significant Bits

Mandatory rules T3106_D < T3103 Max value 1500 Coded Max 1500 T3106_D < T9113 Recommended -- Coded Def 1200 rules Def value 1200 Coded Def 1200

External The applied power attenuation can vary up to +/- 0,15db around the specified value. comment Note: on OMC screen, this tuning is also possible with the new parameter PWR_ADJUSTEMENT. Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. m template When the value of PWR_ADJUSTMENT is set by the user, T3106_D will be accordingly updated, by applying the following fomulas (C language specific operators are used): new T3106_D = (max ( (T3106_D AND 'FF FF FF F8'), 1104) ) + (int) (PWR_ADJUSTMENT / 4) The new parameter PWR_ADJUSTEMENT (defined in BOP) is a local OMC parameter: transfer to BSC/BTS is always performed through the timers. This means we have an interaction between the values of the timer and the power fine attenuation, however, as we are using the LSB for the power attenuation, the impact on the timer value is negligible.

Logical name T3106_D_STOP HMI name T3106D_STOP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3106_F HMI name T3106F B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter is used for two different things: Cell Type No 1) Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous Sub-syste BSC RMS No handover. 2) In parallel, the LSB, used in combinations with the LSB of T3106_D, allow to perform the fine BTS Instance cell power tuning (per step of 0,1dB). Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Coded on 16 bits: Min value 500 Coded Min 500 - The 16 bits are used to define T3106_F value - The 2 LSB are also used, in combinations with the 3 LSB of T3106_D, to perform the fine BTS power tuning (per step of 0,1dB), following the table below: T3106_D LSB: T3106_F LSB: Power attenuation: 000 00 0dB 000 01 0.1dB 000 10 0.2dB 000 11 0.3dB 001 00 0,4dB 001 01 0.5dB 001 10 0.6dB 001 11 0.7dB 010 00 0,8dB 010 01 0.9dB 010 10 1,0dB 010 11 1,1dB 011 00 1,2dB 011 01 1,3dB 011 10 1,4dB 011 11 1,5dB 1xx 00 1,6dB 1xx 01 1,7dB 1xx 10 1,8dB 1xx 11 1,9dB Note: LSB = Less Significant Bits

Mandatory rules T3106_F < T3103 Max value 1000 Coded Max 1000 T3106_F < T9113 Recommended -- Coded Def 1000 rules Def value 1000 Coded Def 1000

External The applied power attenuation can vary up to +/- 0,15db around the specified value. comment Note: on OMC screen, this tuning is also possible with the new parameter PWR_ADJUSTEMENT. Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. m template When the value of PWR_ADJUSTMENT is set by the user, T3106_F will be accordingly updated, by applying the following fomula (C language specific operators are used): new T3106_F = ((PWR_ADJUSTMENT modulo 4)==0)? (T3106_F AND 'FF FF FF FC') : min ( ( (T3106_F AND 'FF FF FF FC')+ (PWR_ADJUSTMENT modulo 4) ), (996 + (PWR_ADJUSTMENT modulo 4) ) ) The new parameter PWR_ADJUSTEMENT (defined in BOP) is a local OMC parameter: transfer to BSC/BTS is always performed through the timers. This means we have an interaction between the values of the timer and the power fine attenuation, however, as we are using the LSB for the power attenuation, the impact on the timer value is negligible.

Logical name T3106_F_STOP HMI name T3106F_STOP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a Min value 0 Coded Min 0 correct traffic frame Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3107 HMI name T3107 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Assignment procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 14 Coded Def 140 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3109 HMI name T3109 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 35 Coded Max 350 Recommended T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Def value 12 Coded Def 120 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3111 HMI name T3111 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3115 HMI name T3115 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink access Cell Type No procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from MS, the BTS Sub-syste BSC RMS No repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 100 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 480 Coded Max 24 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- It is a CDM parameter

Logical name T3121 HMI name T3121 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer is started by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to the MS and is Cell Type No normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is to keep the old Sub-syste BSC RMS No channels sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old channels, and to release the channels if the MS is lost. Instance BSC Rec 3GPP TS 44.018 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 14 Coded Def 140 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3122 HMI name T3122 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling the period sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION messages to the BTS to avoid sleeping cell Cell Type No problems. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit mn Coding rules Step size = 1 min Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 17 Coded Def 17 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3148n (BSC) HMI name T3148n (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling on BSC side the uplink DTM assignment. It is started at reception of DTM Request, and Cell Type No stopped at reception of DTM Assignment Command or DTM Reject from MFS. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 msec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to T3148n (MFS) Max value 4 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 3,8 Coded Def 38 rules External -- comment Internal comment Corresponds to T3148 (on MS side) - Round Trip Delay


Logical name T3168 (BSC) HMI name T3168 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Cell Type No Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Sub-syste BSC RMS No Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: Min value 1 Coded Min 1 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (MFS) Max value 4 Coded Max 7 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in the serving cell. External The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the comment possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms) 2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay. T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter. T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered. Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.


Logical name T3192 (BSC) HMI name T3192 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: Min value 200 Coded Min 7 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (MFS) Max value 1500 Coded Max 2 T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) Coded Def 0 rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 500 Coded Def 0 through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)

External The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: comment 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec Internal comment --

Logical name T3212 (BSC) HMI name T3212 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit 6 mn Coding rules 0: no periodic location update Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (MFS) Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T4 HMI name T4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference BSS global reset OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 2 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External T4 shall be set greater than T2 (timer in MSC). comment Internal comment Used only when NBR_RESET_REP <> 0.


Logical name T7 HMI name T7 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover management OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Max value 20 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External Default value depends on MSC type comment Internal comment --

Logical name T8 HMI name T8 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec GSM TS 08.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 14 Coded Def 140 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T9101 HMI name T9101 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T9103 HMI name T9103 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T9104 HMI name T9104 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T9105 HMI name T9105 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 11 Coded Min 110 Mandatory rules T9105 > T(conn est) Max value 6553,5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Def value 31 Coded Def 310 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T9108 HMI name T9108 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T9110 HMI name T9110 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the Cell Type No reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped Sub-syste BSC RMS No when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or Instance BSC ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received). Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Call release OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Def value 20 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T9112 HMI name T9112 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Channel modification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6553.5 Coded Max 65535 Recommended T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify procedure. Def value 15 Coded Def 150 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T9113 HMI name T9113 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name TA_STAT HMI name TA_STAT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External 1 bper corresponds to about 550m comment Internal comment --

Logical name TCH_INFO_PERIOD HMI name TCH_INFO_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Displayed Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules stepsize = 0.1 Min value 2 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR HMI name TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum percentage of RTSs supporting some TCH(s) at the same time (one FR TCH or two HR TCHs), Cell Type No among all the RTSs configured as TCH or configured as dynamic SDCCH. Sub-syste BSC RMS No The RTSs supporting only one HR TCH are counted as half a RTS. Allows to perform a “radio over-dimensioning” in case < 100%. Instance Abis segment Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1% Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules In case of a BTS with 2 Abis (2 E1 links), TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR shall take the same value for both Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Abis. Recommended Shall be set to a value high enough to ensure that CS traffic will (nearly) never be limited because of Coded Def 100 rules this constraint. The ABIS_BANDWIDTH shall be dimensioned in proportion. Def value 100 Coded Def 100 In addition, if GPRS is activated in some cells of the Abis BTS group, it is highly recommended to avoid configurations where the “reserved PS bandwidth” is very low or null. This can indeed imply risks of PS traffic blocking situation in the Abis BTS group due to lack of Abis bandwidth, or risks of PMU-PTU interface traffic congestion, or risks of IPGCH control traffic congestion. External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) HMI name TCP_ABORT_TIMER B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This timer controls how long transmitted TCP data may remain unacknowledged (at TCP level) before the Cell Type No TCP connection is aborted. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) = TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 TCP_ABORT_TIMER <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) x 2 Recommended -- Coded Def 10 rules Def value 10 Coded Def 10 External The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level. comment For example, if a global failure happens during a TCP transfer in which the failed connection side was the data receiver, the sending TCP will try to retransmit the non-acknowledged data segments, but TCP will limit the number of retransmissions by means of this timer. On timer expiry, TCP resets the connection (RST segment). Internal comment IP demo parameter. Corresponds to Abort_Interval in Solaris TCP implementation.

Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGSL and not acknowledged by the peer before Cell Type No triggering a TCP disconnection Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) Max value 20 Coded Max 20 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended -- rules Def value 5 Coded Def 5 External The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. there is a risk to not be able to configure this kind of parameter. It depends on the TCP stack.

Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IPGSL link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended -- rules Def value 5 Coded Def 5 External The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGSL. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) Max value 255 Coded Max 255 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended -- rules Def value 1 Coded Def 5 External The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level will be detected before failure GSL level. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name TCP_MSL (BSC) HMI name TCP_MSL (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGSL. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (MFS) and TCP_MSL (BTS) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name TCSL_PRIORITY HMI name TCSL_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the TCSL flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name TDD_ARFCN_LIST HMI name TDD_FREQUENCY_LIST B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition List of neighbour TDD UTRAN frequencies (TD-SCDMA) Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit MHz Coding rules 0 = 0.0 MHz, 1 = 0.2 MHz, ... , 16383 = 3276.6 MHz. The value of “-1” indicates that no UTRAN TDD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 frequency is provided. Mandatory rules The defined frequencies (i.e. not set to -1) in the set shall be different. Max value 16383 Coded Max 16383 Only following frequency bands are standardised : a) 1900 – 1920 MHz (UL/DL), 2010 – 2025 MHz Recommended (UL/DL) b) 1850 – 1910 MHz (UL/DL), 1930 – 1990 MHz (UL/DL) c) 1910 – 1930 MHz (UL/DL). Bands b) -- rules and c) are defined only for ITU region 2 (Americas).

Def value -1 Coded Def -1 External The TDD UTRAN frequencies are coded as the UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Numbers (ARFCN) on the Air interface. comment The TDD UTRAN frequencies of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH. Internal comment Up to 3 TDD UTRAN frequencies can be defined in the list. They form a table with the 3 following values TDD_ARFCN[I] for I = 1,…,3. The value of “-1” indicates that no UTRAN TDD frequency is provided. The OMC always sends to the BSC precisely 3 values for this list, including the dummy ones, if any, at the end of the list.


Logical name TDD_Qoffset HMI name TDD_Qoffset B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM Cell Type No cells for UTRAN TDD cell re-selection. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 45.008 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -32 Coded Min 0 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB

Mandatory rules -- Max value 28 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value -32 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter is broadcast on BCCH. comment Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –32, but the corresponding text “always select a 3G cell if possible”

Logical name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC HMI name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of BSC addresses used for Cell Type No telecom protocols Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.240 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 4294967280 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)

Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value infinity Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name TEMPORARY_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value infinity Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment -- Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name THR_CCCH_LOAD HMI name THR_CCCH_LOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements OMC-R access Displayed Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 100 Coded Min 100 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3000 Coded Max 3000 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment Percentage of busy to successful accesses. Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT HMI name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Load threshold determining whether a 3G to 2G handover request shall be rejected in load situation; the Cell Type No feature is deactivated by setting THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT to its maximum value 100%. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 08.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules binary value on 8 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT shall be lower than the 2G load thresholds HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or equal Max value 100 Coded Max 100 to 100%. Recommended -- Coded Def 100 rules Def value 100 Coded Def 100 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ HMI name THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Load threshold on the serving cell below which handovers towards 3G cells are forbidden when I.E. Cell Type No Service Handover is missing (whatever EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO value) Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Value 0 disables the feature. comment Internal comment --


Logical name THR_ECNO_HO HMI name THR_ECNO_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Ec/No threshold above which a handover to UTRAN may be triggered Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dB Coding rules step size = 0.5 dB, coded over 6 bits Min value -24.5 Coded Min 0 0: “HO to 3G attempted whatever the Ec/No”, 1: -24.0, 2: -23.5, 3: -23, ..., 48: -0.5, 49: 0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 0 Coded Max 49 Recommended -- Def value -15 Coded Def 19 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR Coded Def 10 rules TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Def value 100 Coded Def 10


Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Lower load threshold for allocation policy of AMR-NB HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR-NB HR. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR Coded Def 10 rules TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Def value 100 Coded Def 10



Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy definition in dual rate cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommanded to check that the number of DR Coded Def 10 rules TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Def value 100 Coded Def 10


Logical name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 HMI name THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb Yes Definition Higher load threshold for allocation policy of AMR-NB HR in a dual rate cell supporting AMR-NB HR. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR Coded Def 10 rules TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Def value 100 Coded Def 10



Logical name THR_LB_OV HMI name THR_LB_OV B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Not used in case of OVERLOAD received from FU supporting the BCCH

Logical name THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS HMI name THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Margin of radio timeslots reserved for PS traffic between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Cell Type No Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of radio timeslots. Sub-syste BSC RMS No This margin only applies in case of high CS load and low PS load. Instance BSC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource Allocation and Management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under high load. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL HMI name THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for channel adaptation under normal load. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 … 7 coded as 70) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name THRESHOLD_1_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_1_0 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “no overload” condition and “overload level 1” condition when pointer P Cell Type No points at position 0. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 25 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment --




Logical name THRESHOLD_2_0 HMI name THRESHOLD_2_0 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Free buffer thresholds separating “overload level 1” condition and “overload level 2” condition when Cell Type No pointer P points at position 0. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 22 Coded Def 22 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name TL_TCUA HMI name TL_TCUA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Max value 50 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TL0 HMI name TL0 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Processor Cell Type No Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Overload" state if its Sub-syste BSC RMS No Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0. Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TL1 HMI name TL1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules TL1 < TL2 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 70 Coded Def 70 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TL2 HMI name TL2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules TL3 > TL4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 85 Coded Def 85 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name TL3 HMI name TL3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: Cell Type No 1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in “High Overload” state if “TL3 <= TCU Processor Sub-syste BSC RMS No Occupancy Level < TL4”; 2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in “Very High Overload” State if “TL3 <= TCU Instance BSC Processor Occupancy Level < TL4”; 3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in “Low Overload” state if “TL0 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL3. Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T0 < TL3 < TL4 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 75 Coded Def 75 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TL4 HMI name TL4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in “Very High Overload” state if its Processor Cell Type No Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 95 Coded Def 95 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT HMI name TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Waiting time to detect loss of synchronisation between BTS and TC in case of IP transport. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via OML and to the TC via TCSL. Range ensures that TRAU_Activity_Timer <= TRAU_Connection_Timeout. when TRAU_Connection_Timeout = TRAU_Activity_Timer; only the mechanism linked to TRAU_Connection_Timeout is used

Logical name Treassembly HMI name Treassembly B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling the reception of subsequent segments after reception of the first segment of a Cell Type No segmented layer 3 message. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec Q714 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference External channel changes OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 10 Coded Min 100 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment Treassembly < T9110 (the rule is checked neither by BSC nor by the OMC.)


Logical name TRG_SDCCH HMI name TRG_SDCCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC proc Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 1 for TCU, 0 for others Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors comment Internal comment --


Logical name TRX_PREF_MARK HMI name Preference Mark B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Preference mark assigned to a given TRX. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance TRX Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH Min value 0 Coded Min 0 sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. 1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. … 7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that this TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic. Mandatory rules 1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, the parameter Max value 7 Coded Max 7 TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value. Recommended -- rules 2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 and BCCH/CCCH are configured on PGSM TRX then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ie TRX_PREF_MARK=0) can be either on the main sector or on the secondary, but not on both.

Def value 1 Coded Def 1 External If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a transmission pool allowing the comment usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX).

Internal comment Note: It may happen that a TRX for which TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 can carry also CS/PS signalling traffic (if it is the BCCH TRX and if there is an MPDCH on this TRX), see also the rules for the parameter NB_TS_MPDCH.

Logical name TS_TCUA HMI name TS_TCUA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Max value 50 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TSC HMI name TSC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.02 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS: *) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02 which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC. **) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter TSC. Internal comment --


Logical name Tx_integer (BSC) HMI name TX_INTEGER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from Min value 3 Coded Min 0 0000 to 1111 Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) Max value 50 Coded Max 15 Recommended When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: Def value 32 Coded Def 14 rules TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.

External When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: comment TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001. m template

Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -47 Coded Def 63 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name U_RXLEV_DL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_DL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper downlink level threshold for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Def value -75 Coded Def 35 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -47 Coded Def 63 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE = Micro. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name U_RXLEV_UL_P HMI name U_RXLEV_UL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper uplink level threshold for power control. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Def value -75 Coded Def 35 rules External -- comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name U_RXQUAL_DL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_DL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External Highest value is the worst quality comment Internal comment --

Logical name U_RXQUAL_UL_P HMI name U_RXQUAL_UL_P B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Power control & radio link supervision OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External Highest value is the worst quality comment Internal comment --


Logical name U_TIME_ADVANCE HMI name UPPER_TIMING_ADVANCE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 63 Coded Def 63 rules External One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m comment Internal comment CT: Depends on Cell type

Logical name Use_of_Extended_CBCH HMI name Extended CBCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not used, 1: used Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Max value 1 Coded Max 1 can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. comment If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes". Internal comment --


Logical name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC) HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BSC for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended Should be consistent with the priorities used by others Nes Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter “Px_layer2_mapping” and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using the parameter comment “Py_layer3_mapping” Internal comment IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the BSC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.


Logical name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s; Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1 : AMR Full Rate Codec 10,2 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Full Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Full Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 6 : AMR Full Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 7 : AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st; Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC HMI name VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; Min value 2 Coded Min 2 1 : AMR Half Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; 2 : AMR Half Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; 3 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; 4 : AMR Half Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; 5 : AMR Half Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/s; Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. comment AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec Internal comment --

Logical name VQ_AVERAGE HMI name VQ_AVERAGE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 1 Samfr Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 128 Coded Max 128 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name VQ_BAD_RXFER HMI name VQ_BAD_RXFER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_FER_THRESHOLD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name VQ_GOOD_RXFER HMI name VQ_GOOD_RXFER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, …, 200 = 20%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD HMI name VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name VQ_RXLEV HMI name VQ_RXLEV B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -95 Coded Def 15 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name VQ_RXQUAL HMI name VQ_RXQUAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --


Logical name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER HMI name VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS Yes Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio Measurements OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size=0.1 (1==0.1 … 70==7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). comment Internal comment --

Logical name W_LEV_HO HMI name W_LEV_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name W_LEV_MCHO HMI name W_LEV_MCHO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningful only in cells where: Cell_type = Microcell

Logical name W_LEV_PC HMI name W_LEV_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name W_PBGT_HO HMI name W_PBGT_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name W_QUAL_CA HMI name W_QUAL_CA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Codec Adaptation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name W_QUAL_HO HMI name W_QUAL_HO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name W_QUAL_PC HMI name W_QUAL_PC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio measurements data processing OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS HMI name WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to Cell Type No L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. after sending the first UPLINK Sub-syste BSC RMS No FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H). Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message with the Instance cell Uplink Access Request bit set to H. Rec None Application VGCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External The parameter is significant only if EN_UPLINK_REPLY is set to true. comment Internal comment -- It is a CDM parameter

Logical name WI_CR HMI name WI_CR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Call Re-establishment”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name WI_EC HMI name WI_EC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Emergency call”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name WI_OC HMI name WI_OC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Originating call”. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name WI_OP HMI name WI_OP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = “Location updating” or “Other procedures which can be Cell Type No completed with an SDCCH”. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Radio & link establishment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -40 Coded Min -40 Mandatory rules -- Max value 40 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL HMI name ZONE_HO_HYST_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Cell Type No Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules -- Min value -40 Coded Min -40 Mandatory rules -- Max value 40 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name ZONE_TYPE HMI name TRX zone B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a Cell Type Yes concentric cell. Sub-syste BSC RMS No Instance TRX Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment This parameter is meaningful only in cells with: cell_PARTITION_TYPE = Concentric cell


BTS parameters

Logical name ABORT_FRAME HMI name ABORT_FRAME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Abort frame threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name AG_FULL HMI name AG_FULL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of Access Grant messages that can be buffered for one CCCH slot. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 50 Coded Min 50 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 100 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the firmware


Logical name BCCH_CUT_TIMER HMI name BCCH_CUT_TIMER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timeout for cut of BCCH on loss of LAPD connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 210 Coded Def 210 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND HMI name BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables/disables sending of RF RESOURCE INDICATION by the BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name CRC_ERR HMI name CRC_ERR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name DMA_OVERRUN HMI name DMA_OVERRUN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition DMA overrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in reception). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name DMA_UNDERRUN HMI name DMA_UNDERRUN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition DMA underrun threshold for alarm detection (the chip has not enough time for DMA access in Cell Type No transmission). Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name FRAME_DISCARD HMI name FRAME_DISCARD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Frame discard (due to lack of buffer) threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name FTP_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name FTP_PRIORITY (BTS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BTS for FTP flow in IP network towards the BSC. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules shall be equal to FTP_PRIORITY (BSC). Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF

Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_RX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_RX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the reception buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25 Coded Max 25 Recommended > LAPD window size +3 Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name I_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name I_LAPD_MAX_TX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of I frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name INACT_DLCI HMI name INACT_DLCI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Inactive DLCI threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2**16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 65535 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name INVALID_ADR HMI name INVALID_ADR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Invalid address threshold for alarm detection (fixed format error when CRC is correct). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 0 : 20000000000000000 1: 1 2: 2 …. 1999999999999999: 1999999999999999 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 2E+6 Coded Def 2000000 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS HMI name IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Window size of the filter used by the congestion detection mechanism. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured in the BTS via omu.cpf

Logical name IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THR HMI name IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THRE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ESHOLD SHOLD Cell Type No Definition Number of DL IP packets received from the TC during IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS for which the delay measured by the BTS is 20 msec higher than the measured minimum delay, above which the BTS Sub-syste BTS RMS No considers the Abis interface enters IP congestion. Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured in the BTS via omu.cpf

Logical name IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name IPGCHC_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Control flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF

Logical name IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS HMI name IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP port used by the IPGCHC protocol on BTS side by each TRE. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 53248 Coded Min 53248 Mandatory rules -- Max value 54272 Coded Max 54272 Recommended SUM shall take care that with the value of this parameter, all TCP ports values computed for each TRE Def value 54272 Coded Def 54272 rules belong to the range specified External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Hardcoded inside the SUM SW Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS(SUM) in the range specified and then distributed to each TRE., These values are sent by the BTS to the BSC via OML HW_capability_report, and then to the MFS via BSCGP: state_change] . Min = h’D000, Max = h’D400

Logical name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Best Effort flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF

Logical name IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES HMI name IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the BE queue of the TRE. This parameter Cell Type No concerns the uplink BE flow sent by MAC to IPGCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES < IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 80 Coded Def 80 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF.

Logical name IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES HMI name IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the internal “extra GBR queue” of the TRE (and Cell Type No of the BE queue of the TRE due to the extra GBR traffic). This parameter concerns the uplink extra GBR Sub-syste BTS RMS No flow sent by MAC to IPGCH. Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES < IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF

Logical name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH GBR flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold used by MAC in order to avoid the overflow of the GBR queue of the TRE. This parameter Cell Type No concerns the uplink GBR flow sent by MAC to IPGCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1% Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended Def value 80 Coded Def 80 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF


Logical name IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_ HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No G3 3 Cell Type No Definition Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable for a G3 TRE. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 112 Coded Min 112 Mandatory rules -- Max value 112 Coded Max 112 Recommended -- Def value 112 Coded Def 112 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the BTS

Logical name IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_ HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No G4_G5 4_G5 Cell Type No Definition Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable for a G4 or a G5 TRE. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 496 Coded Min 496 Mandatory rules -- Max value 496 Coded Max 496 Recommended -- Def value 496 Coded Def 496 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the BTS

Logical name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port used by the BTS (SUM) to configure the IPGCHU protocol on BTS side for each TRE. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 53248 Coded Min 53248 Mandatory rules -- Max value 54272 Coded Max 54272 Recommended SUM shall take care that with the value of this parameter, all UPD ports values computed for each TRE Def value 54272 Coded Def 54272 rules belong to the range specified. External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Hardcoded inside the SUM SW. Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS(SUM) in the range specified Values for each TRE are sent by each TRE to the MFS in the IPGCH_init_cnf message . Min = h’D000, Max = h’D400

Logical name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port of IPTCH link used on BTS side (for MUXTRAUP and TRAUP protocols).. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 51200 Coded Min 51200 Mandatory rules -- Max value 52224 Coded Max 52224 Recommended -- Def value 51200 Coded Def 51200 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = h’C800, Max = h’CC00. Received by the BSC by SNMP

Logical name K_LAPD_OML HMI name K_LAPD_OML B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the firmware

Logical name K_LAPD_RSL HMI name K_LAPD_RSL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of outstanding frames (OML). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 7 Coded Def 7 rules External -- comment Internal comment Recommended values:4 for 16 kbit/s RSL, 7 for 64 kbit/s RSL


Logical name K_LAPDm HMI name K_LAPDm B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name M_PEND_A (BTS) HMI name M_PEND_A (BTS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of I-frames received on RSL by an Evolium BTS before sending an acknowledgement. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than (K_LAPD_RSL minus 2) Max value 4 Coded Max 4 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same valu is used for terrestrial and satellite links. comment Internal comment --


Logical name N_DECR HMI name N_DECR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is decremented on T_SUP expiry. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name N_INCR HMI name N_INCR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the FU is incremented each time an overload is Cell Type No reported. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name N_TA_IP HMI name N_TA_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum number TRAUP packet between the sending by CCU of the last Time Alignment request and the Cell Type No sending of next TA request. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF

Logical name N_WAIT HMI name N_WAIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Spacing between two consecutive DL_DATA_CONGESTION_IND sent to BTS Layer 3. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name N200_LE HMI name N200_LE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio Cell Type No failure in “Link Establishment” state. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name N200_LR HMI name N200_LR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio Cell Type No failure in “Link Release” state. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name N200_OML (BTS) HMI name N200_OML (BTS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (OML). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the firmware

Logical name N200_RSL (BTS) HMI name N200_RSL (BTS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retries for sending I frame by the BTS (RSL). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance A-bis link Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 5. Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External The value of N200_RSL (BTS) is driven by the associated Abis connection type. comment The default value 10 corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message


Logical name N200_TD HMI name N200_TD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio Cell Type No failure in “Timer Recovery” state on SDCCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 23 Coded Min 23 Mandatory rules -- Max value 23 Coded Max 23 Recommended -- Def value 23 Coded Def 23 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name N200_TS HMI name N200_TS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio Cell Type No failure in “Timer Recovery” state on SACCH. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name N200_TTF HMI name N200_TTF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio Cell Type No failure in “Timer Recovery” state on FACCH (TCH/FR associated). Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 34 Coded Min 34 Mandatory rules -- Max value 34 Coded Max 34 Recommended -- Def value 34 Coded Def 34 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name N200_TTH HMI name N200_TTH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmission of a frame (that requires acknowledgement) before detecting radio Cell Type No failure in “Timer Recovery” state on FACCH (TCH/HR associated). Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 29 Coded Min 29 Mandatory rules -- Max value 29 Coded Max 29 Recommended -- Def value 29 Coded Def 29 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name N201 (BTS) HMI name N201 (BTS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum length of user data in an I frame. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules -- Min value 260 Coded Min 260 Mandatory rules -- Max value 260 Coded Max 260 Recommended -- Def value 260 Coded Def 260 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name N201_BTER_D HMI name N201_BTER_D B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Length of information field on FACCH (Format Bter). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application VGCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules -- Min value 23 Coded Min 23 Mandatory rules -- Max value 23 Coded Max 23 Recommended -- Def value 23 Coded Def 23 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N201_BTER_S HMI name N201_BTER_S B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Length of information field on SACCH (Format Bter). Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application VGCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDM functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules -- Min value 21 Coded Min 21 Mandatory rules -- Max value 21 Coded Max 21 Recommended -- Def value 21 Coded Def 21 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N201_C HMI name N201_C B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Length of information field on BCCH, AGCH and PCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category Not Used (NU) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules -- Min value 23 Coded Min 23 Mandatory rules -- Max value 23 Coded Max 23 Recommended -- Def value 23 Coded Def 23 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name N201_D HMI name N201_D B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Length of information field on SDCCH and FACCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules -- Min value 20 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name N201_S HMI name N201_S B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Length of information field on SACCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit bytes Coding rules -- Min value 18 Coded Min 18 Mandatory rules -- Max value 18 Coded Max 18 Recommended -- Def value 18 Coded Def 18 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name OML_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name OML_PRIORITY (BTS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the OML flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Shall be equal to OML_PRIORITY (BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF.

Logical name PDA_FULL HMI name PDA_FULL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PACKET DL ASSIGNMENT messages that can be stored for one CCCH group. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the firmware.


Logical name PG_FULL HMI name PG_FULL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PAGING REQUEST messages that can be stored for one CCCH group. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Paging & access grant control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 81 Coded Min 81 Mandatory rules -- Max value 400 Coded Max 400 Recommended -- Def value 400 Coded Def 400 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the firmware

Logical name RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) HMI name RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum delay for sending a RR acknowledgement frame on RSL and GSL Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPD management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The value of this parameter shall be lower than (T200 TRE minus 50ms Max value 200 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 2 rules External This parameter is used only with the Evolium BTS. The same value is used for terrestrial and satellite links. comment Internal comment --


Logical name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the RSL-I flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules shall be equal to RSL_I_PRIORITY(BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF

Logical name RSL_RATE (BTS) HMI name RSL_RATE (BTS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Rate used on all RSL links of the BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Transmitted to the BTS in the BTS_CONF_DATA message. Should be the same as the BSC value


Logical name RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX HMI name RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port number used for RSL on BTS side. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance RSL Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 50176 Coded Min 50176 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50944 Coded Max 50944 Recommended -- Def value -- Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = h’C400, Max = h’C700. Values for each TRX are taken by the BTS (SUM) in the range specified and distributed to each TRX.

Logical name SHORT_FRM HMI name SHORT_FRM B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Short frame threshold for alarm detection. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules 2E+16 coded as 0 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2E+16 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 2E+16 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE HMI name SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP port used by the SIDMO protocol (SCP IP Debug Monitor) on BTS side by each TRE. SIDMO is used for Cell Type No debug purposes to send messages on IP network related for example to RLC/MAC. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance TRE Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 54528 Coded Min 54528 Mandatory rules -- Max value 54784 Coded Max 54784 Recommended -- Def value Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Values for each TRE are taken by the BTS in the range specified. Min = h’D500 Max = h’D600

Logical name SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the SNMP flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules shall be equal to SNMP_PRIORITY(BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used for OML establishment.


Logical name T_CFI_TR HMI name T_CFI_TR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used in the BTS for filtering transcoder alarms after the sending of the 08.58 ESTABLISH Cell Type No INDICATION message at the beginning of the TCH assignment. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T_CFI_TR > T_SYNC Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Sent to the FU at initialisation via FU_CPF.

Logical name T_CONFIRM_ABIS HMI name T_CONFIRM_ABIS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling the periodic sending by the BTS to the BSC of the message CONFIRM ABIS NIBBLES, Cell Type No containing the list of Abis nibbles allocated to the concerned TRE of the BTS. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation and management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 60 Coded Min 60 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_RESET_COUNTER HMI name T_RESET_COUNTER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Used to reset LAPD error counters. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name T_SMSCB_READY HMI name T_SMSCB_READY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum waiting time before repetition of response from the BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name T_SUP HMI name T_SUP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay between latest increment and decrement and between two consecutive decrement of FU load Cell Type No counter. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name T_SYNC HMI name Tsync B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used in the BTS to detecta loss of synchronisation between BTS and transcoder Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance TRAU Rec 3GPP TS 08.60 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1s Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name T_SYNCd HMI name TsyncD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time for detection of loss of synchronisation on downlink from transcoder to BTS for enhanced full rate Cell Type No and half rate channels. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance TRAU Rec GSM TS 08.60 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 11 Coded Min 11 Mandatory rules -- Max value 163 Coded Max 163 Recommended -- Def value 11 Coded Def 11 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name T_SYNCu HMI name TsyncU B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time for detection of uplink framing errors for enhanced full rate and half rate channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance TRAU Rec GSM TS 08.60 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 11 Coded Min 11 Mandatory rules -- Max value 163 Coded Max 163 Recommended -- Def value 11 Coded Def 11 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the software. Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name T_ta HMI name Tta B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum delay between two consecutive time alignment changes. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 08.61 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TRCU/BTS interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 60 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 120 Coded Def 6 rules External Values equal to or higher than 500 ms disable time alignment for FR and EFR in BTS-TC interface and link adaptation for AMR comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name T_TA_ Margin HMI name T_TA_ Margin B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Margin between TA-target-value and TA-On-Time Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 1 msec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF


Logical name T_TA_delta_min HMI name T_TA_delta_min B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum absolute TA-target-value, which allows to send a new TA command. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF

Logical name T200_D HMI name T200_D B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 220 Coded Min 220 Mandatory rules -- Max value 220 Coded Max 220 Recommended -- Def value 220 Coded Def 220 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name T200_D3 HMI name T200_D3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SDCCH SAPI 3. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 450 Coded Min 450 Mandatory rules -- Max value 450 Coded Max 450 Recommended -- Def value 450 Coded Def 450 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name T200_OMU HMI name T200_TRE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for OMU SW. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment hardcoded in OMU PROM.


Logical name T200_S3 HMI name T200_S3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 3. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 1420 Coded Min 1420 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1420 Coded Max 1420 Recommended -- Def value 1420 Coded Def 1420 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name T200_SD HMI name T200_SD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (SDCCH associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category Not Used (NU) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 900 Coded Min 900 Mandatory rules -- Max value 900 Coded Max 900 Recommended -- Def value 900 Coded Def 900 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name T200_ST HMI name T200_ST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements for SACCH (TCH associated) SAPI 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 04.06 Application GSM Category Not Used (NU) reference domain Spec reference LAPDm functional specification OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 900 Coded Min 900 Mandatory rules -- Max value 900 Coded Max 900 Recommended -- Def value 900 Coded Def 900 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name T200_TRE HMI name T200_TRE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on RSL for TRE SW. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size 10 ms Min value 160 Coded Min 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 100 Recommended The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Def value 270 Coded Def 27 rules External The value of T200_TRE is driven by the associated Abis connection type, comment It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type). The default value 270 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. Internal comment --


Logical name T203 (BTS) HMI name T203 (BTS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RSL Link supervision timer. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec GSM TS 08.56 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules T203 (BTS) > T_SYNC Max value 4 Coded Max 4 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS) HMI name TCP_ABORT_TIMER B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This timer controls how long transmitted TCP data may remain unacknowledged (at TCP level) before the Cell Type No TCP connection is aborted. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) = TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 TCP_ABORT_TIMER <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) x 2 Recommended -- Coded Def 10 rules Def value 10 Coded Def 10 External For example, if a global failure happens during a TCP transfer in which the failed connection side was the data receiver, the sending TCP will try to comment retransmit the non-acknowledged data segments, but TCP will limit the number of retransmissions by means of this timer. On timer expiry, TCP resets the connection (RST segment). Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF Corresponds to Abort_Interval in Solaris TCP implementation.


Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGCH-C and not acknowledged by the peer before Cell Type No triggering a TCP disconnection Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) Max value 20 Coded Max 20 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT -- rules

Def value 5 Coded Def 5 External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF


Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IPGCH-C link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT -- rules



Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGCH-C Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) Max value 255 Coded Max 255 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT -- rules


Logical name TCP_MSL (BTS) HMI name TCP_MSL (BTS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGCH-C. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BVC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (BSC) and TCP_MSL (MFS) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.Configured via FU.CPF


Logical name THR_ACT_1 HMI name THR_ACT_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for triggering local overload defence actions in the FU. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name THR_ACT_2 HMI name THR_ACT_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for triggering global overload defence actions in the FU. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name THR_BUFFER HMI name THR_BUFFER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Free buffers threshold in Frame Unit. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name THR_IDLE HMI name THR_IDLE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Processor idle time threshold in Frame Unit. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference Overload control OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name THRES_HIGH_TX HMI name THRES_HIGH_TX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Congestion onset threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended THRES_HIGH_TX > THRES_LOW_TX Def value 80 Coded Def 80 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name THRES_LOW_TX HMI name THRES_LOW_TX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Congestion clear threshold for transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended THRES_LOW_TX < THRES_HIGH_TX Def value 70 Coded Def 70 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file


Logical name TLC_CONFIG_T HMI name TLC_CONFIG_T B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of the initialisation of the FU via the RSL. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference BSS init of telecom part OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 300 Coded Def 300 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured in the BTS via the FU.CPF file

Logical name TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER HMI name TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer to supervise the TRAU activity. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 20 msec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Configured via FU.CPF Range ensures that TRAU_Activity_Timer <= TRAU_Connection_Timeout. when TRAU_Connection_Timeout = TRAU_Activity_Timer; only the mechanism linked to TRAU_Connection_Timeout is used


Logical name TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 HMI name TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of UDP containers to consider when computing the maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value) in a G3 TRE. Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW. For a G3 TRE, limiting the number of UDP containers to the TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 parameter value has for goal to avoid the allocation of too much TRE memory for the “IPGCHU segment retransmission buffers”. This is not really seen as a problem for G4 or G5 TREs which have much more memory available than G3 TREs.

Logical name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3 HMI name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Size of a TCP container in a G3 TRE. Cell Type No This size is used in the computing of the TCP maximum segment size in DL (TCP DL MSS for the IPGCHC Sub-syste BTS RMS No TCP connections). Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 16 Coded Min 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2048 Coded Max 2048 Recommended -- Def value 768 Coded Def 768 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW. The default value of 768 bytes is not optimal. As the TCP NO DELAY option is used and as the size of the IPGCH control messages is generally quite low (far below 768 bytes), setting this parameter to 768 bytes is inefficient and can lead to a waste of memory in the TRE. For the moment, it will stay at this high default value to minimize efforts. The intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start and to decide afterwards.

Logical name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3 HMI name TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Size of an UDP container in a G3 TRE. Cell Type No This size is used in the computing of the maximum IPGCHU segment size (IPGCHU MISS value). Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules Step size = 1 byte Min value 16 Coded Min 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2048 Coded Max 2048 Recommended -- Def value 150 Coded Def 150 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the TRE SW. The following rules shall be verified by this parameter: - its value should not be too low in order to avoid CPU consumption in the TRE (memory buffer allocations when sending LLC data are indeed CPU-consuming), - its value should not be higher than IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE – 32, otherwise it will fragment and waste IPGCH memory / increase risks of IPGCH memory congestion in the TRE, which can especially be a problem for G3 TREs (this rule is not really seen as a problem for G4 or G5 TREs which have much more memory available than G3 TREs). For the moment, this parameter will stay with a default value of 150 bytes: the intent is to play around with this value when the load tests start and to decide afterwards. To be noted that, as IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE is a changeable parameter, it will anyway be impossible to set this parameter value in an optimal way in all situations. In particular, GMM traffic (which uses very short LLC PDUs) could put some problems if this parameter value is too high.

Logical name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX HMI name UI_LAPD_MAX_TX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of UI frames allowed in the transmission buffer of the RSL in BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LapD Management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment Configured via the FU.CPF file

Logical name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS) HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the BTS for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste BTS RMS No Instance BTS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended Should be consistent with the priorities used by others Nes Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter “Px_layer2_mapping” and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using the parameter comment “Py_layer3_mapping” Internal comment IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the TC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.


MFS parameters

Logical name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE HMI name ACCESS_BURST_TYPE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST, a Cell Type No PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules For Non-Evolium BTS (i.e. DRFU BTS), the OMC-R shall force the ACCESS_BURST_TYPE parameter to Max value 1 Coded Max 1 “8-bits access bursts”. Recommended A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same ACCESS_BURST_TYPE -- rules when they are PS capable.

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment The mandatory rule on the BTS DRFU aims at keeping the same functional level as in Release B7.2.

Logical name ACCESS_RATE_BC (MFS) HMI name Capacity B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules -- Min value 64 Coded Min 64 Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Max value 1984 Coded Max 1984 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC (MFS) Recommended -- Coded Def 64 rules Def value 64 Coded Def 64 External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is computed by the MFS, as follow: 64 x [nb of bit set to 1 in the BOP parameter BEARER_CHANNEL_CAPACITY]


Logical name ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION HMI name ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Allows EDA operations for mobile stations in DTM mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is not allowed, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is allowed. Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This flag is relevant only if DTM and EDA are both activated. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter - This flag provides a mean to disable the usage of EDA in case of DTM operations. Indeed some mobile stations might not correctly support the combination of these two features. - None of the combination of the EN_EDA, EN_DTM, EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION parameters allows activating EDA only in case of DTM operations.

Logical name ALPHA (MFS) HMI name ALPHA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Alpha power control parameter. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 … 1010 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to ALPHA (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR HMI name ARC_SIZE_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when Cell Type No computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1.5 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 1.2 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Ater_Usage_Threshold HMI name Ater_Usage_Threshold B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said “high”. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Def value 70 Coded Def 70 rules Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU). For all the Ater_Usage_Threshold values being defined for the BSSs handled by the MFS, Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data <= Ater_Usage_Threshold – 30%. Indeed, for consistency reasons, “short data” MS transfer optimizations should come prior to high Ater usage optimizations.

External When the Ater usage is “high”, the GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied, whereas when the Ater usage is “normal” (i.e. percentage of used comment Ater nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor is applied. Internal comment --


Logical name Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data HMI name Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is optimized for “short Cell Type No data” MS transfers. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended If Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data is not set to 100% (100% meaning that there is no Ater usage Def value 100 Coded Def 100 rules optimization for “short data” MS transfers), then it is recommended to set it to 30%, except if the drawbacks of another value (as explained in the external comments) are deemed acceptable. For all the Ater_Usage_Threshold values being defined for the BSSs handled by the MFS, Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data <= Ater_Usage_Threshold – 30%. Indeed, for consistency reasons, “short data” MS transfer optimizations should come prior to high Ater usage optimizations. If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers.

External Setting Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data to 100% means that there is no Ater usage optimization for “short data” MS transfers. comment If Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data is not set to 100%: - the higher the Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data value, the fewer ping time degradations and data transfer delays will be experienced, - the lower the Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data value, the more accurate the Ater consumption in the GPU will be (i.e. potential wastes of Ater resources will be minimized in the GPU). Internal comment --


Logical name ATT (MFS) HMI name IMSI Attach/Detach B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to ATT (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name Basic_Scheduling_Limit HMI name Basic_Scheduling_Limit B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Limit of Credit/weight below which a TBF cannot be scheduled during the basic scheduling phase. Cell Type No This limit applies to both RT and NRT TBFs (i.e to both credit and weight). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0,5 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Hardcoded in MAC layer


Logical name BCC (MFS) HMI name BCC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BTS colour code of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to BCC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name BCC (n) HMI name BCC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded over 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name BCCH_ARFCN(n) HMI name BCCH_ARFCN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH of the adjacent cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules - BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) = BCCH_ARFCN(n) Max value 1023 Coded Max 1023 Recommended 1) for Non –Evolium serving cell : -- rules The cell neighborhood for reselection is controlled by EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION value and FDD_ARFCN_LIST content. The cell neighborhood for handover is controlled by EN_3G_HO and FDD_ARFCN values. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is mixed 2G/3G, and if all 2G frequencies can be encoded in the SI2 or SI2bis message, and if the SI2ter message is used to encode only 3G frequencies, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - since the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. 2) For Evolium serving cell : The cell neighborhood for reselection is controlled by EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION value and FDD_ARFCN_LIST content. The cell neighborhood for handover is controlled by EN_3G_HO and FDD_ARFCN values. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection is 2G only, or mixed 2G/3G, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. There shall be no more than 32 different BCCH frequencies for the set of all target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells

Def value None Coded Def External -- comment Internal comment - Needed for MPDCH feature. The ARFCN of the G1 band are in the range {975, 976, …, 1023, 0}. - The BCCH frequency of an adjacent external cell is directly editable in the HMI. The OMC-R access is defined accordingly (changeable). The BCCH

m template Logical name BEP_PERIOD HMI name BEP_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 4 bits as follows: Min value 1 Coded Min 0 0: 1 1: 2 2: 3 3: 4 4: 5 5: 7 6: 10 7: 12 8: 15 9: 20 10: 25 11: Reserved for future use 12: Reserved for future use 13: Reserved for future use 14: Reserved for future use 15: Reserved for future use

Mandatory rules -- Max value 25 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 6 rules External The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side. comment In case of cell without frequency hopping and without “fast” mobiles (i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a higher value (e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causing higher BLER and throughput loss. Internal comment Only the values from 1 to 25 are displayed at the OMC-R.

frequency of an adjacent internal cell is virtual changeable. - in case of Non Evolium serving cell, if neighborhood for reselection is mixed 2G/3G then no more than 31 frequencies (the OMC cannot performed the described mandatory check, but still present to give the really concerned case) Edition : 22 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 537

Logical name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY HMI name BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best Effort Packet Flow Context, and for all MS traffic Cell Type No without PFC Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3. comment The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one priority level below the streaming class. Internal comment --

Logical name BIAS_LIMIT_EDA HMI name BIAS_LIMIT_EDA B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum transfer ratio observed to allow a mobile station to use Extended Dynamic Allocation. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.25 Min value 1 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 14 Coded Max 56 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 8 rules External This parameter allows using EDA only when the bias of the transfer is significantly uplink. comment Internal comment BIAS_LIMIT_EDA shall be set to a value high enough to avoid triggering EDA in ping scenarios. BIAS_LIMIT_EDA shall be tuned versus BIAS_DETERMINATION and WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION (the current default value of 2 has been tuned considering BIAS_DETERMINATION=3Kbytes, WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION=70% and max ping size around 1500 bytes). If BIAS_LIMIT_EDA is set to 1, this means the transfer ratio is not taken into account to allow EDA (only the bias is considered).


Logical name BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) HMI name BS_AG_BLKS_RES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS Cell Type No service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 7 -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 Recommended - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if -- rules CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Def value 4 Coded Def 4 External Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 comment For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. At OMC, CBCH configured in the cell corresponds to channelCombination = “CBH” or “SDH” in the TRX attribute listOfRadioChannel.


Logical name BS_CV_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_CV_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down Cell Type No procedure is entered. Sub-syste MFS RMS No One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink Def value 9 Coded Def 9 rules re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

External Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. comment Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. Internal comment --


Logical name BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) HMI name BS_PA_MFRMS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the Cell Type No PBCCH for the CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) Min value 2 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Max value 9 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 3 rules External The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES HMI name BS_PAG_BLKS_RES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) Min value 1 Coded Min 1 The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS. Mandatory rules BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 – BS_PBCCH_BLKS Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks “available” on one PCCCH = comment (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name BS_PBCCH_BLKS HMI name BS_PBCCH_BLKS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH Mandatory rules BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name BS_PRACH_BLKS HMI name BS_PRACH_BLKS_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8) Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_SPDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message for Cell Type No two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Cell Change Sub-syste MFS RMS No Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink slave PDCH. Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit radio blocks Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter only applies to cells where there is no PCCCH.

Logical name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH HMI name BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of radio blocks that may be allocated to Packet Resource Request message for Cell Type No two-phase access UL TBF establishment, Packet Measurement Report message, or Packet Cell Change Sub-syste MFS RMS No Failure message. This maximum number is defined per 52-multiframe on each uplink master PDCH. Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit radio blocks Coding rules 6 possible values (1;2;3;4;6;12) Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH <= BS_PRR_BLKS Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment number blocks per multiframe which are available for a Packet Resource Request. Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter only applies to cells where there is at least one PCCCH.

Logical name BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) HMI name BS_TXPWR_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB Min value -30 Coded Min 15 Mandatory rules Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) Max value 0 Coded Max 0 BS_TXPWR_MAX >= BS_TXPWR_MIN Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the BTS maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSC_ID(n) HMI name BSC_ID B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC identifier of an adjacent cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Only values [1..255] are significant. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Value 0 means that the cell is external to the OMC. Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS) HMI name BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP Transport mode for Ater level signalling links (GSL, Qmux/TCSL, N7, knowing only GSL applies to the Cell Type No MFS): TDM or IP Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : TDM, 1 :IP Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name bssgp_T1 HMI name T1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Guards the (un)blocking procedures. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name bssgp_T2 HMI name T2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Guards the reset procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name bssgp_T3 HMI name BSSGP_T3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10 Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name bssgp_T4 HMI name BSSGP_T4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; … ; 10: 1 ; … ; 100: 10 Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Def value 0.6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to compute the CPU load of a BTS over the last 20 ms periods. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 128 Coded Max 128 Recommended -- Def value 26 Coded Def 26 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - The highest the BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the highest the likelihood for a BTS CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) to be notified to RRM. And such a notification wil result in some TBF traffic blocking in RRM during the entire next T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT period. - The lowest the BTSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the less reactive RRM will be in case of BTS CPU load increase (potential risk for a BTS to reach a CPU load close to 100% before RRM begins to react by blocking some TBF traffic). - The value of the forgetting factor in percent is BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR / 128 * 100%


Logical name BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC BLOCK RETRIES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of retries of the BVC Blocking procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSE Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name BVC_RESET_RETRIES HMI name BVC RESET RETRIES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of retries of theBVC RESET procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSE Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of retries of the BVC Unblocking procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSE Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name C31_HYST HMI name C31_HYST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is Cell Type No GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : no, 1 : yes Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name C32_QUAL HMI name C32_QUAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0=NO, 1=YES Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name CBS HMI name Commited Burst Size B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Commited Burst Size. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbyte Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max value 248 Coded Max 248 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CCCH_CONF (MFS) HMI name CCCH_CONF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Configuration of the CCCH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: one CCCH not combined, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: one CCCH combined, 2: two CCCH not combined Mandatory rules 1) CCCH_CONF (BSC) = CCCH_CONF (MFS) for a given cell Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended 2)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: -- rules i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature shall be coded over (at least) 3 bits as a provision for Multislot CCCH.

Logical name CELL_RANGE (MFS) HMI name Cell Range B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Determines if the cell belongs to an extended cell. Cell Type Yes Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover Preparation OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: Normal cell, 1: Outer cell, 2: Inner cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CELL-RANGE(MFS) = CELL_RANGE(BSC) Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Shall be consistent with CELL_TYPE. Recommended A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC -- rules when they are PS capable)

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment -- The CELL_RANGE parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.

Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Max value 126 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type


Logical name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) HMI name CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Permanent offset to C2 criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Max value 126 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name CHANNEL_REQ_PERIOD HMI name CHANNEL_REQ_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Period value of the limitation mechanism of the MFS. During each period, the MFS could limit the number of Cell Type No CHANNEL REQUEST messages received from the BSC on the BSCGP interface. Over a given threshold, Sub-syste MFS RMS No the new coming CHANNEL REQUEST messages are simply discarded until the end of the current period. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference BSCGP OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit ms Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5000 Coded Max 5000 Recommended Avoid multiple and divisor of 1 sec, because of the MS retry periodicity (the range is depending on Def value 800 Coded Def 800 rules Tx_integer and CCCH_CONF) External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GP HMI name CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST messages per second received from the BSC on the BSCGP Cell Type No interface, that will be accepted/processed by the MFS. Over that threshold, the new coming CHANNEL Sub-syste MFS RMS No REQUEST messages are simply discarded until the end of the current period. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference BSCGP OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules could not be greater than MAX_CTXT_MS_GP Max value 4000 Coded Max 4000 Recommended -- Def value 547 Coded Def 547 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GPU HMI name CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GPU B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST messages per second received from the BSC on the BSCGP Cell Type No interface, that will be accepted/processed by the MFS. Over that threshold, the new coming CHANNEL Sub-syste MFS RMS No REQUEST messages are simply discarded until the end of the current period. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference BSCGP OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules could not be greater than MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU Max value 1000 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 111 Coded Def 111 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CI (MFS) HMI name CI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Cell Identity. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Equal to CI (BSC) Recommended -- Coded Def 65535 rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name CI(n) (MFS) HMI name CI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Cell Identity of adjacent cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Max value 65535 Coded Max 65536 Equal to CI(n)(BSC) Recommended -- Coded Def 65535 rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name CIR HMI name Committed Information Rate B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Committed Information Rate. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CIR=0 when “direct access” is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max value 1984 Coded Max 1984 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN HMI name CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the Cell Type No MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 50.7 Coded Def 507 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SL HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No OPE OPE Cell Type No Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 25 Coded Def 250 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE HMI name CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius factor Cell Type No used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.01 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 10000 Recommended -- Def value 15.28 Coded Def 1528 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition "Forgetting time” in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Adaptation: Cell Type No measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the average of channel quality Sub-syste MFS RMS No measurements. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 0.02 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 250 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 100 rules External Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the comment related GP/GPU(s) restarted. Internal comment --

Logical name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST HMI name CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition "Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link adaptation: Cell Type No measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in the average of channel quality Sub-syste MFS RMS No measurements. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 0.02 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 250 Recommended -- Def value 0.32 Coded Def 16 rules External Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the comment related GP/GPU(s) restarted. Internal comment --

Logical name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_3_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 Cell Type No in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 HMI name CS_BLER_DL_4_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 Cell Type No in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_HST_DL_LT HMI name CS_HST_DL_LT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the Cell Type No TBF coding scheme. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_HST_DL_ST HMI name CS_HST_DL_ST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the Cell Type No TBF coding scheme. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 1.5 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_HST_UL_LT HMI name CS_HST_UL_LT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the Cell Type No TBF coding scheme. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_HST_UL_ST HMI name CS_HST_UL_ST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the Cell Type No TBF coding scheme. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 1.5 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD HMI name CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum transfer inactivity time to reuse the previous (Modulation and) Coding Scheme. This applies in Cell Type No case of transfer resumption during inactive TBF phase (delayed downlink TBF mode / extended uplink TBF Sub-syste MFS RMS No mode) and in case of uplink TBF establishment on PACCH while extended uplink TBF mode is not used (with some additional restrictions). Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5000 Coded Max 250 Recommended -- Def value 680 Coded Def 34 rules External This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping Sub-syste MFS RMS No TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping Sub-syste MFS RMS No TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a Sub-syste MFS RMS No non-hopping TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping Sub-syste MFS RMS No TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 3.5 Coded Def 35 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in Cell Type No the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping Sub-syste MFS RMS No TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 30 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 90 rules External -- comment Internal comment Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10; Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10; Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 30 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10; Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10; Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping Sub-syste MFS RMS No TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 30 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 80 rules External -- comment Internal comment Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10; Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10; Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in Cell Type No the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping Sub-syste MFS RMS No TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 30 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment Min value = (Coded Min - 30) / 10; Def value = (Coded_default - 30) / 10; Max value = (Coded Max - 30) / 10.

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 3.5 Coded Def 35 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the Cell Type No uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme Cell Type No from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No established on a hopping TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 14 Coded Def 140 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme Cell Type No from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No established on a hopping TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 150 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme Cell Type No from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No established on a non-hopping TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 13 Coded Def 130 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK HMI name CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme Cell Type No from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is Sub-syste MFS RMS No established on a non-hopping TRX. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 150 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name CS_SIR_HST_DL HMI name CS_SIR_HST_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme Cell Type No from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used for calculation of BVC bucket size when T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell = 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS HMI name Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used for calculation of Bmax_default_MS when T_Flow_Ctrl_MS = 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT HMI name DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of 20ms periods before the DSP reports its CPU load to PMU once the DSP load reaches 100% (i.e Cell Type No no load measurement in a such ms period because the corresponding DSP task cannot run). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment --

Logical name DL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name DL_DATA_CREDIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the downlink cyclic polling algorithm. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External The max number of downlink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the periodicity of polling needed for Channel Quality reports is respected (taking comment into account needed bandwidth for PACCH en downlink). Internal comment --


Logical name DLCI HMI name Data Link Connection Identifier B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec ITU-T Q.922 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 16 Coded Min 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 991 Coded Max 991 Recommended -- Def value None Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) HMI name DRX_TIMER_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, …, 111 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Mandatory rules Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature Sent on PSI 13

Logical name DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to compute the CPU load of a DSP over the last 20 ms periods. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 128 Coded Max 128 Recommended -- Def value 26 Coded Def 26 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment - The highest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the highest the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) to be notified to RRM. And such a notification wil result in some TBF traffic blocking in RRM during the entire next T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT period. - The lowest the DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR value, the less reactive RRM will be in case of DSP CPU load increase (potential risk for a DSP to reach a CPU load close to 100% before RRM begins to react by blocking some TBF traffic). - The value of the forgetting factor in percent is DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR / 128 * 100%

Logical name DSP_LOAD_THR_1 HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "loaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2 Max value 95 Coded Max 95 Recommended -- Def value 85 Coded Def 85 rules External Applicable to TDM only. comment Internal comment --


Logical name DSP_LOAD_THR_2 HMI name DSP_LOAD_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold beyond which a given DSP is considered as "overloaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1 % Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules DSP_LOAD_THR_1 < DSP_LOAD_THR_2 Max value 95 Coded Max 95 Recommended -- Def value 95 Coded Def 95 rules External Applicable to TDM only. comment Internal comment --

Logical name DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) HMI name B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 1 MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules coded over 2 bits. 0: MS may use uplink DTX, 1: MS shall use uplink DTX, 2: MS shall not use uplink DTX Min value 0 Coded Min 0

Mandatory rules Equal to DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External DTX_INDICATOR calculated from DTX_INDICATOR_FR comment Internal comment this parameter is used to set the value of the “DTX” field in “cell Options (BCCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3 and in “cell Options (SACCH)” IE in SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 6 in some cases Needed for MPDCH feature. The DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) parameter is not displayed as such to the O&M user.


Logical name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EBS HMI name Excess Burst Size B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Excess Burst Size. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbyte Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 Max value 248 Coded Max 248 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Recommended EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0 rules Def value None Coded Def External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL HMI name EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Activation level of Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: EDA activated for all mobile stations (supporting the feature), Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: EDA activated for R’99-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature), 2: EDA activated for Rel-4-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature). Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -This parameter is relevant only if EDA is activated (EN_EDA parameter). comment -The activation level may provide an artificial mean to limit the inter-operability risks due to mobile stations with uncorrect EDA implementation (EDA is a R’97 feature but has been completely clarified in Rel-6). R’99 is detected through the Revision Level Indicator. A mobile station is considered Rel-4onwards compliant if it indicates the field "GERAN Feature Package 1" in its MS Radio Access Capability. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter - Further releases have not been considered since there is no same mean to detect if a mobile station is compliant with them.

Logical name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines Cell Type No the ratio between the number of transmitted RLC data blocks necessary to request for a EGPRS Packet Sub-syste MFS RMS No Downlink Ack Nack in acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size =0.01 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.25 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the Cell Type No downlink EGPRS ARQ period factor: Acknowledgement period over window size ratio. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size: 0.01 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.25 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.

Logical name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1 HMI name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 1st class, lower limit of the 2nd class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 20 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_10 HMI name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition Lower limit of the 10th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 20 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_11 HMI name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_11 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition Upper limit of the 10th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 20 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_2 HMI name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2st class, lower limit of the 3rd class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 20 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_3 HMI name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd class, lower limit of the 4th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 20 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_4 HMI name EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th class, lower limit of the 5th class for EGPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 20 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 80 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.



Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this Cell Type No parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Sub-syste MFS RMS No Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if Instance cell the DL TBF shall be released. Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. comment EGPRS_N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this Cell Type No parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Sub-syste MFS RMS No Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if Instance cell the DL TBF shall be released. Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 24 Coded Def 24 rules External If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. comment EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result. Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines Cell Type No the ratio between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-syste MFS RMS No acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size. Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.01 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.25 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite HMI name EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the ratio Cell Type No between the number of received RLC data blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in Sub-syste MFS RMS No acknowledged mode, and the RLC window size. Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.01 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.25 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.

Logical name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING HMI name EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING)

External -- comment Internal comment This flag enables the BSS to autonomously reroute pending DL LLC PDU’s from the old cell to the new cell (in the same RA) in case there is a NSE change and the SGSN does not support the inter-NSE rerouting optional R4 feature.

Logical name EN_CBL HMI name EN_CBL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_CONV_GPS HMI name EN_CONV_GPS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘Conventional GPS’. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to “TRUE” in order to Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface.

External This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK HMI name EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disable; 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External This parameter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs. comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING HMI name EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part. comment This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change. Internal comment Category in B7.2: System(CST) + None(DLS).


Logical name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS HMI name EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in the cells mapped to non Evolium BTSs or in cells having an Abis or an Ater satellite link (whatever comment the TRE type G3 or G4). In a cell with terrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREs only. Internal comment The feature shall be disabled by the MFS : - on a TRX when the hardware capability is set to CS-1 up to CS-4 (I.e. a TRX mapped onto a G3 TRE in the BTS) - in a cell when the cell round_trip_delay parameter indicates an Abis or Ater satellite link

Logical name EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERROR HMI name EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERROR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables/Disables the DSP reset in case of “Critical Error” Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: No DSP reset is triggered in case of Critical Error. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: DSP reset is triggered in case of Critical Error. Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_EDA HMI name EN_EDA B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: EDA not activated, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: EDA activated Mandatory rules EN_EDA = 0 in case of not Evolium BTS Max value 1 Coded Max 1 EN_EDA = 0 in case of extended cell Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External When EDA is activated, its activation domain is given by the EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION parameters. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF HMI name EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink (without or with allowing the MS not to Cell Type No answer to a USF received while in Extended UL TBF mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: Extended UL TBF mode (EUTM) is not used Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: EUTM is used 2: I-EUTM is used (improved EUTM mode) Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) - if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability update is supported by SGSN, then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must be enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled.

External I-EUTM (improved EUTM) allow MS in EUTM mode to not answer to a USF comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS HMI name EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for (E)GPRS traffic in the cell (fast initial PS Cell Type No access feature). - In a Non Evolium BTS, that corresponds to an established PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS Sub-syste MFS RMS No traffic. Instance cell - In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic, that PDCH being located on an established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link) Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: enabled Mandatory rules MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External Better performances for service access time will be obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always be established in the cell. A comment compromise has to be made by the operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial resources. This compromise becomes of higher importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higher GPRS access time with satellite links, but also the higher cost of transmission links. Internal comment If this flag is enabled, it guarantees that the concerned cell is able to convey GPRS traffic and that an UL TBF might be established without further delay.

Logical name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED HMI name EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to disable/enable the fast scheduling mode for the uplink TBFs. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External The parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. comment The fast scheduling policy is controlled by the T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_FAST_POL parameter. Internal comment --

Logical name EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell HMI name EN_FULL_IR_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy with resegmentation allowed in DL, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy without resegmentation in DL Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 i.e. to not Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules forbid the resegmentation. External -- comment Internal comment This parameter was previously named "EN_IR" wich lead to misunderstanding. In fact, IR is always activated (it is a mandatory feature for the MS). When this parameter is set to 1, the RLC resegmentation is not allowed, meaning that, in case of degradation of the radio conditions, the IR would permit to continue the transfer on a high MCS. In fact, with the IR implementation of the MS, it appeared that this hypothesis was not true and the best throughput is obtained if the resegmentation is allowed (so, the possibility to decrease the MCS).


Logical name EN_IR_UL_per_cell HMI name EN_IR_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in the BSS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disable, 1: Enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if BTS Generation = G4 Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy

External The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supported only on G4 BTSs. comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_LCS (MFS) HMI name EN_LCS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_MCS1_in_CRP HMI name EN_MCS1_in_CRP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables the forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase Cell Type No access to make this phase more robust. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: the BSS does not force uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at Min value 0 Coded Min 0 one-phase access. 1: the BSS forces uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at one-phase access. Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External The forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access corresponds to the behaviour in B9. comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS Assisted A-GPS’. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS HMI name EN_MS_BASED_AGPS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable or disable the positioning method ‘MS Based A-GPS’. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 HMI name EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Enables the support of (E)GPRS multislot class 30-33. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Support of DTM (E)GPRS multislot classes 31 to 33 is possible only if EN_DTM = 1 and EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 = 1. comment Support of configurations requiring EDA is possible only if EN_EDA = 1 (and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION = 1 in case of DTM). Internal comment --


Logical name EN_NACC HMI name EN_NACC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec Max value 1 Coded Max 1 When cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then EN_NACC = 0 Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm (Always)’. External An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link comment is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell).

Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.


Logical name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) HMI name EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Enable – Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm (Always)’. External An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link comment is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell).

Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.

Logical name EN_PFC_FEATURE HMI name EN_PFC_FEATURE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 1 => PFC feature is supported, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 0 => PFC feature is not supported Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_PSI_STATUS HMI name EN_PSI_STATUS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status feature in cells with a Cell Type No PBCCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec Max value 1 Coded Max 1 When cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then EN_PSI_STATUS = 0 Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_PSI3_Coding2 HMI name EN_PSI3_Coding2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables the use of the optional neighbour cell parameters 2 structure in the coding of PSI3bis Cell Type No messages Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. The neighbour cell parameters 2 provides a shorter coding of neighbour cells parameters which improves the cell reselection duration.

Logical name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE HMI name EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it exists, at least, Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules one cell where EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled. If EN_STREAMING is set to 1 then EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS.



Logical name EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cel HMI name EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No l Cell Type No Definition Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the cell, in case of RLC in acknowledged mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy


Logical name EN_SAGI HMI name EN_SAGI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name EN_SOLSA HMI name EN_SOLSA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Used to determine O&M parameter SOLSA_FUNCT_LEVEL.

Logical name EN_SOLSA(n) HMI name EN_SOLSA B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled, 1: enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously comment filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. Internal comment --


Logical name EN_STREAMING HMI name EN_STREAMING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful 0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful

Mandatory rules - Can be enabled only if the BTS Generation = Evolium Max value 1 Coded Max 1 - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 Recommended - When cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then EN_STREAMING = 0 1) If this parameter is set to 1 then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 rules (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best Def value 0 Coded Def 0 effort flow by the BSS. 2) the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to “TRUE” in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface. External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name EN_UL_CONGESTION HMI name EN_UL_CONGESTION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Flag to enable or disable the UL congestion process in case of UL NS congestion. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: disabled; 1:enable Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0 HMI name Signaled_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Factor used by RLC (resp. RRM-PCC) for coding (resp. decoding) of the RLC buffer size on IPGCH Cell Type No interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External An indication of ESS = 0 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH * Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0. comment Values of Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_i parameters have been determined to keep a trend as close as possible as the one of (M)CS raw birates.

Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1 HMI name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Factor used by RLC (resp. RRM-PCC) for coding (resp. decoding) of the RLC buffer size on IPGCH Cell Type No interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External An indication of ESS = 1 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH * Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1. comment Values of Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_i parameters have been determined to keep a trend as close as possible as the one of (M)CS raw birates.







Logical name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_6 HMI name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_6 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Factor used by RLC (resp. RRM-PCC) for coding (resp. decoding) of the RLC buffer size on IPGCH Cell Type No interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 55 Coded Min 55 Mandatory rules -- Max value 55 Coded Max 55 Recommended -- Def value 55 Coded Def 55 rules External An indication of ESS = 6 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH * Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_6. comment Values of Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_i parameters have been determined to keep a trend as close as possible as the one of (M)CS raw birates.



Logical name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_7 HMI name Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_7 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Factor used by RLC (resp. RRM-PCC) for coding (resp. decoding) of the RLC buffer size on IPGCH Cell Type No interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 60 Coded Min 60 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External An indication of ESS = 7 on IPGCH interface will be interpreated by PCC as TBF estimated speed = nb allocated PDCH * Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_7. comment Values of Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_i parameters have been determined to keep a trend as close as possible as the one of (M)CS raw birates.



Logical name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset HMI name FDD_GPRS_Qoffset B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells Cell Type No for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection in GPRS Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Packety system information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -32 Coded Min 0 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB

Mandatory rules -- Max value 28 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value -32 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter is broadcast on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. comment Internal comment The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –32, but the corresponding text “always select a 3G cell if possible”

Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS HMI name FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot class of the Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules MS present on the network External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name FR_INFO_SIZE HMI name Info Frame size B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum frame relay information frame size. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules -- Min value 1600 Coded Min 1600 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1600 Coded Max 1600 Recommended -- Def value 1600 Coded Def 1600 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(MFS) HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (GAN cell excluded). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM Min value 0 Coded Min 0 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - If FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE(n) must be equal to "Concentric". Max value 6 Coded Max 6 Recommended - The “micro concentric”, “mini concentric” and “indoor concentric” cells must be multiband (the allowed -- rules FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) is “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800”). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values: comment - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands. Internal comment Values “4” and "5" are for Multiband cells.


Logical name GAMMA_TNx HMI name GAMMA_TNx B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Binary representation of the “gamma ch” for MS output power control. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 62 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 15 rules External In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone. comment Internal comment --

Logical name Gb_Configuration_type HMI name Gb_Configuration_Type B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Configuration type used with Gb over IP Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSE Rec Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : Static configuration Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: Dynamic configuration default value : 0 Mandatory rules In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration where Gb_Transport_Mode is IP, all the NSEs, having children Max value 1 Coded Max 1 IPendpoint(s), must have the same Gb_Configuration_Type. Recommended -- Coded Def 0 rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External Gb_Configuration type is significant only when Gb_Transport mode is IP. comment Parameter change: before any parameter modification, the operator has to delete the children SGSN IP endpoints. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter The configuration type is checked per BSS, in order to let the ability for a SGSN to use different configuration type per connected BSS.


Logical name Gb_Data_PRIORITY HMI name Gb_Data_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the Gb over IP data flow Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1, O: highest priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY HMI name Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the Gb over IP signalling flow Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. 0: highest priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name Gb_Transport_Mode HMI name Gb_Transport_Mode B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Mode of the transport for Gb interface: FR or IP. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 48.016 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: FR mode Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: IP mode Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE. comment When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Gb over IP is an optional feature

Logical name Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE HMI name Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Mode of the transport for Gb interface (per NSE): FR or IP. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSE Rec 3GPP TS 48.016 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: FR mode Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: IP mode Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE. comment When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Gb over IP is an optional feature


Logical name GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usa HMI name GCH_RED_FACTOR_HiAter B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No ge Cell Type No Definition Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is “high”. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.01 Min value 0.1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 100 Recommended A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Def value 0.75 Coded Def 75 rules Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU).

External The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is “high” (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter). This comment parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations. Internal comment --


Logical name GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FL HMI name Geographical Coordinates B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No AG Cell Type No Definition Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not significant, 1: significant Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter allows the SMLC to know whether the geographical coordinates sent by the OMC-R are significant or not.

Logical name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERES HMI name GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No IS S Cell Type No Definition Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 14 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the Cell Type No number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack in acknowledged Sub-syste MFS RMS No mode. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit. comment Internal comment It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a given instant. Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16. The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack message is lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated). The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given instant.

Logical name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the Cell Type No number of transmitted radio blocks necessary to request a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack in acknowledged Sub-syste MFS RMS No mode. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External The value of this parameter is linked with N3105_Limit_Satellite. comment Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result. It is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 if the MSs used in the network are able to manage two polling requests at a given instant. Otherwise, it is recommended to set GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16. The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 12 allows not blocking the RLC transmission window in case of Packet DL Ack/Nack message is lost on the radio interface or is replaced by a Packet Measurement Report message (if NC2 is activated). The value of GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite = 16 ensures that in most of the cases the MSs only manage one polling request at a given instant.

Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR HMI name HCS_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition HCS signal strength. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -48 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value -84 Coded Def 13 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name GPRS_HCS_THR(n) HMI name HCS_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition HCS signal strength. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -48 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value -84 Coded Def 13 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1 HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 1st class, lower limit of the 2nd class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 90 Coded Max 9 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_10 HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 10th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_2 HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd class, lower limit of the 3rd class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 90 Coded Max 9 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_3 HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd class, lower limit of the 4th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 90 Coded Max 9 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_4 HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th class, lower limit of the 5th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 90 Coded Max 9 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_9 HMI name GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_9 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Lower limit of the 9th class for GPRS LLC THROUGHTPUT distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 90 Coded Max 9 Recommended -- Def value 90 Coded Def 9 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 Min value 5 Coded Min 19 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: comment Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Internal comment 1) This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. 2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) HMI name GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 Min value 5 Coded Min 19 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm…, 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: comment Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. 2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VA HMI name GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No LUE UE Cell Type No Definition Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS (E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. Sub-syste MFS RMS No - In an Evolium BTS : Instance BSS The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment - In a Non Evolium BTS : The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment. In the PDCH anticipation process on UL TBF establishment : the default MS class is used to determine how many PDCHs are established in advance to anticipate the concurrent DL TBF establishment.

Rec 3GPP TS 05.02 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed: Min value 1 Coded Min 1 1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS); 2: GPRS multislot class 2 (2+1 MS); 4: GPRS multislot class 4 (3+1 MS); 8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS). 30: GPRS multislot class 30 (5+1 MS). Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended The recommendations to set this parameter are the following: Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules 1) Case where there are only Evolium BTSs in the BSS: 1.1) In case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE shall be set to 1 (optimization of the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU). 1.2) In case the PS traffic is mainly data (high proportion of UL TBF establishment requests for data traffic), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE should be set to the most common multislot class which can be found among the mobile stations within the BSS (in order to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU, triggered with the establishment of the concurrent DL TBF). In case of multislot class 30, this additionally requires that the multislot class 30-33 feature is widely activated in the BSS. 2) Case where there are some DRFU BTSs in the BSS (together with some Evolium BTSs or not): 2.1) In DRFU BTSs, the impacts of this parameter value on T2 TBF reallocations are the same as in Evolium BTSs, so 1.1) and 1.2) recommendations are applicable in order to avoid useless / to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations .

2.2) On the other hand, in DRFU BTSs, in case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great Edition : 22 Released BSS Telecom parameters 3BK 11203 0134 DSZZA Page 635

m template

External The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. RACH one phase access on comment CCCH) . Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into account. In case the traffic is mainly signalling (majority of RA Updates), Ater congestion may be encountered because the transmission resources are allocated in advance, based on the value of GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE parameter. Indeed, once the traffic type is confirmed signalling, these resources are de-allocated, but only at T_PDCH_Inactivity timer expiry. As a consequence, in this case, the transmission resources are allocated even if they are not used during several seconds. Therefore it is advised to reduce the value of the default multislot class to 1. Internal comment --

Logical name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) HMI name GPRS_PENALTY_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests) and in case of low number of OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) Ater resources (risk of Ater congestion in some GPUs), it is recommended to set Min value 10 Coded Min 0 GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE to 1. Indeed, an Ater congestion may be encountered Mandatory rules -- because some transmission resources (PDCHs) are established in advance by RRM based on the Max value 320 Coded Max 31 value of GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE (PDCH anticipation process). Once the traffic type is Recommended confirmed signalling, these resources (PDCHs) are released, but at T_GCH_Inactivity timer expiry. As -- Def value 10 Coded Def 0 rules a consequence, the transmission resources (PDCHs) can be established even if they are not used External -- comment during several seconds, which can generate an Ater congestion in some GPUs. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) HMI name PRIORITY_CLASS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) Min value -52 Coded Min 0 00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48

Mandatory rules -- Max value 48 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) HMI name GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) HMI name GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, …, 111 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value infinity Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the Cell Type No number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size =1 Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite HMI name GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the Cell Type No number of received radio blocks necessary to send a Packet Uplink Ack/Nack in acknowledged mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size =1 Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result.


Logical name GPU_Gb_Base_IP HMI name GPU_Gb_Base_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Base address of the local IP address used to define the Gb_IP_Address of each GPU. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.000 The last group is set to 000 (base address) Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Base address used to define the GPU_Local_IP_Endpoint comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.000" (ex: 255.245.247.000) Changeable from the local operator terminal (IMT)

Logical name GPU_Gb_Base_UDP HMI name GPU_Gb_Base_UDP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port number of the GPU board for Gb over IP interface. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 63488 Coded Min 63488 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64512 Coded Max 64512 Recommended -- Def value 64512 Coded Def 64512 rules External used to define the UDP port of each GPU boards comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Min = h’F800, Max = h’FC00. Changeable from the local operator terminal (IMT)

Logical name GPU_Gb_IP_Address HMI name GPU_Gb_IP_Address B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Allows to display the IP address used by a GPU board in a NSE instance (used for Gb over IP) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 OMC must display the value of each octet following the format: www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Calculated by the MFS from the GPU_Gb_Base_IP value. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name GPU_Gb_UDP_Port HMI name GPU_Gb_UDP_Port B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port number of the GPU board in the NSE instance (used for Gb over IP). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 63488 Coded Min 63488 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64512 Coded Max 64512 Recommended -- Def value 64512 Coded Def 64512 rules External equal to GPU_Gb_base_UDP. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Min = h’F800, Max = h’FC00


Logical name GSL_PRIORITY (MFS) HMI name GSL_PRIORITY (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the GSL flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Shall be equal to GSL_PRIORITY (BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH HMI name HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate Cell Type No based on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,…, 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 360 Coded Max 360 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND HMI name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _PRIORITY PRIORITY Cell Type No Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high' Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORIT HMI name HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Y Cell Type No Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'high' Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name HIGH_THRES_B_MAX HMI name highThresBmax B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 70 Coded Min 70 Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Max value 70 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 70 Coded Def 70 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS HMI name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of PDCHs on which MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL and Cell Type No MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL are targeted when establishing GCHs for an EGPRS TBF associated to a “short data” MS transfer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).

Logical name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS HMI name INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of PDCHs on which MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL and MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL Cell Type No are targeted when establishing GCHs for a GPRS TBF associated to a “short data” MS transfer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).

Logical name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 HMI name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold beyond which a given BTS module (TRE module supporting a PTU) is considered as "loaded" in Cell Type No terms of CPU load by RRM (IP BTS) Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 < IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 Max value 95 Coded Max 95 Recommended Def value 85 Coded Def 85 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 HMI name IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold beyond which a given BTS module (TRE module supporting a PTU) is considered as Cell Type No "overloaded" in terms of CPU load by RRM (IP BTS). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 < IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 Max value 95 Coded Max 95 Recommended Def value 95 Coded Def 95 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING HMI name IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Mapping between PFC priorities (0 to 15) and IP priorities used in the BSS for GPRS (GBR, BE) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Reference Unit None Coding rules Bitmap. Each bit indicates for a given PFC priority whether it shall be mapped on GBR priority (0) or BE Min value 000000000000000 Coded Min 0 priority (1). 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 111111111111111 Coded Max 65535 1 Recommended -- Def value 111111111111000 Coded Def 65521 rules 1 External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS HMI name IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for Cell Type No IPGCH / IPGSL protocol Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS HMI name IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for Cell Type No Gb telecom protocols Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment GboverIP parameter (MR2). Changeable from the local operator terminal (IMT)

Logical name IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS HMI name IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Base address of the local IP address used by the MFS to define the IP address used by the IPGCH protocol Cell Type No on each GPU Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 OMC must display the value of each octet following the format:www.xxx.yyy.zzz The last group is set to 000 (base address) Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 30 GPU address max from this base. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_ HMI name IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_ B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No RATE RATE Cell Type No Definition Parameter to control the repetition rate of the delay measurements performed in DL by IPGCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL => Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each PTU at MFS side). External Delay measurement will be done every IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE * T_IPGCH_ACK_UL comment Measurements are done on an Abis basis. Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS HMI name IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Allow to display the IP address of the IPGCH link used by a GPU on the MFS side. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance IPSigLink Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access Virtual displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 OMC must display the value of each octet following the format:www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Calculated by the MFS from IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_ HMI name IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_ B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No RATE RATE Cell Type No Definition Parameter to control the repetition rate of the delay measurements in UL for IPGCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL => Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each TRE at BTS side). External Delay measurement will be done every IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE * T_IPGCH_ACK_UL. Measurements are done on a TRE basis. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.

Logical name IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS HMI name IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Base for the TCP port number used by each GPU boards of the MFS for IPGCHC protocol. This base is Cell Type No used to define the TCP ports for each PTU access. The same base is used by each GPU boards (they Sub-syste MFS RMS No have different IP addresses to be distinguished). Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 53248 Coded Min 53248 Mandatory rules -- Max value 54272 Coded Max 54272 Recommended -- Def value 53248 Coded Def 53248 rules External The operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 1000 TCP port max from this base. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS) HMI name IPGCHC_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Control flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD HMI name IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold on the IPGCHU BE/GBR receive window size above which an uplink acknowledgement for Cell Type No IPGCHU uplink data is sent by the MFS to the BTS / a downlink acknowledgement for IPGCHU downlink data is sent by the BTS to the MFS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 75 Coded Def 75 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent by the MFS to the BTS via IPGCH. This parameter allows to speed up the acknowledgements (if there is too much traffic in regard to the value of the timers T_IPGCH_ACK_DL or T_IPGCH_ACK_UL). If IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD is set to 100%, then the receive-window-size-based event for acknowledgement sending is “turned off”.

Logical name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS) HMI name IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH Best Effort flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Percentage of the total Abis bandwidth (cf. the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter) indicating the maximum Abis Cell Type No bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink when in “congested” operation, for a given Abis Sub-syste MFS RMS No BTS group. Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor >= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Max value 100 Coded Max 100 IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Recommended -- Coded Def 100 rules Def value 100 Coded Def 100 External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in uplink when in “congested” operation, for a Cell Type No given TRE with 8 active PDCHs. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 10 kbit/s Min value 10 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL Max value 1000 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Provided by MFS to BTS. The maximum value of 1Mbps corresponds to a hardware limit per TRE inside the BTS.

Logical name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Percentage of the total Abis bandwidth (cf. the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter) indicating the minimum Abis Cell Type No bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink when in “congested” operation, for a given Abis Sub-syste MFS RMS No BTS group. Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL HMI name IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum Abis bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in uplink when in “congested” operation, for a Cell Type No given TRE with 8 active PDCHs. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules Step size = 10 kbit/s Min value 10 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL <= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL Max value 1000 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Provided by MFS to BTS. The maximum value of 1Mbps corresponds to a hardware limit per TRE inside the BTS.

Logical name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS) HMI name IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the IPGCH GBR flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_TH HMI name IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_THR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ROUGHPUT_DL OUGHPUT_DL Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of “patterns” used to compute the current Abis BE throughput used by IPGCHU in DL. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 pattern Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor HMI name IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Percentage of the total Abis bandwidth (cf. the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter) indicating the maximum Abis Cell Type No bandwidth usable by the Best-Effort IPGCHU in downlink, for a given Abis BTS group. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules Step size = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor >= IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL Max value 400 Coded Max 40 Recommended Def value 100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. In case of variable Abis bandwidth (e.g. micro-wave), the ABIS_BANDWIDTH parameter should be positioned to the minimum guaranteed bandwidth. Thus, in such a case, setting the IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor parameter to a value higher than 100% may make sense.

Logical name IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL HMI name IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Lifetime of a “pattern” (i.e. time to switch from one pattern to the next one) used to compute the current Cell Type No Abis BE throughput used by IPGCHU in DL. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 50 Min value 50 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_ HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No GPU PU Cell Type No Definition Maximum UDP window size for IPGCH usable in the MFS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 496 Coded Min 496 Mandatory rules -- Max value 496 Coded Max 496 Recommended -- Def value 496 Coded Def 496 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Contrary to the corresponding BTS parameters (IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G3 and IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G4_G5), this MFS parameter is not hard-coded in the MFS.

Logical name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS HMI name IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port used by the IPGCHU protocol on MFS side by each GPU board. The same UDP port is used by Cell Type No each GPU boards (they have different IP addresses to be distinguished) Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 53248 Coded Min 53248 Mandatory rules -- Max value 54272 Coded Max 54272 Recommended -- Def value 54272 Coded Def 54272 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = h’D000, Max = h’D400. At migration from B9 to B10, no IPEndPoint exists at OMC (neither at MFS). Sent by the MFS to the BTS in IPGCH_init_req message. In case of large configurations (lot of TREs) for memory constraints linked to the IP stacks, we may have two UDP ports used by the GPU: in this case the value of the second one is the value of the first one + 1

Logical name IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRE HMI name IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESH B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No SHOLD OLD Cell Type No Definition Threshold on the BE queue filling level to trigger an Xoff state for the BE DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the BE DL flow). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 LLC PDU Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THR HMI name IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ESHOLD HOLD Cell Type No Definition Threshold on the GBR queue filling level to trigger an Xoff state for the GBR DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the strict GBR DL flow). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 LLC PDU Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRES HMI name IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESH B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No HOLD OLD Cell Type No Definition Threshold on the BE queue filling level to trigger an Xon state for the BE DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the BE DL flow). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 LLC PDU Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRE HMI name IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No SHOLD HOLD Cell Type No Definition Threshold on the GBR queue filling level to trigger an Xon state for the GBR DL flow of a given PTU (back pressure mechanism between RRM-PCC and IPGCH for the strict GBR DL flow). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 LLC PDU. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS HMI name IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Base address of the local IP address used to define the IP address used by the IPGSL on each GPU. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.000 The last group is set to 000 (base address) Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Operator must take care that a MFS will reserve 30 GPU address max from this base. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS HMI name IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP port number used to configure the TCP port number of each GPU board of the MFS for IPGSL Cell Type No interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 50176 Coded Min 50176 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50944 Coded Max 50944 Recommended -- Def value 50176 Coded Def 50176 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS) HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the IPGSL link on BSC side. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance IPSigLink Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string Mandatory rules Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS) Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 4294967295 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001) As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.


Logical name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS) HMI name IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the IPGSL link on MFS side. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance IPSigLink Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Virtual displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 255.255.255.255 coded as an empty string Mandatory rules Equal to IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC) Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 4294967295 Coded Def 0 rules External Calculated by the MFS from IPGSL_Base_Address. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001) As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.

Logical name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS) HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP port number of the BSC IPGSL link used by the MFS . Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance IPSigLink Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 50176 Coded Min 50176 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50944 Coded Max 50944 Recommended -- Def value 50176 Coded Def 50176 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.

Logical name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS) HMI name IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP port number used by each GPU board of the MFS for IPGSL interface. Each GPU board uses the same Cell Type No TCP port number (they can be distinguished by their IP address) Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance IPSigLink Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 50176 Coded Min 50176 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50944 Coded Max 50944 Recommended -- Def value 50176 Coded Def 50176 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. As the IPSigLink instance does not exist yet at migration from B9 to B10, this parameter can not be migrated by OMC.

Logical name K_GSL (MFS) HMI name K_GSL (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 7 Coded Def 7 rules through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name LAC (MFS) HMI name LAC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Location Area Code. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Equal to LAC (BSC) Recommended A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC -- rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name LAC(n)(MFS) HMI name LAC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Location Area Code. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Equal to LAC(n)(BSC) Recommended -- Coded Def 65535 rules Def value 65535 Coded Def 65535 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment --

Logical name LCS_AZIMUTH HMI name AZIMUTH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location Cell Type No estimate based on TA positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: 0 degree,…, 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 360 Coded Max 360 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External 0° corresponds to the North orientation and is coun ted clockwise. comment Internal comment This parameter is considered as being significant as soon as the geographical coordinates are significant.

Logical name LCS_LATITUDE HMI name LATITUDE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA Cell Type No positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules Sequence of: Min value 0,0,0,false Coded Min - number of degrees (from 0 to 90) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for South and false for North) Mandatory rules -- Max value 90,59,9999,true Coded Max Recommended -- Def value # Coded Def rules External 1) 0° latitude corresponds to the Equator; comment 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude". Internal comment 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true; 2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management constraint.


Logical name LCS_LONGITUDE HMI name LONGITUDE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA Cell Type No positionning method). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type List of numbers Unit None Coding rules Sequence of: Min value 0,0,0,false Coded Min - number of degrees (from 0 to 180) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for West and false for East) Mandatory rules -- Max value 180,59,9999,true Coded Max Recommended -- Def value # Coded Def rules External 1) 0° longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridi an; comment 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude". Internal comment 1) This parameter is significant only when GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLAG is set to true; 2) the coding rules are only valid for MFS-OMC interface. The coding for OMC-R HMI is different due to the REAL numbers management constraint.

Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_H B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _HIGH_CAP IGH_CAP Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list A when the MFS is connected to a BSC high capacity (ie BSC Evolution). List A is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the Sub-syste MFS RMS No following messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules In case of multi-GP/GPU configuration, the value to be used by each GP/GPU is the above parameter Max value 50 Coded Max 50 divided by the number of configured GP/GPU boards connected to the same BSC. Recommended -- Coded Def 40 rules Def value 40 Coded Def 40 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_L B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _LOW_CAP OW_CAP Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list A when the GP/GPU is connected to a BSC low capacity (ie BSC G2). List A is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following Sub-syste MFS RMS No messages: Detach Request, GIC Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules In case of multi-GP/GPU configuration, the value to be used by each GP/GPU is the above parameter Max value 50 Coded Max 50 divided by the number of configured GP/GPU boards connected to the same BSC. Recommended -- Coded Def 10 rules Def value 10 Coded Def 10 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_HI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _HIGH_CAP GH_CAP Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list B when the MFS is connected to a BSC high capacity (ie BSC Evolution). List B is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the Sub-syste MFS RMS No following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Instance BSS Configuration Request. Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules In case of multi-GP/GPU configuration, the value to be used by each GP/GPU is the above parameter Max value 50 Coded Max 50 divided by the number of configured GP/GPU boards connected to the same BSC. Recommended -- Coded Def 40 rules Def value 40 Coded Def 40 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB HMI name Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_L B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _LOW_CAP OW_CAP Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of on-going requests in list B when the GP/GPU is connected to a BSC low capacity (ie BSC G2). List B is used for on-going requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following Sub-syste MFS RMS No messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Instance BSS Configuration Request. Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules In case of multi-GP/GPU configuration, the value to be used by each GP/GPU is the above parameter Max value 50 Coded Max 50 divided by the number of configured GP/GPU boards connected to the same BSC. Recommended -- Coded Def 10 rules Def value 10 Coded Def 10 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No eueA_GP A_GP Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A on a GP board. Queue A is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Sub-syste MFS RMS No Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment 500 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS.

Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No eueA_GPU A_GPU Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue A on a GPU board. Queue A is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Detach Request, GIC Sub-syste MFS RMS No Group State Request, Transmission Allocation Request, Transmission Deallocation Command. Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment 500 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS.

Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No eueB_GP B_GP Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B on a GP board. Queue B is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, Sub-syste MFS RMS No BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request. Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment 500 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS

Logical name Length_Suspended_Requests_Qu HMI name Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No eueB_GPU B_GPU Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of suspended requests in queue B on a GPU board. Queue B is used for suspended requests towards the BSC on the BSCGP interface for the following messages: Ater Reset, BSC Reset, Sub-syste MFS RMS No BSS Traffic Control Request, Cell Reset, Start GPRS, Cell State Request, BSC State Request, Stop GPRS, Update GPRS Parameters Request, Extra ABIS Pool Configuration Request. Instance GPU

Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 264 Coded Def 264 rules External -- comment Internal comment 500 corresponds to the maximum number of cells per BSS

Logical name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND HMI name LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_ B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _PRIORITY PRIORITY Cell Type No Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low' Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORIT HMI name LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Y Cell Type No Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'low' Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name LOW_THRES_B_MAX HMI name lowThresBmax B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold of GPU memory occupancy from which the bvc leak rate reduction is no more applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 50 Coded Min 50 Mandatory rules LOW_THRES_B_MAX < HIGH_THRES_B_MAX Max value 50 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name LSA_ID_array (MFS) HMI name LSA_ID_I B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 03.03 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) Max value 16777215 Coded Max 16777215 Recommended The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215 rules identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. External The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. comment Internal comment The limitation to 5 LSA_Ids is due to data storage limitation in the BSC. The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.

Logical name LSA_ID_array (n) HMI name LSA_ID_I(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 03.03 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 3 bytes max Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16777215 Coded Max 16777215 Recommended -- Def value 16777215 Coded Def 16777215 rules External This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously comment filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. Internal comment The maximum 0xFFFFFF is reserved as unvalid value for implementation purpose.


Logical name MATE_CI (MFS) HMI name MATE_CI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Cell Identity of the Mate cell Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MATE_CI (MFS) = MATE_CI (BSC) Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be configured Recommended with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0). -- rules Def value -1 Coded Def -1 External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes comment MATE_CI is relevant for extended cells only Internal comment a cleanup is performed before the migration of the OMC to .an OMC version supporting PS in extended cell in order to have extended cell with relevant mate in any case . The value –1 is sent by the OMC for the normal cells

Logical name MAX_ADJ_CELL HMI name MAX_ADJ_CELL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of adjacent cells for 1 cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 64 Coded Min 64 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 64 Coded Def 64 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature In B8, the maximum number is 32

Logical name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition AGCH queuing time. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 0.4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_BLER HMI name MAX_BLER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0,05 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 0.95 Coded Max 19 Recommended -- Def value 0.35 Coded Def 7 rules External The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimum number of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX. comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_CELLS_GP HMI name MAX_CELLS_GP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of cells configured by GP board (Mx-MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 500 Coded Min 500 Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GP <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_CELLS_GPUAB HMI name MAX_CELLS_GPUAB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of cells configured by GPUAB board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 264 Coded Min 264 Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB Max value 264 Coded Max 264 Recommended -- Def value 264 Coded Def 264 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_CELLS_GPUAC HMI name MAX_CELLS_GPUAC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of cells configured by GPUAC board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 264 Coded Min 264 Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC Max value 264 Coded Max 264 Recommended -- Def value 264 Coded Def 264 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of cells supported per GP board (Mx-MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 500 Coded Min 500 Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GP <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of cells supported per GPUAB board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 264 Coded Min 264 Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB Max value 264 Coded Max 264 Recommended -- Def value 264 Coded Def 264 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC HMI name MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of cells supported per GPUAC board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 264 Coded Min 264 Mandatory rules MAX_CELLS_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC Max value 264 Coded Max 264 Recommended -- Def value 264 Coded Def 264 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of MS context supported by GP board (Mx-MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4000 Coded Min 4000 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4000 Coded Max 4000 Recommended -- Def value 4000 Coded Def 4000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of MS contexts supported by GPUAB board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1000 Coded Min 1000 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 1000 Coded Def 1000 rules External -- comment Internal comment MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU in B9


Logical name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC HMI name MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of MS contexts supported by GPUAC board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1000 Coded Min 1000 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 1000 Coded Def 1000 rules External -- comment Internal comment MAX_CTXT_MS_GPU in B9

Logical name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TBF context supported by GP board (Mx-MFS) (in each direction). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 2880 Coded Min 2880 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2880 Coded Max 2880 Recommended -- Def value 2880 Coded Def 2880 rules External -- comment Internal comment 2880 in UL + 2880 in DL = 5760.


Logical name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TBFs supported by GPUAB board (MFS) (in each direction) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 720 Coded Min 720 Mandatory rules -- Max value 720 Coded Max 720 Recommended -- Def value 720 Coded Def 720 rules External -- comment Internal comment In B9 : MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU 570 (UL) + 570 (DL) = 1140.

Logical name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC HMI name MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TBFs supported by GPUAC board (MFS) (in each direction) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 720 Coded Min 720 Mandatory rules -- Max value 720 Coded Max 720 Recommended -- Def value 720 Coded Def 720 rules External -- comment Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPU in B9 720 (in UL) + 720 (in DL) = 1440


Logical name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX contexts supported by GP board (Mx-MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 960 Coded Min 960 Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GP <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP Max value 960 Coded Max 960 Recommended -- Def value 960 Coded Def 960 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX supported by GPUAB board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 448 Coded Min 448 Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB Max value 448 Coded Max 448 Recommended -- Def value 448 Coded Def 448 rules External -- comment Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU in B9


Logical name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC HMI name MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX supported by GPUAC board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 448 Coded Min 448 Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC Max value 448 Coded Max 448 Recommended -- Def value 448 Coded Def 448 rules External -- comment Internal comment MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPU in B9

Logical name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicative value of the maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External When allocating a DL GPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH. comment When allocating a DL EGPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH (regardless of the current number of DL GPRS TBFs). Internal comment Within PTU SW, a limit is hardcoded corresponding to the maximum number of DL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). This hardcoded value is set to 16 (cf. MAC specification).


Logical name MAX_EGPRS_MCS HMI name MAX_EGPRS_MCS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: MCS-1; Min value 1 Coded Min 0 1: MCS-2; 2: MCS-3; 3: MCS-4; 4: MCS-5; 5: MCS-6; 6: MCS-7; 7: MCS-8; 8: MCS-9; Mandatory rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS Max value 9 Coded Max 8 MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS Recommended When cell_type = “extended outer”, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <= MCS-4 R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). Def value 9 Coded Def 8 R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. It is advised to set MAX_EGPRS_MCS to a value different from MCS-2 to cope with MEGCH control message granularity in an optimal way. For consistency reasons, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL and MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL shall NOT be higher than any of the MAX_EGPRS_MCS values defined in the cells of the MFS.


Logical name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_D HMI name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_D B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No L L Cell Type No Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for the DL EGPRS TBFs associated to a “short data” MS transfer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: MCS-1; Min value 1 Coded Min 0 1: MCS-2; 2: MCS-3; 3: MCS-4; 4: MCS-5; 5: MCS-6; 6: MCS-7; 7: MCS-8; 8: MCS-9. Mandatory rules -- Max value 9 Coded Max 8 Recommended For consistency reasons, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL shall NOT be higher than any of the Def value 1 Coded Def 0 rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS values defined in the cells of the MFS. In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.

External Setting this parameter to MCS-2 might introduce some problems (because a MCS-2 block consumes exactly 1.00 GCH and might therefore block some of the comment MFS-BTS signalling messages to be sent in the M-EGCH link in DL). Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).

Logical name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_U HMI name MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_U B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No L L Cell Type No Definition Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for the UL EGPRS TBFs associated to a “short data” MS transfer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: MCS-1; Min value 1 Coded Min 0 1: MCS-2; 2: MCS-3; 3: MCS-4; 4: MCS-5; 5: MCS-6; 6: MCS-7; 7: MCS-8; 8: MCS-9. Mandatory rules -- Max value 9 Coded Max 8 Recommended For consistency reasons, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL shall NOT be higher than any of the Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS values defined in the cells of the MFS. In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.

External -- comment Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).

Logical name MAX_GCH_DSP HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 120 Coded Min 120 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 120 Coded Def 120 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS.

Logical name MAX_GCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_GCH_DSP_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of GCH 16 kbit/s handled by a DSP Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 480 Coded Min 480 Mandatory rules -- Max value 480 Coded Max 480 Recommended -- Def value 480 Coded Def 480 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment -- This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS


Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH, after which the complete Cell Type No DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Sub-syste MFS RMS No Assignment message has already been sent on AGCH for a MS in non-DRX mode. Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1) A period lower than 200 ms may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages. The Max_GPRS_assign_AGCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

Logical name Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans HMI name Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of Packet DL Assignment messages retransmitted on PACCH after which the complete Cell Type No DL TBF establishment procedure may be restarted. This parameter is applicable only if the Immediate Sub-syste MFS RMS No Assignment message has already been sent on PCH for a MS in DRX mode. Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules possible values: 0 to 7 (0: no retransmission) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1) >= 300 ms. The Max_GPRS_assign_PCH_retrans parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

Logical name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum coding scheme used for the DL GPRS TBFs associated to a “short data” MS transfer. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : CS-1; Min value 1 Coded Min 0 1 : CS-2; 2 : CS-3; 3 : CS-4. Mandatory rules -- Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended For consistency reasons, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL shall NOT be higher than any of the Def value 1 Coded Def 0 rules MAX_GPRS_CS values defined in the cells of the MFS. In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.

External Setting this parameter to CS-2 might introduce some problems (because a CS-2 block consumes exactly 1.00 GCH and might therefore block some of the comment MFS-BTS signalling messages to be sent in the M-EGCH link in DL). Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).


Logical name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL HMI name MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum coding scheme used for the UL GPRS TBFs associated to a “short data” MS transfer. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : CS-1; Min value 1 Coded Min 0 1 : CS-2; 2 : CS-3; 3 : CS-4. Mandatory rules -- Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended For consistency reasons, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL shall NOT be higher than any of the Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules MAX_GPRS_CS values defined in the cells of the MFS. In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.

External -- comment Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).


Logical name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime HMI name MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicates the maximum time a LLC PDU may remain in queue in the BSS (MFS) even if "infinity" as been Cell Type No indicated by the SGSN. Warning: this parameter is not used in B10. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 120 Coded Min 120 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 120 Coded Def 120 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is not used in B10 but it is kept in the BTP because it is defined in the MIB and the Telecom/O&M interface.

Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP (MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60 comment I-GPU configuration: min value = max value = default value = 60 Applicable only to TDM transport. Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.


Logical name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 240 Coded Max 240 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment -- Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

Logical name MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP HMI name MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of master PDCH which can be handled by a BTS (PTU) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PTU Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Needed for MPDCH feature. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

Logical name Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start HMI name Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of consecutive times the timer Tcorr can be started for the same (ME)GCH link. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE HMI name MAX_PAGING_QUEUE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 50 Coded Min 50 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 1000 Recommended Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_PDCH (MFS) HMI name MAX_PDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max value 127 Coded Max 127 Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; Recommended If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a correct rules If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell reselections, i.e. If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to ‘NC0’ in the micro cell). In this case, the following configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH If EN_VGCS= enabled, then “(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell” = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1.

If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed) MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE. When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number. The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0

Internal comment 1) this parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface 2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter. 3) The cell is not created into the MFS, if Max_PDCH = 0 m template 4) The conditions to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH are not fully optimized here. Indeed, ideally they should be performed taking into account the number template

of slave PDCHs defined in the cell. However, implementing checks on a timeslot basis would degrade O&M performance. The proposed checks are therefore seen as a good tradeoff between the O&M performance and optimized checks.

Logical name MAX_PDCH_DSP HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a DSP (MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 120 Coded Min 120 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 120 Coded Def 120 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS

Logical name MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 480 Coded Min 480 Mandatory rules -- Max value 480 Coded Max 480 Recommended -- Def value 480 Coded Def 480 rules External Applicable only to TDM mode. comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the MFS

Logical name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS) HMI name MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS traffic is high. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max value 127 Coded Max 127 - MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD Recommended - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH -- rules - If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 127 is a theoretical value: 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment Internal comment 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface; 2) the MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.-


Logical name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF HMI name MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances; RRM (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4 HMI name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a PTU in IP mode (within a G3 or G4 TRE) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PTU Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 8 Coded Min 8 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter.


Logical name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5 HMI name MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PDCHs handled by a PTU in IP mode (within a G5 TRE) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PTU Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 8 Coded Min 8 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter.

Logical name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PFC per GP board (Mx-MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4800 Coded Min 4800 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4800 Coded Max 4800 Recommended -- Def value 4800 Coded Def 4800 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU HMI name MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PFC per GPU board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1200 Coded Min 1200 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1200 Coded Max 1200 Recommended -- Def value 1200 Coded Def 1200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences HMI name Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of paging occurrences tested for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Cell Type No Assignment when the addressed MS is in DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 32 Coded Max 32 Recommended -- Def value 9 Coded Def 9 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime HMI name Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time limit for the sending of a paging or a Packet Downlink Assignment when the addressed MS is in non Cell Type No DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size: 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16000 Coded Max 160 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY HMI name MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition PPCH queuing time. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 0.2 Coded Def 2 rules External Used to evaluate the MS DRX mode comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when Cell Type No computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.05 Min value 0.5 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 0.6 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Max_Rate_Safety HMI name Max_Rate_Safety B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Safety factor to compensate the Max_Rate_PDCH in the calculation of BVC_Bucket_Size and Cell Type No MS_Bucket_Size, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 1 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 1.1 Coded Def 11 rules External -- comment Internal comment In case of perfect radio condition and there is only one MS on each allocated PDCH, this parameter is used to artificially decrease the radio efficiency in order to avoid the underflow situation of BVC buffer and MS buffer.


Logical name Max_Resel_Duration HMI name Max_Resel_Duration B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines targeted maximum duration of a cell reselection. Corresponds to the scheduling period of Low Cell Type No Rate PSI messages. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 0: Low Rate PSI period = High Rate PSI period Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 1.5 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Max_retrans (MFS) HMI name MAX_RETRANS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the Cell Type No PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Max value 7 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules External The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name MAX_RETRANS_1 HMI name MAX_RETRANS_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority Cell Type No level 1. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature



Logical name Max_retrans_DL HMI name Max_retrans_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of DL TBF establishment retries Cell Type No (max_Retrans_Dl is decremented each time the DL TBF establishment procedure is started from the Sub-syste MFS RMS No beginning). Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values: 0 to 7. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules Max_Retrans_DL:maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1:total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL:total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used --> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60) --> Max_Retrans_DL > (N3103_Limit + 1)


Logical name MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT HMI name MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of Paging Request sent to the MS in an extended cell. This parameter Cell Type No is used only when the MS didn’t answer to any Packet DL Assignment message. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment The first Paging request sending is counted in the parameter value. 0 means no Paging Request.

Logical name MAX_Retrans_SIG HMI name MAX_Retrans_SIG B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet TBF Release message, of a Packet Measurement Order Cell Type No message with a 3G search deactivation command, or of a Packet Cell Change Order message following a Sub-syste MFS RMS No non-reception of the Packet Control Acknowledgement message. This parameter is also used to define the maximum number of retransmissions of a Packet Measurement Order message with a NC2 activation Instance MFS command following the non-reception of a Packet Measurement Report message.

Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size: 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 13000 Coded Min 13000 Mandatory rules -- Max value 13000 Coded Max 13000 Recommended -- Def value 13000 Coded Def 13000 rules External Applicable only to TDM mode. comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in a DSP, used for all coding schemes. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 52000 Coded Min 52000 Mandatory rules -- Max value 52000 Coded Max 52000 Recommended -- Def value 52000 Coded Def 52000 rules External Applicable only to TDM mode. comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.


Logical name MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G3_IP HMI name MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G3_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of RLC/MAC data blocks stocked in PTU for a G3 BTS, used for all coding schemes. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PTU Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3400 Coded Min 3352 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3400 Coded Max 3352 Recommended -- Def value 3400 Coded Def 3352 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.



Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 960 Coded Min 960 Mandatory rules -- Max value 960 Coded Max 960 Recommended -- Def value 960 Coded Def 960 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment -- This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in the DSP.

Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (MFS) supported by GPUAB board (MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 210 Coded Min 210 Mandatory rules -- Max value 210 Coded Max 210 Recommended -- Def value 210 Coded Def 210 rules External Applicable only to TDM mode (with RLC/MAC in the MFS). comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in. Corresponds to MAX_TBF_DSP in B9.

Logical name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC HMI name MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS connections handled by a DSP (MFS) supported by GPUAC board (MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 240 Coded Min 240 Mandatory rules -- Max value 240 Coded Max 240 Recommended -- Def value 240 Coded Def 240 rules External Applicable only to TDM mode (with RLC/MAC in the MFS). comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in. Corresponds to MAX_TBF_DSP in B9.

Logical name MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP HMI name MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G3 PTU in an IP BTS Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 56 Coded Min 56 Mandatory rules -- Max value 56 Coded Max 56 Recommended -- Def value 56 Coded Def 56 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in the PTU in a G3 BTS.

Logical name MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP HMI name MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G4 PTU in an IP BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 56 Coded Min 56 Mandatory rules -- Max value 56 Coded Max 56 Recommended -- Def value 56 Coded Def 56 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in the PTU in a G4 BTS.

Logical name MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP HMI name MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of DL + UL TBFs handled by a G5 PTU in an IP BTS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 112 Coded Min 112 Mandatory rules -- Max value 112 Coded Max 112 Recommended -- Def value 112 Coded Def 112 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW. It gives the maximum number of TBF for both directions which can be simultaneously established in the PTU in a G5 BTS.

Logical name MAX_TBF_TRX_DL HMI name MAX_TBF_TRX_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS DL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size =1 Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 80 Coded Max 80 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter fixes the maximum number of (E)GPRS DL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX regardless, in TDM mode, of the number of GCHs in the M-EGCH link of this TRX. Other parameters exist to limit the number of TBFs in function of the number of GCHs (cf. RRM-PRH). Within PTU SW, a limit of 80 is hardcoded (corresponding to the maximum value of this parameter).

Logical name MAX_TBF_TRX_UL HMI name MAX_TBF_TRX_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of (E)GPRS UL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size =1 Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 48 Coded Max 48 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter fixes the maximum number of (E)GPRS UL TBFs which can be simultaneously established on a TRX regardless, in TDM mode, of the number of GCHs in the M-EGCH link of this TRX. Other parameters exist to limit the number of TBFs in function of the number of GCHs (cf. RRM-PRH). Within PTU SW, a limit of 48 is hardcoded (corresponding to the maximum value of this parameter).

Logical name MAX_TRX_DSP HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP (MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 60 Coded Min 60 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

Logical name MAX_TRX_DSP_GP HMI name MAX_TRX_DSP_GP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a DSP (Mx-MFS). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 240 Coded Min 240 Mandatory rules -- Max value 240 Coded Max 240 Recommended -- Def value 240 Coded Def 240 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PTU SW.

Logical name MAX_TRX_GP HMI name MAX_TRX_GP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GP board (Mx-MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 960 Coded Min 960 Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GP <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP Max value 960 Coded Max 960 Recommended -- Def value 960 Coded Def 960 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_TRX_GPUAB HMI name MAX_TRX_GPUAB B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GPUAB board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 448 Coded Min 448 Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAB <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB Max value 448 Coded Max 448 Recommended -- Def value 448 Coded Def 448 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MAX_TRX_GPUAC HMI name MAX_TRX_GPUAC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX configured supported by GPUAC board (MFS) Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 448 Coded Min 448 Mandatory rules MAX_TRX_GPUAC <= MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC Max value 448 Coded Max 448 Recommended -- Def value 448 Coded Def 448 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4 HMI name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a PTU in IP (within a G3 or a G4 TRE). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter.

Logical name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5 HMI name MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of TRX handled by a PTU in IP (within a G5 TRE). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS traffic model and performances OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 1 : for G5 TRE configured as High Power; 2 : for G5 TRE configured as Twin Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter corresponds to a constant hard-coded in the PMU, PTU and SCP SW. IP demo parameter.


Logical name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH HMI name MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Indicative value of maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6 Coded Max 6 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External When allocating an UL GPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH. comment When allocating an UL EGPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH (regardless of the current number of UL GPRS TBFs). Internal comment Within PTU SW, a limit is hardcoded corresponding to the maximum number of UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). This hardcoded value is set to 7 (cf. MAC specification)

Logical name Maximum_Credit HMI name Maximum_Credit B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition When a TBF credit reaches this maximum value, then the TBF can still be scheduled but its credit is no Cell Type No more increased. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 20 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment This constant is hardcoded in MAC.


Logical name Maximum_Weight HMI name Maximum_Weight B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition When a TBF weight reaches this maximum value, then the TBF can still be Cell Type No scheduled but its weight is no more increased. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 45 Coded Min 45 Mandatory rules -- Max value 45 Coded Max 45 Recommended -- Def value 45 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment This constant is hardcoded in MAC

Logical name MCC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). Recommended - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- rules - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMCC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMCC[x] parameter defines a MCC of the own PLMN set. The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.

Logical name MCC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Country Code (MCC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Country Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MCC(n) (BSC) = MCC(n) (MFS) Recommended - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells have the -- rules same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. The migration rules and the handling of MCC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.



Logical name MCS_AVG_PERIOD HMI name MCS_AVG_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Filtering period used for calculation of the forgetting factor applied to the current UL MEAN_BEP and Cell Type No CV_BEP samples in the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation filter Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Reference Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 0.02 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 250 Recommended -- Def value 0.1 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MIN_PDCH (MFS) HMI name MIN_PDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Max value 127 Coded Max 127 -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; Recommended -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum number of PDCHs that rules -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface. -When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External 127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. comment Internal comment 1) This parameter is available in the BSC through the BSCGP interface; 2) The MPDCHs (primary and secondary) are also taken into account in this parameter.

Logical name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR HMI name MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when Cell Type No computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.05 Min value 0.5 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 0.85 Coded Def 17 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL HMI name MIN_RLF_TIME_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF, triggered by N3105 or Cell Type No NstagnatingWindowDL. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25000 Coded Max 250 Recommended It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions that the Def value 4000 Coded Def 40 rules operator would like to support during a DL TBF. Typically, a few seconds. External -- comment Internal comment The main goal of this mechanism is to avoid spurious abnormal DL TBF releases due to temporary bad radio conditions, e.g. fading holes for slow channel profiles without frequency hopping or shadowing effects for fast. Was local to MFS in B9.


Logical name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN HMI name MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS when performing a T2 or T3 TBF reallocation. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 0,1 Min value 0,1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 0,3 Coded Def 3 rules External Increasing the value of this parameter above 0,3 might block some reallocations for mobiles having a high multislot class (multislot class >= 30). comment Internal comment --

Logical name Minimum_Credit_Weight HMI name Minimum_Credit_Weight B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition When a TBF credit or weight reaches this minimum value, then the TBF can still be scheduled (in the extra Cell Type No scheduling phase) but its credit/weight is no more decreased. Sub-syste MFS RMS No This value can be negative. This value applies to both RT and NRT TBFs. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value -10 Coded Min -10 Mandatory rules -- Max value -10 Coded Max -10 Recommended -- Def value -10 Coded Def -10 rules External -- comment Internal comment This constant is hardcoded in MAC

Logical name MNC (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Set by Create Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). Recommended - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. -- rules - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Def value 999 Coded Def 999 External The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R corresponds to the value of a OwnMNC[x] parameter (where x = 1, 2, 3 or 4) defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document. The OwnMNC[x] parameter defines a MNC of the own PLMN set. The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.


Logical name MNC(n) (MFS) HMI name Mobile Network Code (MNC) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Mobile Network Code of the own or of a foreign PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 3 digits BCD Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: Max value 999 Coded Max 999 - MNC(n) (BSC) = MNC(n) (MFS) Recommended - If the target and serving cells belong to the same BSC, the OMC-R shall ensure that the cells have the -- rules same (MCC,MNC) couple. - If the target and serving cells belong to the same OMC-R, both (MCC,MNC) couples shall be selected in the set of own PLMNs (they do not have necessarily the same own PLMN). - If the target cell is external to the OMC-R, the MCC is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. In this case, the (MCC,MNC) couple of the target cell can be selected in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. The migration rules and the handling of MNC parameter are described here assuming that Release B7 is in MRx with x >= 6.



Logical name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD HMI name MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Duration of the sliding window, used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling load samples Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE) For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.

External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters.

Logical name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LI HMI name MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No ST ST Cell Type No Definition Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance data type are Sub-syste MFS RMS No considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition assistance, real-time integrity. Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Reference Unit None Coding rules bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is retrieived; Min value 0 Coded Min 0 bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1: Almanac is retrieived.


Logical name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PD HMI name MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No CH H Cell Type No Definition Time that a Mobile Station is expected to need for switching to the assigned PDCHs after acknowledging a (re)assignment message (PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT, PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET Sub-syste MFS RMS No TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE). Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 10 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 4 rules External The 3GPP standard mandates the MS to switch to the new resources in 40 msec but some MSs may take longer. comment Internal comment --

Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise Cell Type No commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: comment Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell. 2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS) HMI name MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise Cell Type No commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. Min value 5 Coded Min 19 GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm.

Mandatory rules -- Max value 43 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 43 Coded Def 0 rules External The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: comment Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm Internal comment 1)This parameter is needed when a PBCCH is established in the serving cell 2) The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band, but the same default coded value is always used, i.e. default coded value = “0”. By convention, the minimum, maximum, and default values in the main window of the parameter are given for the P-GSM/G1 frequency band. 3) In the GSM850 band, the value of 39 dBm is only displayed once at the OMC-R screen and corresponds to the value coded as ‘0’. However, the value coded as ‘1’ or ‘2’ may be used if the data are retrieved from the ACIE interface.

Logical name MSCR (MFS) HMI name MSCR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM 04.18 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = MSC is release '98 or older; 1 = MSC is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment The BSS does not use this field but shall provide it to the MS (MSC Release is broadcast in SI/PSI message) for upper layer protocol between the MS and the MSC.Towards a MSC Release 99 (and newer), the MS is allowed to send several unacknowledge layer3 MM or CC messages to the MSC, transparently to the BSS (defined in GSM TS24.007, TS24.008 and 04.18).

Logical name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PER HMI name Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PERIO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No IOD D Cell Type No Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) HMI name MULTIBAND_REPORTING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by Cell Type No the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 2 bits: Min value 0 Coded Min 0 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Mandatory rules Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU HMI name N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept “in reserve” in order to be able to serve some prioritary Cell Type No requests in cells managed by the GPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH establishment requests Sub-syste MFS RMS No launched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful to guarantee that MM traffic will be supported in any cell at any time). Instance BSS Note : In case of non-Evolium BTS, those are PDCHs that will be established instead of GCHs. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure that N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k Ater TSs are always free (i.e. not used by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary requests will be allowed to establish some GCHs (Evolium BTS) / PDCHs (non-Evolium BTS) with those Ater resources.

Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External - Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make the average number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. That corresponds to a loss comment of Ater resources on the field, as the on-going TBF traffic will never “benefit from the margin of Ater resources”. But, on the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request in the GPU will be become very low. - Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a non null value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot be served in case several such requests have to be served in a short period of time (i.e. before having had the time to “fill the Ater margin” up again), especially if the requests have to be served on several different DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP). - Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible the cases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all. Internal comment --


Logical name N_AVG_I (MFS) HMI name N_AVG_I (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for Cell Type No filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment The Default value “6” has been used by the simulations performed by R&I, see report UTR/C/03/0011/V1 for detail.

Logical name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name N_BIAS_DETERMINATION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of kbytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the bias of the on-going user application is Cell Type No determined. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit kbyte Coding rules step size = 1 kbyte Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External This parameter is used to tune the algorithm, which assesses the bias of the on-going application for a given MS. Each time N_BIAS_DETERMINATION bytes comment have been transferred in one direction or the other, the MFS compares the number of bytes transferred in both directions; the direction in which more bytes have been transferred gives the bias of the on-going transfer. The resource reallocation algorithm attempts to offer the best possible throughput in the direction of the bias depending on the available resources. The value 0 disables the function (the bias of the on-going application is never assessed and therefore the application is always deemed downlink biased, except in case the MS context is created upon an UL 2 phase access in which case the bias is uplink). Internal comment --


Logical name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC HMI name N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of bytes which must be transferred on a TBF before the corresponding MS becomes candidate Cell Type No for resource reallocation. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules Step size = 100 bytes Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10000 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 2 rules External This parameter shall be big enough to avoid reallocating the resources of MSs that are used only to transfer signalling LLC PDUs or very short transfers. On comment the other hand, it shall not delay unnecessarily the reallocation for other kinds of traffic. When the parameter is set to 0, an MS with a TBF in the direction of the bias shall become candidate for resource reallocation as soon as the TBF is established. Internal comment --


Logical name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS HMI name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of bytes below which an MS transfer is considered to be “short data”. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 20 Coded Min 20 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10000 Coded Max 10000 Recommended N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS <= N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Def value 150 Coded Def 150 rules External An MS transfer is considered to be “short data” as long as less than N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS bytes have been transferred in both directions (since comment the TBF establishment(s)). Else, if more than N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS bytes have been transferred in at least one direction, the MS transfer is considered to be “long data”. Note: in DL, the bytes of the DL LLC PDUs currently queued for the MS (but not yet sent to the MS) are also counted. Decreasing (respectively increasing) the value of N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS will tend: - to make the Ater resource optimization worse (respectively better) when the Ater usage of the GPU is above Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data, - to reduce (respectively make higher) the PS throughput degradations at the beginning of MS traffics when the Ater usage of the GPU is above Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data, - to make the MFS and BSC CPU loads higher (respectively lower).

Internal comment --


Logical name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERI HMI name N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERI B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ODIC ODIC Cell Type No Definition Number of bytes above which a transition from “short data” to “long data” MS transfer shall be periodically reattempted (only useful in the rare cases where such a transition previously failed). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 100 bytes Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100000 Coded Max 1000 Recommended N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS <= N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Def value 10000 Coded Def 100 rules External A transition from “short data” to “long data” MS transfer can only fail in the rare cases where there is a too high number of TBFs on the TRX / in some very comment specific reallocation failure scenarios. A low value of N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC should be avoided because it will tend to increase the CPU load of the MFS for a defence case which should be rare (if TRX and Abis/Ater transmission resources are properly dimensioned). Internal comment --

Logical name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS HMI name N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Two definitions are possible : Cell Type No - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = “enabled” : number of GCHs required to be established due to Sub-syste MFS RMS No the “Fast Initial PS Access” feature, - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled” : number of GCHs to keep established when there is Instance MFS no more (E)GPRS traffic in a cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is running). Those GCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell. Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External This parameter is significant only for Evolium BTSs comment Internal comment --


Logical name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTE HMI name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEM B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No MPT_T3 PT_T3 Cell Type No Definition Defines the total number of (unsuccessful) T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that are allowed to be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. As soon as Sub-syste MFS RMS No N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 T3 radio resource reallocation attempts succeed, no other attempt is performed (even if less than N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 attempts have been Instance MFS performed so far). The UL-biased MSs and the DL-biased MSs are considered regardless of each other. As a result, in a given cell, up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 radio resource reallocation attempts will be performed upon expiry of the timer. Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to : - control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 TBF reallocations - and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T3 TBF reallocation attempts (the highest the value of N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3, the highest the generated CPU load).

Logical name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTE HMI name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEM B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No MPT_T4 PT_T4 Cell Type No Definition Defines the total number of T4 radio resource reallocation attempts (successful or not) that are performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter, with the parameter T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, allows to : - control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T4 reallocations - and to control the extra CPU load generated by the T4 reallocation attempts (the highest the value of N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4, the highest the generated CPU load).

Logical name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCC HMI name N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No ESS_T3 SS_T3 Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of successful T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that can be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 <= N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External The maximum number of successful T3 radio resource reallocation attempts that can be performed upon expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer is comment limited by the Round Trip Delay. Internal comment -This parameter is linked to the N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 parameter. -A default value of 1 leads to B9 behaviour. -A default value of 2 allows performing more rapidly the non-muliplexed-EDA strategy in some scenarios.

Logical name N_PDCH_Release HMI name N_PDCH_Release B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of repetitions of a Packet PDCH Release message. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size: 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT HMI name N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of consecutive polling request that can be sent to a MS in EUTM state without receiving a Cell Type No polling response in a PCA. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules This parameter shall be lower than N3101_LIMIT / 3 Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N_SIG_REPEAT HMI name N_SIG_REPEAT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of repetitions of Packet Measurement Order messages with a Reset command, of Packet Uplink Cell Type No Assignment messages, or of Packet Power Control Timing Advance messages. These repetitions are Sub-syste MFS RMS No handled by the MAC layer. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size: 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowDL_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the maximum number of consecutive Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or EGPRS Packet Cell Type No Downlink ACK/NACK messages reporting the failure of progress of the RLC window during the active Sub-syste MFS RMS No phase of a downlink TBF, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Instance BSS

Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 256 Coded Max 256 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT HMI name NstagnatingWindowUL_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be released: the Cell Type No counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC window progress. For a Sub-syste MFS RMS No multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 256 Coded Max 256 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA HMI name N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Minimum number of significantly consecutive uplink biases observed during a transfer to allow a mobile Cell Type No station to use Extended Dynamic Allocation. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External This parameter can allow using EDA only in case of big UL transfers comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter A significantly-uplink bias is a bias with a traffic ratio superior to the BIAS_LIMIT_EDA parameter.

Logical name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition N_UL_Dummy threshold limit above which a uplink TBF shall be released: the counter is incremented each Cell Type No time the BSS receives a dummy block. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 12 Coded Min 12 Mandatory rules -- Max value 128 Coded Max 128 Recommended N_ul_dummy_limit > round trip delay / 20ms Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External For a multislot TBF, the actual limit is value * n_allocated_TS comment Internal comment --

Logical name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT HMI name N_UL_Errors_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of received erroneous UL RLC blocks above which the uplink TBF is released by the BSS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment The counter N_UL_Errors is incremented each time the RLC layer receives an erroneous UL RLC block (for instance when an UL RLC block is received with a wrong UL TFI).


Logical name N200_GSL (MFS) HMI name N200_GSL (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of re-transmissions on a GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules Equal to N200_GSL (BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended T_GSL_Ack (BSC) > T200 (GSL) * (1 + N200 (GSL)) Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N201_GSL (MFS) HMI name N201_GSL (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of bytes in Information part of an I frame sent by the BSC on the GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to N201_GSL (BSC) Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 260 Coded Def 260 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N3101_LIMIT HMI name N3101_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) Cell Type No when the network receives no valid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS on its allocated PDCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No To note that the counter N3101 can be incremented more than one time per block period. Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 64 Coded Def 64 rules External -- comment Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name N3101_POLLING_THR HMI name N3101_POLLING_THR B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold on the counter N3101 above which the RLC layer shall start sending polling request to a MS for Cell Type No an UL TBF in EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended This parameter should be equal to N3101_LIMIT / 4. Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N3103_LIMIT HMI name N3103_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL Cell Type No TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS in response of Sub-syste MFS RMS No its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF. Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1 N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1 Example: With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1

External -- comment Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name N3105_LIMIT HMI name N3105_LIMIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this Cell Type No parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Sub-syste MFS RMS No Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if Instance cell the DL TBF shall be released. Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. N3105_Limit has to be set in comment order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Internal comment Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE HMI name N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this Cell Type No parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Sub-syste MFS RMS No Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if Instance cell the DL TBF shall be released. Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 24 Coded Def 24 rules External If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. comment N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. Internal comment This parameter is used by the MFS only if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms and shall be tuned according to the simulation result. Was local to MFS in B9.

Logical name N391 HMI name N391 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec ITU Q.933 Annex A, Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference §A.7 domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name N392 HMI name N392 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec ITU Q.933, Annex A Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name N393 HMI name N393 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, §A.7). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec ITU Q.933, Annex A Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE HMI name NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of bearer channels per physical line. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 31 Coded Min 31 Mandatory rules -- Max value 31 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 31 Coded Def 31 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PER HMI name NB MAX BEARER CHANNELS PER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No _GPU GPU Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of Frame Relay bearer channels per GPU. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 124 Coded Min 124 Mandatory rules -- Max value 124 Coded Max 124 Recommended -- Def value 124 Coded Def 124 rules External -- comment Internal comment is linked to the maximum number of HDLC formatters per GPU

Logical name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES HMI name NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of PCM per GPU for Gb interface. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 8 Coded Min 8 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 8 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHAN HMI name NB MAX PVC PER BEARER CHANNEL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No NEL Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of PVC per Frame Relay bearer channel. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BC Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE HMI name NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of signalling load samples used to estimate the average load on MPDCH channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD and NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE are used to determine signalling load samples Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules period (Sig_Load_Period = MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD / NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE) For example, default values, give the following Sig_Load_Period: 30 / 6 = 5s.

External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH load counters.

Logical name NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) HMI name NB_TS_MPDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS INITIALISATION OF TELECOM PART OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >= Max value 4 Coded Max 4 NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. Recommended -- rules 2) if the ‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “1: CCCH combined” ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = “0: CCCH not combined” iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage comment of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended.

Internal comment 1) This parameter is used for the cell/GPU mapping purpose by MFS; 2) The signification of coded value is as follows: 0: MPDCH is not configured in the cell; 1: only one static primary MPDCH is configured in the cell; 2: one static primary MPDCH and one static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell;

Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR m B10 Yes B9 Yes template TRX nb No Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection of a better Cell Type No neighbour cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules 0: “-110 dBm (Never)”, 1:” -109 dBm”, ...,63: “-47 dBm (Always)” (step size = 1 dB) Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value -47 Coded Def 63 rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to ‘-110 dBm (Never)’. The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. External 1) The specific value of “-110 dBm (Never)” deactivates the NC cell reselections Cause PT2. comment 2) The specific value of “-47 dBm (Always)” systematically allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2 Internal comment --

3: one static primary MPDCH and two static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell; 4: one static primary MPDCH and three static secondary MPDCH are configured in the cell.


Logical name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXLEV_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in the Cell Type No downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules 0: “-110 dBm (Never)”, 1:” -109 dBm”, ...,63: “-47 dBm” (step size = 1 dB) Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value -96 Coded Def 14 rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is recommended to activate NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to ‘-47 dBm (Always)’. External The specific value of “-110 dBm (Never)” deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in downlink Cell Type No direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: “0”, “0.1”, “0.2”, …, “6.9”, “7 (Never)”. Min value 0 Coded Min 0

Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value 7 Coded Def 70 rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. External The specific value of “7 (Never)” deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT3. comment Internal comment --


Logical name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD HMI name NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum non-DRX period applied by a MS after the sending of a NC measurement report. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules 000:0 ; 001:0,24 ; 010: 0,48; 011: 0,72; 100: 0,96; 101: 1,20; 110: 1,44; 111: 1,92 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1.92 Coded Max 7 Recommended Shall cover a round trip delay + (P)AGCH queuing time + time for MFS to react to a Packet Def value 0.96 Coded Def 4 rules Measurement Report plus a Packet Cell Change Failure message. External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET HMI name NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells during Cell Type No T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 1 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet idle mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 Min value 0.48 Coded Min 0 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Mandatory rules -- Max value 61.44 Coded Max 7 Recommended In order to avoid overloading the (P)CCCH with Packet Measurement Report messages reported by MS Def value 61.44 Coded Def 7 rules in packet idle mode, it is recommended that the NC_REPORTING_PERIOD is higher that the GMM Ready timer. External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 Min value 0.48 Coded Min 0 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Mandatory rules -- Max value 61.44 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0.96 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.


Logical name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) HMI name NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 Min value 0.48 Coded Min 0 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Mandatory rules -- Max value 61.44 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0.96 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter shall also be valid for external cells.

Logical name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) HMI name NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, …, 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never) Min value -127 Coded Min 0 (step size = 1 dB) Mandatory rules -- Max value 128 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 128 Coded Def 255 rules External 1) The specific value of “128 dB (Never)” deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. comment 2) The specific value of “-127 dB” (Always)” systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. Internal comment The short name of this parameter displayed in the OMC-R in the “Existent Adjacencies” table is: “NcHyst”.


Logical name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR HMI name NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet Measurement Cell Type No Report messages. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.001 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 0.13 Coded Def 130 rules External This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells. comment Internal comment The default value is recommended for NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 0.96 s. It has been obtained so that the coefficient of the filter is twice lower than the forgetting factor after an averaging period of 5 * NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T = 4.8 s. This value is determined as follows: NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR = 1 – (1/2)ˆ5

Logical name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD HMI name NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the averaging Cell Type No filter. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 20 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10000 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 4000 Coded Def 200 rules External This parameter applies to the serving cell. comment Internal comment --

Logical name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS HMI name NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Hysteresis to avoid frequent NC cell reselection alarms on the PMU-PTU interface Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size: 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment The purpose of this parameter is to avoid frequent exchanges on the PMU-PTU interface to signal that an NC cell reselection alarm has been raised or has disappeared.

Logical name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR HMI name NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in uplink Cell Type No direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: “0”, “0.1”, “0.2”, …, “6.9”, “7 (Never)” Min value 0 Coded Min 0

Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 70 Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. Def value 7 Coded Def 70 rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Enable’), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to ‘7 (Never)’. The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. External The specific value of “7 (Never)” deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT4. comment Internal comment --


Logical name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE HMI name NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order message Cell Type No with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message is sent to Min value 0 Coded Min 0 deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer. 1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode. Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e. Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = ‘Disable’), the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of the PBCCH: - If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the C32 parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered. - If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS redirections are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and the GMM Ready timer is running).



Logical name NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD HMI name NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of NC2 load samples used to compute the NC2 load average Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NCC (MFS) HMI name NCC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Network Colour code of the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to NCC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name NCC(n) HMI name NCC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name NECI (MFS) HMI name New Establishment Causes Indicator B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition New Establishment Causes Indicator. Indicates to the MS if the network supports the new GSM Phase 2 Cell Type No establishment causes in CHANNEL REQUEST. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: not supported, 1: supported Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to NECI (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet Min value 0 Coded Min 0 measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.

Mandatory rules - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. Max value 4 Coded Max 4 - When cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode Recommended of operation for all MS -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or “NC2 mode of operation comment for Rel.4 onwards MS”, then the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). If EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = "Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1", then the 3G search is activated even when activating the NC2 mode (the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message will not be sent.)

Internal comment --

Logical name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) HMI name NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet Min value 0 Coded Min 0 measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS.

Mandatory rules - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. Max value 4 Coded Max 4 - When cell_type = “extended inner” or “extended outer”, then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode Recommended of operation for all MS -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or “NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or “NC2 mode of operation comment for Rel.4 onwards MS”, the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter.

Internal comment --

Logical name network_operation_mode (MFS) HMI name Network_mode_of_operation B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 03.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network Min value 1 Coded Min 1 operation mode III Mandatory rules If the ‘network_operation_mode (MFS)’ parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have Max value 3 Coded Max 3 NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. Recommended -- rules Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).

Def value 2 Coded Def 2 External Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. comment NMO I requires a Gs interface. Internal comment Coding at radio interface is different, i.e. 0 == Network operation mode I ; 1 == Network operation mode II ; 2 == Network operation mode III.

Logical name NIR HMI name Normal Information Rate B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Normal Information Rate. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Max value 1984 Coded Max 1984 Recommended NIR=0 when direct access is used Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGRO HMI name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROU B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No UND_PRIORITY ND_PRIORITY Cell Type No Definition Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal' Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRI HMI name NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No ORITY TY Cell Type No Definition Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to 'normal' Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN HMI name NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radio block scheduling) which is exclusively Cell Type No reserved to NRT TBFs. That capacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming TBF (RT PFC). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 7 Coded Def 7 rules External In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRT TBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established on a PDCH is equal to comment ((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) * (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to the closest integer value. This minimum number of NRT TBFs is guaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH. The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests. The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signalling or data traffic). Internal comment --

Logical name NS_alive_IP_retries HMI name NS_alive_IP_retries B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of attempts for NS_VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 48.016 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name NS_ALIVE_RETRIES HMI name NsAliveRetries B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of attempts to test. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NS_BLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsBlockRetries B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition maximum number of attempts to block a NS-VC. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NS_Priority HMI name NS Priority B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NS_RESET_RETRIES HMI name NsResetRetries B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of attempts to reset. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES HMI name NsUnblockRetries B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of attempts to unblock a NS-VC. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NSEI HMI name NSEI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition NSE Identifier. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSE Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules The NSEI shall be unique per MFS Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value None Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment Mandatory forbids more than needed, but is simple. In fact, the NSEI shall be unique per SGSN (to avoid erasing the previous NSE created with the same NSEI)


Logical name NSEMAX HMI name NSE MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of NSE per GPU. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name NSVCI HMI name NSVC Identifier B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition NSVC identifier. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance NSVC Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value None Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name NSVCMAX HMI name NSVC MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of NSVC per GPU. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 124 Coded Min 124 Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Max value 124 Coded Max 124 Recommended -- Def value 124 Coded Def 124 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name OAM_VLAN_ID HMI name OAM_VLAN_ID B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Virtual LAN identifier used to tag the MxMFS internal O&M traffic Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec IEEE 802.1 Q § 9.6 Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Functional O&M Architecture' OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 12 bits. Min value 2 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4094 Coded Max 4094 Recommended In case the same subnet is used for Telecom and OAM traffic, the same VLAN_ID shall be used for Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules Telecom and OAM VLAN_Ids. External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name OandM_PRIORITY (MFS) HMI name OandM_PRIORITY (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the O&M flows in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules Equal to OandM_PRIORITY (BSC) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P0 internal priority (the Cell Type No highest). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment --


Logical name P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by MFS flows having the P0 internal BSS priority Cell Type No (P0 is the highest priority). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec RFC 2474/2475, Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference 2598 domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF. Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 46 Coded Def 46 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment Note this priority is not used (EF class is not used by the flows handled by the MFS).


Logical name P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P1 internal priority. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment --


Logical name P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by MFS flows having the P1 internal BSS priority Cell Type No (P3 is the lowest priority). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec RFC 2474/2475, Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference 2598 domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF. Mandatory rules P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 34 Coded Def 34 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment --


Logical name P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P2 internal priority. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment --


Logical name P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by MFS flows having the P2 internal BSS priority Cell Type No (P3 is the lowest priority). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF. Mandatory rules P1_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 26 Coded Def 26 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment --


Logical name P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the priority indicated in L2 protocol (e.g. ethernet), corresponding to the P3 internal priority (the Cell Type No lowest). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC >= P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment --


Logical name P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS HMI name P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the Diffserv DSCP value used on the IP network by MFS flows having the P3 internal BSS priority Cell Type No (P3 is the lowest priority). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec RFC 2474/2475, Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference 2598 domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Only a subset of the possible values are defined in the standard: 00 for BE, 10,12,14 for AF1; 18,20,22 for AF2; 26, 28,30 for AF3; 34, 36, 38 for AF4 and 46 for EF. Mandatory rules P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS >= P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS Max value 63 Coded Max 63 Recommended The operator shall ensure that it is equal to P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter Px_layer2_mapping and mapped to a L3 priority using the parameter comment Px_layer3_mapping. Internal comment --


Logical name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERIO HMI name PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERIO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No D D Cell Type No Definition RRM reporting period to update the information (per cell) necessary for the Multi-GPU feature. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PAN_DEC (MFS) HMI name PAN_DEC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer Cell Type No T3182. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection.

Logical name PAN_INC (MFS) HMI name PAN_INC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Binary coded on 3 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Max value 7 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile station shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection

Logical name PAN_MAX (MFS) HMI name PAN_MAX B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Min value 4 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Max value 32 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 7 rules External -- comment Internal comment When N3102<=0 is reached, the mobile staion shall perform an abnormal release with cell re-selection


Logical name Pb HMI name Pb B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Power reduction value used by the BTS on PBCCH blocks, relative to the output power used on BCCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit dB Coding rules Possible values : 0, -2, -4, .., -30 dB respectively binary coded as 0000, 0001, .., 1111 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value -30 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH.

Logical name PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) HMI name PC_MEAS_CHAN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the Cell Type No downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for Min value 0 Coded Min 0 power control shall be made on PDCH Mandatory rules Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC). Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT HMI name PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Trigger for the RT computation in PCC (for the TDM & IP mode), expressed in number of times of Cell Type No PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET timer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External The RT_THROUGHPUT computation is triggered after PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT times PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. Although this parameter is introduced due to IP transport, it is also used starting from MR2 for TDM mode. As in IP mode the arrival time of a TRN-DL-ACK.ind for an extra-scheduled PDU can be seriously delayed (or not coming at all) due to the possible congestion on Abis, it is decided to not trigger the RT_THROUGHPUT computation by the receiving of a TRN-DL-ACK.ind message from RLC

Logical name PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET HMI name PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling the activation of the DL flow control per TBF on IP mode (leaky bucket algorithm) for all Cell Type No TBFs on a cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 50 msec Min value 50 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING HMI name PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum UL buffering capability in PCC, expressed as a duration : Time which multiplied by Cell Type No (TBF_nbr_PDCH * (M)CS throughput) defines a buffer level above which the UL transfer is considered as Sub-syste MFS RMS No failed. Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1sec. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended When a PDU is not received in the correct order (this case can occur in IP mode, after a pfc priority Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules change or after a reallocation), the PDUs are kept in a buffer. This parameter allows to define the size of this buffer. External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER HMI name PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Guard timer of an UL TBF used in IP mode to supervise the reception of UL LLC PDUs. At expiration, the UL Cell Type No TBF is released. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules In IP mode: PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER < T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT, because T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT offers a Max value 60 Coded Max 60 defense at a higher level (IPGCH flow level) than PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER (TBF level). Recommended -- rules Def value 5 Coded Def 5 External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 5 Coded Min 50 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 comment Internal comment -- - Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters

Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Recommended -- Coded Def 10 rules Def value 1 Coded Def 10 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Recommended -- Coded Def 15 rules Def value 1.5 Coded Def 15 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Recommended -- Coded Def 20 rules Def value 2 Coded Def 20 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Recommended -- Coded Def 25 rules Def value 2.5 Coded Def 25 External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Recommended -- Coded Def 35 rules Def value 3.5 Coded Def 35 External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 HMI name PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DL TBF duration distribution. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 16384 Coded Min 32768 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16384 Coded Max 32768 Recommended -- Def value 16384 Coded Def 32768 rules External PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 comment Internal comment -- - Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters


Logical name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Coded Def 2 rules Def value 1 Coded Def 2 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Coded Def 4 rules Def value 2 Coded Def 4 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Coded Def 6 rules Def value 3 Coded Def 6 External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Def value 100 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 100000000 Coded Min 100000000 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100000000 Coded Max 100000000 Recommended -- Def value 100000000 Coded Def 100000000 rules External PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 1000 Coded Def 1000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 2000 Coded Def 2000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 3000 Coded Def 3000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --




Logical name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 HMI name PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 100000 Coded Def 100000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 5 Coded Min 50 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 comment Internal comment -- - Coded value of 50 (instead of 5) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_i parameters

Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Recommended -- Coded Def 10 rules Def value 1 Coded Def 10 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Recommended -- Coded Def 15 rules Def value 1.5 Coded Def 15 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Recommended -- Coded Def 20 rules Def value 2 Coded Def 20 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Recommended -- Coded Def 25 rules Def value 2.5 Coded Def 25 External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Recommended -- Coded Def 35 rules Def value 3.5 Coded Def 35 External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 HMI name PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 PDCH Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Max value 4.9 Coded Max 49 Recommended -- Def value 4.5 Coded Def 45 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for UL TBF duration distribution. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 16384 Coded Min 32768 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16384 Coded Max 32768 Recommended -- Def value 16384 Coded Def 32768 rules External PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 comment Internal comment -- - Coded value of 32768 (instead of 16384) is introduced for consistency with other PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_i parameters


Logical name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Coded Def 2 rules Def value 1 Coded Def 2 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Coded Def 4 rules Def value 2 Coded Def 4 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Coded Def 6 rules Def value 3 Coded Def 6 External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.5 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Max value 16383.5 Coded Max 32767 Recommended -- Def value 100 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 500 rules External -- comment Internal comment An odd value activates the collect of the debug counters used for the detection of "PS quality on TS based" on TRX Edge capable (EGPRS-Capability >= 3)"

Logical name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 100000000 Coded Min 100000000 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100000000 Coded Max 100000000 Recommended -- Def value 100000000 Coded Def 100000000 rules External PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 1000 Coded Def 1000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 2000 Coded Def 2000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 3000 Coded Def 3000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --




Logical name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 HMI name PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference MFS counters catalogue OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit byte Coding rules step size = 1 byte Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Max value 99999999 Coded Max 99999999 Recommended -- Def value 100000 Coded Def 100000 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The buffering delay factor associated to one PDCH that is shared between TBF accordingly to the TBF Cell Type No throughput. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 25 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).

Logical name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The minimum buffering delay between XON and XOFF thresholds that should be used according to the TBF Cell Type No throughput. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flowcontrol between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).

Logical name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR HMI name PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Anticipation number of radio blocks considering the throughput of one PDCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment The given default value is a testing value and must be reconsidered acccording to the global flow control between the MS and the SGSN (Gb interface, RRM and RLC/MAC buffering).

Logical name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER HMI name PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended Should be set to “ordering disabled”, when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to “ordering enabled”. External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Peer_NSE_Data_Weight HMI name Peer_NSE_Data_Weight B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition GboverIP: Indicates the data weight assigned to the peer NSE. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Rec 3GPP TS 48.016 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External Declared by the operator in case of static configuration. comment Initialized after the CONFIG procedure in case of dynamic configuration. If Peer_NSE_Data_Weight=0, the IP endpoint will not be selected as a data by the load sharing function. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight HMI name Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition GboverIP: Indicates the signalling weight assigned to the peer NSE. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Rec 3GPP TS 48.016 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External Declared by the operator in case of static configuration. comment Initialized after the CONFIG procedure in case of dynamic configuration. If Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight=0, the IP endpoint will not be selected as a signalling endpoint. Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name PENALTY_TIME(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and Min value 20 Coded Min 0 cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value. Mandatory rules PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC) Max value 620 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Cannot be understood by GSM Phase 1 MS. CT: Depends on Cell Type and BTS Type

Logical name PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS) HMI name PENALTY_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and Min value 20 Coded Min 0 cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Mandatory rules -- Max value 620 Coded Max 31 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 1 is not allowed. Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 HMI name PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 2. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Meaningless parameter if the Radio Priority 2 is not allowed Value 16 indicates that access is forbidden. Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of Download_BSS_PFC attempts Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY HMI name PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of Modify_BSS_PFC attempts Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 5 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PFC_T6 HMI name PFC_T6 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PFC_T8 HMI name PFC_T8 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) HMI name PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Frequency bands used in the whole PLMN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: GSM900 and DCS1800 bands Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: GSM850 and DCS1800 bands 2: GSM850 and DCS1900 bands 3: GSM900 and DCS1900 bands 4,...,255: for future use This parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency band combinations. Mandatory rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) = PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and -- rules PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1800” or “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".

Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External -- comment Internal comment The value sent by the OMC-R to the MFS corresponds to the value of the OMC-R changeable parameter defined in the BSS O&M Telecom catalogue document

Logical name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD HMI name PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold above which a GPU enters the PMU CPU overload state. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 95 Coded Def 95 rules External -- comment Internal comment GPU overload control has changed for B8. Only one threshold is needed (no hysteresis)

Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_H B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of steps to increment the internal PMU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control algorithm, Cell Type No when the PMU is in “CPU overload” state. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.


Logical name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N HMI name PMU_CPU_overload_step_N B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of steps to decrement the internal GPU variable used in the PMU CPU overload control algorithm, Cell Type No when the PMU is in CPU normal load state. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment The current default value is chosen so that reaction to overload is faster than return to normal behaviour.

Logical name PMU_CPU_sampling_period HMI name PMU_CPU_sampling_period B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Periodicity at which the PMU CPU load is evaluated for the GPU PMU overload control algorithm. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment This hard-coded constant already existed with B7.2 but was not declared in the BTP.


Logical name PRACH_BUSY_THRES HMI name PRACH_BUSY_THRES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit dBm Coding rules This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: Min value -110 Coded Min 0 0: -110 dBm 1: -106 dBm 2: -102 dBm 3: -98 dBm 4: -94 dBm 5: -90 dBm 6: -86 dBm 7: -82 dBm 8: -78 dBm 9: -74 dBm 10: -70 dBm 11: -66 dBm 12: -62 dBm 13: -58 dBm 14: -54 dBm 15: -50 dBm

Mandatory rules -- Max value -50 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value -106 Coded Def 1 rules External Parameter used in dynamic allocation of secondary MasterPDCH algorithm. comment Internal comment --

Logical name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The most preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The second preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 HMI name PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The third preferred GPS positioning method. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Conventional GPS. Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD HMI name Allowed priority classes B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No (MFS) Cell Type No Definition This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Mandatory rules Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Max value 6 Coded Max 6 Recommended -- Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed comment Internal comment --

Logical name PTM_BVCI HMI name PTM BVCI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition PTM BVCI value. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PTP_BVCI HMI name BVCI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition PTP BVCI value. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access Displayed Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 2 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value # Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment The value is set by the MFS.


Logical name PVC_Level1_down HMI name Level 1 down B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PVC_Level1_Factor HMI name Level 1 Factor B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.01 Min value 0.05 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12.75 Coded Max 1275 Recommended amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC Def value 1 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name PVC_Level1_up HMI name Level 1 up B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit % Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 70 Coded Def 70 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name PWRC (MFS) HMI name PWRC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in Cell Type No case of frequency hopping channel. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency Min value 0 Coded Min 0 shall not be included Mandatory rules Equal to PWRC (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature


Logical name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN HMI name QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms of transmission resources) which is Cell Type No reserved for a streaming TBF (RT PFC) to correctly fulfill its AGBR contract and to possibly convey other Sub-syste MFS RMS No multiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this margin that is not used by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s). Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit % Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs may turn out to Def value 20 Coded Def 2 rules be impossible to guarantee in this case). External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Qsearch_P_PTM HMI name Qsearch_P_PTM B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS packet transfer mode depending whether the received level Cell Type No average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application 2G-3G Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC Min value -98 Coded Min 0 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells

Mandatory rules -- Max value -50 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value -50 Coded Def 15 rules External This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to “always search for 3G neighbour cells”) or above (-78 dBm to comment “never search for neighbour cells”) the threshold in GPRS packet transfer mode. This parameter is sent in Packet Measurement Order on PACCH. Internal comment -- The OMC shall not display on the OMC screen the value of –70 (resp. –50), but the corresponding text “always search for 3G neighbour cells” (resp. “never search for 3G neighbour cells”).

Logical name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS HMI name R_AVERAGE_EGPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bit/s Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Max value 59200 Coded Max 59200 Recommended R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Def value 30000 Coded Def 30000 rules MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). External This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this comment bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to MCS-6. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. Internal comment --


Logical name R_AVERAGE_GPRS HMI name R_AVERAGE_GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bit/s Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Max value 20000 Coded Max 20000 Recommended R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Def value 12000 Coded Def 12000 rules MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps). External This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this comment bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to CS-2. The max value corresponds to CS-4. Internal comment --

Logical name RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRIES HMI name RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRIES B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition Maximum number of repetition of Radio Access capability in case of no answer from SGSN at T5 expiry. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 48.018 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name RA_CODE (MFS) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Routing Area Code. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60) Min value -1 Coded Min -1 other values: external or unknown cell Mandatory rules - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) Max value 255 Coded Max 255 - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when Recommended they are PS capable -- rules Def value 0 Coded Def 0 External The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0.

Logical name RA_CODE(n) HMI name Routing Area Code for GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60); Min value -1 Coded Min -1 other values: external or unknown cell. The special value of “-1” means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0. Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the target cell Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules are equal to the RAC and LAC of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH established in the serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between the serving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set the RA_CODE to ‘-1’. Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the same routing area when setting the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages.

External The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell is different from the comment routing area of the target cell. Internal comment This parameter is used when there is a PBCCH in the serving cell.


Logical name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS HMI name RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when Cell Type No selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dB Coding rules step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 14 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) HMI name RACH/PRACH_TA_FILTER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit bper Coding rules 64: no filtering Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended Disable the filtering for extended cells. Def value 64 Coded Def 64 rules External One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to comment RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. Internal comment --


Logical name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) HMI name RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit Samfr Coding rules step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Min value 4 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Max value 64 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature

Logical name RAW_BITRATE_CS1 HMI name RAW_BITRATE_CS1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Raw bit rate corresponding to CS1, used for FC1 flow control algorithm in RLC (IP mode only). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 8 Coded Min 80 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8 Coded Max 80 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 80 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.



Logical name RAW_BITRATE_CS3 HMI name RAW_BITRATE_CS3 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Raw bit rate corresponding to CS3, used for FC1 flow control algorithm in RLC (IP mode only). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 14.4 Coded Min 144 Mandatory rules -- Max value 14.4 Coded Max 144 Recommended -- Def value 14.4 Coded Def 144 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.



Logical name RAW_BITRATE_MCS1 HMI name RAW_BITRATE_MCS1 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Raw bit rate corresponding to MCS1, used for FC1 flow control algorithm in RLC (IP mode only). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 8.8 Coded Min 88 Mandatory rules -- Max value 8.8 Coded Max 88 Recommended -- Def value 8.8 Coded Def 88 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name Resume_retries HMI name Resume_retries B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Resume message to the SGSN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1) Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES HMI name RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold in RLC to request IPGCH to send DL FC1 flow control message to PCC, in case of low level of Cell Type No the RLC buffer. It is expressed as a number of 20 msec periods. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1, coded on 1 byte. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.


Logical name RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_ HMI name RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_T B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No THRES HRES Cell Type No Definition Threshold in RLC to request IPGCH to send downlink FC1 flow control message to PCC, in case of important change of the expected throughput (through an increase or decrease of ther (M)CS and/or Sub-syste MFS RMS No number of allocated PDCHs) Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.Sent to the BTS.

Logical name RLC_TARGET_BUFFER HMI name RLC_TARGET_BUFFER B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Target filling level of the RLC buffer associated to each DL TBF. This parameter is used by the FC1 Cell Type No downlink flow control mechanism between RRM-PCC and RLC layers. Sub-syste MFS RMS No This parameter is expressed as a number of 20 msec periods. Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit block period Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended T_IPGCH_ACK_DL/20 < 30 - RLC_TARGET_BUFFER (linked to the max. value of 31 for the Buffer Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules Filling Level IEs on IPGCH interface). External Corresponds to number of time-periods (20 ms) worth of data. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name RMIN_EGPRS HMI name RMIN_EGPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less %, Cell Type No depending on tolerable risk) Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bit/s Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS Max value 59200 Coded Max 59200 Recommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be Def value 20800 Coded Def 20800 rules respected: RMIN_EGPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS, TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. External This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set appropriately comment with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 and MCS-5. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. Internal comment -- The default value corresponds to the minimum bitrate to accept a GBR 64Kb/s with the following conditions : MS multislot class = 4+1, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD =4


Logical name RMIN_GPRS HMI name RMIN_GPRS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level Cell Type No or less, depending on tolerable risk) Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit bit/s Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS Max value 20000 Coded Max 20000 Recommended If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be Def value 8000 Coded Def 8000 rules respected: RMIN_GPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_CS, TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort.

External This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set comment appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to CS-1. The max value corresponds to CS-4. Internal comment --


Logical name round_trip_delay HMI name Round trip delay MFS-MS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size=10 ms Min value 80 Coded Min 8 Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Max value 940 Coded Max 94 Recommended -- Def value 160 Coded Def 16 rules External The round-trip delay is used by the RRM, RLC and MAC layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whether or not GPRS traffic is comment carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows: - If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)] = 700 ms. Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers, the considered round trip delay is : output of L2GCH sublayer - MS input of L2GCH sublayer. It shall take into account Abis transmission delay. The round trip delay shall not take into account RRBP delay at (MAC) level. The setting the CST parameter T_ACK_WAIT has to take into account the value of round_trip_delay.

Logical name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) HMI name RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter allows to tune the time between two sendings of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication Cell Type No messages. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Not linked to a document OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is used by MFS in the defensive mechanism for radio resource management to increment internal variables.


Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) HMI name RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance adj Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit dBm Coding rules Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. Min value -110 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Max value -47 Coded Max 63 Recommended -- Def value -100 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name S HMI name S B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, Min value 12 Coded Min 0 0010,... ,1001 Mandatory rules -- Max value 217 Coded Max 9 Recommended When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set S so Def value 30 Coded Def 3 rules that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms. The number of slots belonging to the MS’s PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.

External -- comment Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.


Logical name S_BECN HMI name S_BECN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition IP address (on sub-network 1 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS Cell Type No server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded Min 0 RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated default: value corresponding to IP address 1.1.1.10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 16843018 Coded Def 16843018 rules External -- comment Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 1 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 1: 1.1.1.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 20

Logical name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 HMI name SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition IP address (on sub-network 2 in the MFS) of the external router used as gateway towards the GPS Cell Type No server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded Min 0 RuleTo convert the IP address into decimal: Each sub number of the IP addresse is coded on a byte (8 bits). then the 4 sub numbers are concatenated default: value corresponding to IP address 2.2.2.10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 33686026 Coded Def 33686026 rules External -- comment Internal comment Following addresses are already used within MFS sub-network 2 and can not set as IP address of the external router in sub-network 2: 2.2.2.x, with x = 1, 2, 30-31, 50-65, 150-165, 100, 200

Logical name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ADD HMI name SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ADD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No RESS RESS Cell Type No Definition Local IP address (within MFS sub-networks) of the GPS server. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 32 bits (IP v4). Min value 0 Coded Min *: default: value corresponding to IP address 10.1.1.1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2^32-1 Coded Max Recommended -- Def value * Coded Def rules External -- comment Internal comment The local IP address of the server must not belong to the addresses used within MFS sub-networks 1 and 2, i.e. it must be different from 1.1.1.x or 2.2.2.x.

Logical name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT HMI name SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer Cell Type No controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 second Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL HMI name SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer Cell Type No determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled by the value of Sub-syste MFS RMS No this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions specified by Instance MFS SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered. Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 second Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS HMI name SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This parameter Cell Type No controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before aborting the Sub-syste MFS RMS No connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB HMI name SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The TCP port number used for opening and closing of a SAGI TCP connection. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference SMLC / A-GPS Server Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 3007 Coded Def 3007 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR HMI name SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRT TBF, this factor enables to give a higher Cell Type No weight (PDCH capacity) to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher scheduling priority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to be established or reallocated. Sub-syste MFS RMS No This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with different scheduling priorities on the same PDCHs, Instance MFS which would degrade the throughput of the low-priority TBFs. Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, the higher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be, in order to avoid degrading the comment throughput of the low-priority TBFs in a significant manner (if it is possible according to the available PDCHs in the cell). Internal comment --

Logical name SGSN_IP_Address HMI name IP_Address B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the SGSN IP endpoint used for Gb over IP Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 OMC must display the value of each octet following the format:www.xxx.yyy.zzz default value is 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter


Logical name SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX HMI name SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of SGSN IP Endpoint per NSE. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 16 Coded Min 16 Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 16 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.

Logical name SGSN_UDP_Port HMI name Port_Number B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port number of the SGSN IP endpoint used for Gb over IP. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance SGSN-IPEndPoint Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1024 Coded Min 1024 Mandatory rules Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE. Max value 65535 Coded Max 65535 Recommended -- Def value 49152 Coded Def 49152 rules External Following IANA.org: “Registered Ports” are in the range 1024-49151 and “Dynamic and/or Private Ports” are those from 49152 through 65535 (ALU BSS comment ports are taken in the private range, however SGSN ports taken in the registered ports are accepted by the ALU BSS). Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter


Logical name SGSNR HMI name SGSNR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference System information management OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0 = SGSN is release '98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release '99 onwards Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. comment Internal comment --

Logical name SIG_BVCI HMI name SIG BVCI B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signalling BVCI value. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP Layer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 0 Coded Max 0 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name SIGNALLING_PRIORITY HMI name SIGNALLING_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined “Signalling” PFC. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The priority set for signalling should always be higher than for data traffic Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External Signalling is, by default, handled as top priority. The default value of the parametercorresponds to the highest priority. comment Internal comment --

Logical name SMS_PRIORITY HMI name SMS_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined “SMS” PFC. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name SNS_CONFIG_RETRIES HMI name SNS_CONFIG_RETRIES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of retry for the SNS-Config message. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter

Logical name SNS_SIZE_RETRIES HMI name SNS_SIZE_RETRIES B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of retry for the SNS-Size message. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter


Logical name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) HMI name SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This flag indicates the support of split pg cycle on CCCH by the network. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: split pg cycle on CCCH not supported in the cell Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1: split pg cycle on CCCH supported in the cell Mandatory rules Equal to SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) Max value 1 Coded Max 1 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name STREAMING_PRIORITY HMI name STREAMING_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the relative priority used for the “Streaming” PFC Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Suspend_retries HMI name Suspend_retries B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum number of retries to send a Suspend message to the SGSN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_ACK_WAIT HMI name T_ACK_WAIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL Cell Type No TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM Sub-syste MFS RMS No and non-DRX mode, or on main DCCH when the MS is in dedicated mode. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 1.2 Coded Def 12 rules through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS. - T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. External -- comment Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH As T_ACK_WAIT is not shown to the operator, the OMC is not able to verify the following rules. Despite of this fact, these rules (expressed in ms) are essential and shall be verified when setting the default values: 1. T_ACK_WAIT > T3168 + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 2. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL two-phase access and UL access on concurrent DL TBF) 3. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PAGCH + round_trip_delay + MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 + 60 (for UL one-phase access on PCCCH) 4. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on PCCCH in non-DRX mode) 5. T_ACK_WAIT > T_queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay + 120 (for DL TBF establishment on concurrent UL TBF or for fast DL TBF re-establishment). The following parameters are used in the above formulae: - T_queuing_PACCH: maximum queuing time expected on PACCH (~200 msec) - T_queuing_PAGCH: maximum queuing time expected on PAGCH (<200 msec) - T_queuing_PPCH_non_DRX: maximum queuing time expected on PPCH in non-DRX mode (<200 msec)

Logical name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH HMI name T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network sollicitation Cell Type No sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 2.5 Coded Def 25 rules through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. External -- comment Internal comment T_ACK_WAIT <= T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH

Logical name T_AVG_T (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_T B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Max value 25 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_AVG_W (MFS) HMI name T_AVG_W B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules binary coded on 5 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Max value 25 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_BA_CHANGE HMI name T_BA_CHANGE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which no NC cell reselection can be triggered further to a change of the BCCH allocation. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1s Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 40 Coded Def 40 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT HMI name T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Period with which a given BTS reports its CPU load to RRM Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0,1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - The highest the T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT value, the longest the phases during which RRM blocks some TBF traffic on the TRXs will be in case of high BTS CPU load. In particular, those phases (during which some TBF traffic is blocked by RRM) can happen after a BTS CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) has occurred (cf. The BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR parameter to tune the likelihood for a BTS CPU load peak to be notified to RRM). - the lowest the T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT value, the highest the PMU-PTU interface load.


Logical name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC HMI name T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate Cell Type No MSs (triggers T3 and T4). Sub-syste MFS RMS No In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer : - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 TBF reallocation attempts are performed, Instance MFS - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 reallocations are performed, - up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 TBF reallocation attempts are performed - up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 T3 reallocations are performed.

Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20 Coded Max 20 Recommended T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. External This parameter, together with the parameters N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3, N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 and comment N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4, allows to : - to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 TBF reallocations, - and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 and T4 TBF reallocation attempts (the lowest the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the highest the generated CPU load). Internal comment --


Logical name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE HMI name T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timeout value for RLC mode modification procedure on downlink path when DL LLC PDUs with different Cell Type No RLC (acknowledged and unacknowledged) are simultaneously received by the MFS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size : 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External A value of 0 is required in order to guarantee no de-sequencing of LLC PDUs within the same LLC SAPI. A value different from 0 will lead to possible comment de-sequencing at LLC level; however, the SNDCP layer within the MS should de-multiplex the data flows operating in different RLC modes towards different NSAPIs. It should therefore not impact the behaviour of layers above RLC/MAC when the value is different from 0; it is however recommended in order to minimise the risks. Internal comment --

Logical name T_CONFIG_TBF HMI name T_CONFIG_TBF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision timer for TBF context configuration in a TRX Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 200 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules -- Max value 400 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 280 Coded Def 14 rules External -- comment Internal comment This value of timer shall be used when the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links. When the traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, RLC shall add 420 ms to this value of timer.


Logical name T_delay_gch HMI name T_delay_gch B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Delay for GCH re-establishment after a GCH establishment failure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment Gives the delay between 2 GCH establishment attempts.


Logical name T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT HMI name T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time to delay the specific paging procedure when the MS didn’t answer to any Packet DL Assignment Cell Type No message Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 5.5 Coded Def 55 rules External -- comment Internal comment Let’s define : A = (T_ul_assign_ccch or T_dl_assign_ccch, depending on the Air channel, AGCH or PCH, used to send the Immediate Assignment message) * (Max_retrans_DL+1). The T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT value should be configured to last, at least, the time up to the T3190 expiry on the MS side plus an additional margin (around 2.5sec according to the MS Paging Group) to give the time to the MS to switch on the CCCH and receive the Paging Request message, Illustration with T3190n = 5sec and T_dl_assign_ccch = 1.4sec : Ex1 : Max_retrans_DL = 2 A=(2+1)*1.4=4.2sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 5-4.2+2.5>=3.3 Ex2 : Max_retrans_DL = 3 A=(3+1)*1.4=5.6sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 0+2.5>=4.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 4 A=(4+1)*1.4=7.0sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-1.4)+2.5>=7.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 5 A=(5+1)*1.4=8.4sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-2.8)+2.5>=4.7 The default value 5.5 sec is an average value.

Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer controls the polling period on the downlink when a TBF is in delayed release mode. When NC2 is Cell Type No activated for an MS, the actual polling period depends also on NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20msec Min value 60 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 10 rules External It controls the occurrence of polling requests sent to a Mobile Station, the downlink TBF of which is in delayed release mode. Its value shall ensure that the comment Mobile Station is granted PACCH/U often enough to be able to request establishment of an uplink TBF, without loading too much the uplink PDCH. Queuing time on the PDCH to send the polling request (contained in an RLC data block filled with LLC Dummy UI Commands) shall also be considered.

Internal comment The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL >= T_MIN_POLL.

Logical name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL HMI name T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time that the MFS shall wait before sending the first RLC data block containing only LLC Dummy UI Cell Type No command(s) after the last DL RLC data block has been sent, that contains useful data. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 60 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1000 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 3 rules External Because the last DL RLC data block is now sent with a polling request preferably 60 msec after the MS has received it, the MS may not have the time in 60 comment msec to get the response from the upper layers. Then the MS will not include a channel request description for requesting uplink TBF establishment. Now, if the DL TBF enters delayed release state, the next time the MS will have an opportunity for requesting such an uplink TBF establishment will be after T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL. Because that time is quite long (200 msec by default), a specific timer is introduced for the first polling request.

Internal comment The Min value of 60 ms is needed to ensure that T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL >= T_MIN_POLL.


Logical name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL HMI name T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer defines the period of sending 'Dummy UI commands' in the delayed DL TBF release state, when Cell Type No there is an on-going UL TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1s Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN HMI name T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack Cell Type No message when releasing an UL TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2000 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 400 Coded Def 4 rules External The feature “delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack” can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the comment feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS. Internal comment Coded value ‘0’ is used in the MFS during the migration phase until completion of BSS radio re-synchronisation step. The feature “delayed final Packet UL Ack/Nack” is therefore inhibited during this period; this behaviour is acceptable considering that it only leads to a degradation of QoS during this period.


Logical name T_dl_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_PCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on PCH aimed at establishing a downlink Cell Type No TBF. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size : 0.1sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules T_GPRS_assign_pch parameters is computed by the OMC as follows: Max value 4.7 Coded Max 47 Recommended BS_PA_MFRMS / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_pch (ms) if -- rules round_trip_delay >= 500 ms 2/1200/1600 3/1200/1600 4/1200/1600 5/1400/2000 6/1600/2200 7/2000/2600 8/2200/2800 9/2400/3000

Def value 1.4 Coded Def 14 External -- comment Internal comment The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1). As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_pch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_pch / (Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms. In order not to unnecessary load the PCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PDA = T_GPRS_assign_pch. The T_GPRS_assign_PCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user.

Logical name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 60 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3000 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport HMI name T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 60 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3000 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 400 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT HMI name T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Period with which a given DSP reports its CPU load to RRM Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0,1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment - The highest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the longest the phases during which RRM blocks some TBF traffic (on the TRXs mapped onto the concerned DSP) will be in case of high DSP CPU load. In particular, those phases (during which some TBF traffic is blocked by RRM) can happen after a DSP CPU load peak (i.e. a load increase followed by a load decrease in a short period of time) has occurred (cf. The DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR parameter to tune the likelihood for a DSP CPU load peak to be notified to RRM). - the lowest the T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT value, the highest the PMU-PTU interface load.

Logical name T_DTM_ASSIGN HMI name T_DTM_ASSIGN B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer monitoring the establishment of an UL or a DL TBF on main DCCH for Dual Transfer Mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5100 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 260 Coded Def 13 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_FAST_POL HMI name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_FAST_POL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Scheduling period for an uplink TBF which is in extended TBF mode and in fast scheduling conditions. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 msec Min value 20 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 480 Coded Max 24 Recommended T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_FAST_POL should be set to a value strictly inferior to Def value 20 Coded Def 1 rules T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL so as to take benefit from the fast scheduling mode. External This parameter is relevant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF and EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED are both enabled. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL HMI name T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Scheduling period for an uplink TBF which is in extended TBF mode in normal scheduling conditions (i.e. Cell Type No not in fast scheduling conditions). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RRM sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 msec Min value 120 Coded Min 6 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 10 rules External This parameter is significant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. comment If EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED is enabled, T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_FAST_POL should be set to a value strictly inferior to T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL so as to take benefit from the fast scheduling mode. Internal comment --


Logical name T_FAST_DL_margin HMI name T_FAST_DL_margin B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value defining two times the transmission delay between RRM sub-layer (PPC) and GCH layer (DSP). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit ms Coding rules step size: 5ms Min value 25 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 20 Recommended -- Def value 50 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment ONLY used in the construction of other timers.

Logical name T_flow_ctrl_cell HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_CELL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment T_flow_Ctr_cell >= C, defined in GSM 08.18. T_Mobil requires :"C configurable in a range 1-10 secondes, with step size 1 second"


Logical name T_flow_ctrl_ms HMI name T_FLOW_CTRL_MS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS and EGPRS Cell Type No Mobile Stations. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 250 Coded Max 250 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External 1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to “0”, then the MS flow control mechanism is inhibited; comment 2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. Internal comment If T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. According to a T_Mobile Requirement, the range of Th is 5 - 250 seconds with a step size of 1s.


Logical name T_GCH_INACTIVITY HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition - For Non Evolium BTS : Cell Type No Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic. Sub-syste MFS RMS No - For Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX (the condition for some Instance BSS GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs established on that TRX were released). Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers. External The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: comment - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite. Internal comment - Non-Evolium BTS : Ater blocking may happen because of some PDCHs being inactive but established for one cell and some Ater resources are needed in another cell which has free radio timeslots. High values have no added-value thanks to the immediate uplink TBF establishment feature, which establishes the first uplink TBF of an MS on the available PDCHs and requests more PDCHs in parallel to the BSC. However, a sufficiently high value is needed to ensure that PDCHs are kept after establishment long enough for the DL TBF to be allocated / reallocated on them (allocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS after the establishment of the PDCHs requested at UL TBF establishment time; reallocation happens if the first DL LLC PDU reaches the MFS before the establishment of the PDCHs ... in that case, the DL TBF is established immediately with a sub-optimal allocation so that it becomes candidate for T3 and can benefit from the PDCHs when they are established). Higher values may only be useful in case there is a lot of network initiated packet transfers, although great care should be brought to the Ater congestion. - Evolium BTS : A high value of T_GCH_INACTIVITY will block Ater nibbles for "unused" GCHs for a long time, which may induce Ater congestion situations (even if the intra-cell and inter-cell GCH redistributions will tend to limit the effects of an Ater congestion). When an UL TBF is established, as no GCH is established by anticipation for the subsequent concurrent DL TBF, the T_GCH_INACTIVITY value is not important (that is a difference with the non-Evolium BTS case). Thanks to the M-EGCH Statistical Multiplexing feature, it will be possible to establish the subsequent concurrent DL TBF with all the timeslots allowed by its multislot class, and the DL TBF will use the GCHs of the M-EGCH link previously established for the UL TBF.

Logical name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST HMI name T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition - Evolium BTS : Cell Type No Timer to postpone the release of the last N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in a cell, when m Sub-syste MFS template RMS No the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping some GCHs established will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell (e.g. WAP, WEB). Instance BSS - Non Evolium BTS : Timer to postpone the release of the last established slave PDCH of a cell, when it does not support GPRS traffic anymore. There is no more GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping a PDCH established will be useful in case of GPRS traffic resumption in the cell.

Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 200 Recommended If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers. External That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is disabled. comment The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links. This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a Web browsing session. Internal comment --

Logical name T_GSL_ACK (MFS) HMI name T_GSL_ACK_MFS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of MFS acknowledgements on BSCGP. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - BSCGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External The actual default value depends on the maximum number of GPUs that can be connected to one BSC:T_GSL_ACK = 1 second x MAX_GPU_PER_BSC. comment Internal comment The actual default value (see external comment) is calculated by GOM (MFS control station) before being downloaded to a GPU.

Logical name T_INITIAL_PDCH HMI name T_INITIAL_PDCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Repeat timer for the fast initial PS access feature (for Non evolium BTSs). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External The timer is significant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is enabled. It is not used in Evolium BTSs. comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_IPGCH_ACK_DL HMI name T_IPGCH_ACK_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling in the BTS the sending of acknowledgements on IPGCH interface (sending of “DL Cell Type No acknowledgement” messages from the BTS to the MFS). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 20 Min value 40 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 10 Recommended 6 x IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_DL => Def value 120 Coded Def 6 rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each TRE at BTS side). T_IPGCH_ACK_DL/20 < 30 - RLC_TARGET_BUFFER (linked to the max. value of 31 for the Buffer Filling Level IEs on IPGCH interface). External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Sent to the BTS via IPGCH.

Logical name T_IPGCH_ACK_UL HMI name T_IPGCH_ACK_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling in the MFS the sending of acknowledgements on IPGCH interface (sending of “UL Cell Type No acknowledgement” messages from the MFS to the BTS). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Step size = 50 Min value 50 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 200 Coded Max 3 Recommended 6 x IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_RATE x T_IPGCH_ACK_UL => Def value 100 Coded Def 1 rules IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL (because there are 6 IPGCH polling request contexts for each PTU at MFS side). External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT HMI name T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer after which the IPGCH connection is released in case of IPGCHU BE/GBR sending window “blocked” Cell Type No for a long time. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT: this Max value 60 Coded Max 60 ensures that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level. Recommended In IP mode: PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER < T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT, because T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT offers a -- rules defense at a higher level (IPGCH flow level) than PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER (TBF level).

Def value 10 Coded Def 10 External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. This time is used to monitor the case where the oldest IPGCHU segment waiting to be acknowledged in the BE or GBR sending window has not changed for a long time.

Logical name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the Cell Type No target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_LCS_Low_Delay HMI name T_LCS_Low_Delay B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the Cell Type No target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Max value 180 Coded Max 1800 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) HMI name T_LCS_RESTART_MFS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition MFS timer to guard the response from the BSC in case of LCS Restart procedure (i.e. initialisation Cell Type No procedure). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 25 Coded Max 25 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL HMI name T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Max value 4000 Coded Max 40 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 2000 Coded Def 20 rules through Abis or Ater satellite links: - between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO HMI name T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer per PDCH used to monitor the maximum time between the sending of two DL blocks which could be Cell Type No decoded by all the active mobiles having their PACCH supported on the PDCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 300 Coded Min 15 Mandatory rules -- Max value 340 Coded Max 17 Recommended -- Def value 320 Coded Def 16 rules External -- comment Internal comment The timer is started for a PDCH supporting the PACCH of at least one enabled DL or UL TBF, or an extended UL TBF. At the timer expiry, MAC is forced to send a DL block in a (M)CS that could be decoded by all the MS allocated on this PDCH.


Logical name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING HMI name T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block requests for a Cell Type No NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 0.12 Coded Min 6 Mandatory rules -- Max value 0.3 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 0.3 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment Within PTU SW, some limits are hardcoded corresponding to the maximum numbers of DL or UL (E)GPRS TBF resources which can be possibly reached per Slave PDCH (taking into account TBF allocations and a margin for TBF reallocations). Those hardcoded values are set to 16 in DL and 7 in UL (cf. MAC specification) and are compatible with a max value of 300ms for the T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING parameter.

Logical name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL HMI name T_MAX_RETRANS_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Duration between two retries of DL TBF establishment. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING HMI name T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above which we may consider the BSS failed to Cell Type No provide the GBR Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 8 Coded Min 8 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_MIN_POLL HMI name T_MIN_POLL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum time between two consecutive polling requests. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance DSP Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size: 20 ms Min value 60 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment The instance of the parameter has been changed from MFS to DSP to simplify the implementation: however the parameter shall have the same value for all DSP of an MFS.


Logical name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTE HMI name T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTEN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No NCE CE Cell Type No Definition This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5000 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 1000 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment All DL PDU’s received for that MS while the timer is running are rerouted to the new cell if it is known. It also avoids trying to reestablish a DL TBF for a MS that has just moved to a neighbour cell if data still arrive after the FLUSH.

Logical name T_MS_Context_Lifetime HMI name T_MS_Context_Lifetime B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer defines the maximum time during which an MS context is kept in the MFS for a Mobile Station in Cell Type No Packet Idle Mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules 0: the MS context is not maintained; Min value 0 Coded Min 0 1..9999: the MS context is maintained 1..9999 seconds Mandatory rules -- Max value 9999 Coded Max 9999 Recommended -- Def value 120 Coded Def 120 rules External -- comment Internal comment The MS context is kept during max(DRX_TIMER_MAX, T_MS_Context_Lifetime)

Logical name T_NC_PING_PONG HMI name T_NC_PING_PONG B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20000 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 5000 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_NC_REJ_CELL HMI name T_NC_REJ_CELL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell reselection Cell Type No failure on that cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 20000 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 5000 Coded Def 50 rules External - comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID HMI name T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used to control the validity of the NC RXQUAL averages at the beginning of a TBF. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size: 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 12.7 Coded Max 127 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment In the downlink direction, the timer is started on receipt of the first Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message of the DL TBF. While the timer is running, NC cell reselection Cause PT3 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT3 can be triggered. In the uplink direction, the timer is started upon receipt of the first correctly decoded UL data block. While the timer is running, NC cell reselection Cause PT4 cannot be triggered. At the expiry of the timer, Cause PT4 can be triggered.

Logical name T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING HMI name T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Period of the cell load evaluation for the NC2 cell ranking process Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME HMI name T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size: 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5000 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 1600 Coded Def 16 rules External 1) The response time corresponds to T1 – T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time at which the comment response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download. 2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer TBF releases will be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up. Internal comment This parameter can also be used for the extended UL TBF mode feature in a future release.


Logical name T_One_Block HMI name T_ul_2_ph_access B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition - For Non Evolium BTS : Cell Type No Timer to postpone the release of one slave PDCH, when it does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one Sub-syste MFS RMS No uplink block has been allocated on it to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment. - For Evolium BTS : Instance MFS Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, when the TRX does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment on one of the RTSs of the TRX Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 3 Coded Min 3 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. External -- comment Internal comment 3 sec is not recommended, because the implemented timer may end before. T_one_block >= max of T_UL_ASSIGN_CCCH + 1/2 max of round_trip_delay


Logical name T_PAG_CS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_CS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It Cell Type No includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment round trip delay between MSC and BTS

Logical name T_PAG_PS (MFS) HMI name T_PAG_PS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It Cell Type No includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) Max value 25.5 Coded Max 255 Recommended T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment round trip delay between SGSN and BTS


Logical name T_PAGING_EXT HMI name T_PAGING_EXT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum time between two specific paging request in an extended cell. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 0.1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 2.5 Coded Def 25 rules External -- comment Internal comment Let’s define : A = (T_ul_assign_ccch or T_dl_assign_ccch, depending on the Air channel, AGCH or PCH, used to send the Immediate Assignment message) * (Max_retrans_DL+1). The T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT value should be configured to last, at least, the time up to the T3190 expiry on the MS side plus an additional margin (around 2.5sec according to the MS Paging Group) to give the time to the MS to switch on the CCCH and receive the Paging Request message, Illustration with T3190n = 5sec and T_dl_assign_ccch = 1.4sec : Ex1 : Max_retrans_DL = 2 A=(2+1)*1.4=4.2sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 5-4.2+2.5>=3.3 Ex2 : Max_retrans_DL = 3 A=(3+1)*1.4=5.6sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= 0+2.5>=4.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 4 A=(4+1)*1.4=7.0sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-1.4)+2.5>=7.1 Ex3 : Max_retrans_DL = 5 A=(5+1)*1.4=8.4sec, then T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT >= (5-2.8)+2.5>=4.7 The default value 5.5 sec is an average value.

Logical name T_PAGING_REORG HMI name T_PAGING_REORG B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Duration of the paging reorganization procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK HMI name T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Serving Cell Data or PSI messages for Packet (P)SI Cell Type No Status feature. It is started at reception of Packet PSI Status / Packet SI Status message, and stopped Sub-syste MFS RMS No when all PSCDs / PSIs have been sent to the mobile (as indicated by RLC layer to RRM layer). Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 10 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 0.84 Coded Def 84 rules External Two timers are used on MS side. The first one equals 1 sec (for first sending of Packet (P)SI Status), the second one equals 2 sec (for subsequent sending comment of Packet (P)SI Status). The timer on network side will be set to 1 sec - RTD = 840 msec Internal comment --


Logical name T_PSI_PACCH HMI name T_PSI_PACCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Scheduling period of PSI1, PSI13 or PSI14 on PACCH. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size =1sec, Min value 0 Coded Min 0 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, … 11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 14 Coded Def 14 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD HMI name T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting request. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 50 ms Min value 50 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2000 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment This timer prevents system lock in case of loss of the request or the response on the Ethernet bus or loss of the FLUSH-LL on Gb . It must be chosen large enough to cover a Round trip time to the SGSN on Gb.

Logical name T_RESEL HMI name T_RESEL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to Cell Type No reselect the previous cell. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = Min value 5 Coded Min 0 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 7 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for MPDCH feature. MSs only apply this timer if another cell is available.

Logical name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant HMI name T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Cell Type No Delay Tolerant Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant Max value 300 Coded Max 300 T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended -- Coded Def 9 rules Def value 9 Coded Def 9 External The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_RRLP_Low_Delay HMI name T_RRLP_Low_Delay B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Low Cell Type No Delay Location Request. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application LCS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay Max value 120 Coded Max 1200 T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Recommended -- Coded Def 20 rules Def value 2 Coded Def 20 External The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_LCS=1. comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_SAGI_GUARD HMI name T_SAGI_GUARD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application LCS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference LCS Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External The timer is meaningful in the MFS when EN_SAGI=1. comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) HMI name T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer monitoring the reception of BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication (periodic or not) on MFS side. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 sec Min value 2 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules shall be at least equal to T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) x 2 Max value 200 Coded Max 200 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_STOP_FR_EMISSION HMI name T stop frame relay emission B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance PVC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access Set by Create Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 1 ms Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Max value 5000 Coded Max 5000 Recommended -- Def value 100 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_TBF_ACTIV HMI name T_TBF_ACTIV B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Waiting time during which RLC layer is waiting for the first downlink LLC PDU. This timer is started on TBF Cell Type No activation in RLC layer. It is stopped on receipt of the first LLC PDU from RRM layer. On its expiry, the Sub-syste MFS RMS No relevant TBF is released. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 0.5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_TBF_BCK_REL HMI name T_TBF_BCK_REL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Guard timer against blocking situations where a RLC/MAC control block is expected from the MS. Cell Type No Triggering condition: Sub-syste MFS RMS No End of UL TBF (an expected Packet Control Ack is not received), End of DL TBF (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with FINAL indicator set to 1 is not received for Instance MFS acknowledged mode and Packet Control Acknowledgement for unacknowledged mode), Tx window of DL TBF stalled (an expected Packet Downlink Ack/Nack is not received). Reseting condition: Receipt of a RLC/MAC control block. Action on expiry; Release of a TBF

Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=0.1 sec Min value 1.5 Coded Min 15 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment The value of T-TBF-BCK-REL should be set accordingly to the round trip delay and the counters N3105 as followed: T-TBF-BCK-REL = N3105*round_trip_delay + "margin of 250ms"

Logical name T_ul_access_max HMI name T_ul_access_max B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5000 Coded Max 100 Recommended The two following rules are recommended: Def value 1400 Coded Def 28 rules i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested towards the BSC. ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms – Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ul_access_max = 1900 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.

External -- comment Internal comment For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.


Logical name T_ul_assign_ccch HMI name T_GPRS_assign_AGCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum emission duration of an Immediate Assignment message on AGCH aimed at establishing an uplink Cell Type No or a downlink TBF (when the mobile station is non-DRX mode), or at allocating one uplink block. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Virtual changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameters is computed by the OMC as indicated in the table below: Max value 2.5 Coded Max 25 Recommended AG_PREMPT_PCH / BCCH_EXT / CCCH_CONF / BS_AG_BLKS_RES / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if -- rules round_trip_delay < 500 ms / T_GPRS_assign_agch (ms) if round_trip_delay >= 500 ms / Comments Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/1/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/4/800/1400/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Disabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Disabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/1/2000/2500/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/2/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/3/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/4/1000/1600/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/5/800/1400/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ Disabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Disabled/True/CCCH combined/1/2000/2500/ Disabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/0/600/1200/ Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/ Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/Not allowed

m template

Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/Not allowed Enabled/False/CCCH combined/0/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Enabled/False/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/0/x/x/Not allowed Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/1/600/1200/ Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/2/600/1200/ Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/3/600/1200/ Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8 Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/4/600/1200/ External Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/5/600/1200/ -- Internal commentcomment Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/6/600/1200/ The retransmission period of the Packet DL Assignment messages on PACCH is computed by the MFS as follows: Enabled/True/one or two CCCH not combined/7/600/1200/ Enabled/True/CCCH combined/0/x/x/Not allowed T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1) Enabled/True/CCCH combined/1/1000/1600/ Enabled/True/CCCH combined/2/1000/1600/ A period lower than the round trip delay plus the RRBP duration may lead to the sending of two Packet DL Assignment messages although the first assignment is correctly acknowledged by the MS. This behaviour has no consequence, the DL TBF begins after the reception of the first Packet Control Ack messages. As the timer accuracy in the MFS is 50 ms, it is recommended to set T_GPRS_assign_agch so that the period of retransmission of the Packet Downlink Assignment messages on PACCH, i.e. T_GPRS_assign_agch / (Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans + 1), is a multiple of 50 ms. In order not to unnecessary load the AGCH queue, it is recommended to set T_PUA = T_GPRS_assign_agch. The T_GPRS_assign_AGCH parameter is not displayed to the O&M user. The T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter is computed automatically by the OMC as a function of the AG_PREEMPT_TCH, BCCH_EXT, CCCH_CONF and BS_AG_BLKS_RES parameters. In addition, in an OMC, the T_GPRS_assign_agch_parameter is displayed to the O&M user after the OMC computation.

More details on the setting of T_GPRS_assign_agch parameter can be found in the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0342.2001.


Logical name T_ul_assign_pccch HMI name T_ul_assign_PCCCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and one uplink radio Cell Type No block allocated to the MS. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 0.7 Coded Max 7 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 0.4 Coded Def 4 rules through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. External -- comment Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell. The following rule that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: t_ul_assign_pccch + round_trip_delay/2 + 6*20ms < T_ACK_WAIT.


Logical name T_UL_CONGESTION HMI name T_UL_CONGESTION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer giving the periodicity of PDCH release in all cells of the BSS, in the UL congestion process. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 300 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External Used only when EN_UL_CONGESTION is enabled comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_UL_RLS_EUTM HMI name T_UL_RLS_EUTM B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Waiting time between two successive polling request sent to a MS for an UL TBF in EUTM mode when Cell Type No EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20ms Min value 100 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 100 Coded Def 5 rules External RLS = Radio Link Supervision comment Internal comment --


Logical name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH HMI name T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time to elapse between the transmission of the Immediate assignment message by the MFS and the Cell Type No scheduling of the first USF for a UL TBF establishment on CCCH. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 50ms. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 If T_USF_Scheduling = 0, then the USF are scheduled by the MFS immediately after sending the Immediate assignment message. Mandatory rules -- Max value 300 Coded Max 6 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment Too high value: useless delay of UL TBF establishment, when performed on CCCH, Too low value: a few USF will be scheduled when the MS is not yet capable to use them.

Logical name T_WAIT_CS_PROC HMI name T_WAIT_CS_PROC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling on MFS side the repetition of BSCGP DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND / BSCGP PACKET Cell Type No NOTIFICATION / BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL after reception of BSCGP DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE Sub-syste MFS RMS No (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") / PACKET NOTIFICATION ACK (cause "BSC is in handover or assignment procedure") / BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL ACK (cause "BSC is in handover Instance MFS or assignment procedure"). Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 0.1 sec Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 300 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_WAIT_DTM HMI name T_WAIT_DTM B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer supervising in the MFS the response of the BSC following a BSCGP Packet Notification (containing a Cell Type No PS paging) in dedicated mode, or a BSCGP GPRS INFORMATION DL (also in dedicated mode). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 4 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL HMI name T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition This timer defines the time that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication Cell Type No message indicating that the TCH resource allocated to a DTM capable MS is being released at the BSC Sub-syste MFS RMS No side, the MFS shall wait before releasing the TCH resource in its turn. Instance MFS Rec Application GSM Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference DTM Functional specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms, coded from 0 to 50 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5000 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 1000 Coded Def 10 rules External The value “0” indicates that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message, the MFS shall release immediately the related TCH comment resource Internal comment This timer is used to avoid the misalignment between BSC and MFS (i.e. a TCH resource release is still on going at the BSC side, whereas the MFS considers that the TCH resource release has already been finished by the BSC). Upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message indicating that the TCH resource allocated to a DTM capable MS is being released at the BSC side, the MFS shall wait T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL seconds before releasing the TCH resource in his turn.

Logical name T_WAIT_FLUSH HMI name T_WAIT_FLUSH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspend message further to the release of the Cell Type No on-going TBF(s) Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 08.18 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size : 0.5 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; …. 15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 31 Recommended The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the time for the MS Def value 10 Coded Def 19 rules to switch back to the old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message. External -- comment Internal comment The timer shall cover the time needed to receive a FLUSH message from SGSN from the point in time the MS switchs in a new cell.

Logical name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN HMI name T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time margin used in the computation of the T_WAIT_PMR timer. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 05.08 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External - comment Internal comment --


Logical name T200_GSL (MFS) HMI name T200_GSL (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 2 Recommended T_GSL_Ack (MFS) > T200_GSL (MFS) * (1 + N200_GSL (MFS)) Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T200_GSL(MFS) = 1 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - T200_GSL(MFS) = 2 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS.

External -- comment Internal comment The recommended value of 2 in case of satellite workaround a MFS bug which prevent to use the full K_GSL(MFS) window size at LAPD level.

Logical name T203_GSL (MFS) HMI name T203_GSL (MFS) B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Link supervision timer on the GSL link. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BSC interface - GSL stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 10 Coded Min 10 Mandatory rules Equal to T203_GSL (BSC) Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3148n (MFS) HMI name T3148n (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer controlling on MFS side the uplink DTM assignment. It is started at reception of BSCGP DTM Request, Cell Type No and stopped when sending BSCGP DTM Assignment Command or BSCGP DTM Reject to BSC. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference DTM Functional specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 100 msec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules shall be equal to T3148n (BSC) Max value 4 Coded Max 40 Recommended -- Def value 3.8 Coded Def 38 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3166n HMI name T3166n B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum time a MS is waiting for a Packet UplinkAck/Nack with TLLI for contention resolution. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3168 (MFS) HMI name T3168 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Cell Type No Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Sub-syste MFS RMS No Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: Min value 1 Coded Min 1 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Mandatory rules Equal to T3168 (BSC) Max value 4 Coded Max 7 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules through Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links. External The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the comment possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS. Internal comment The following rules that cannot be checked by the OMC must be fulfilled nevertheless: 1. T3168 < T_ACK_WAIT - MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH*20 - 60 (ms) 2. T3168 > T_MFS_Processing + T_Queuing_PACCH + round_trip_delay. T_MFS_Processing corresponds to the processing time that can be expected at worse in the MFS for answering an uplink TBF request. Because the MFS may have to request additional PDCHs to the BSC (which can take about 400 msec), a value of 500 msec should be considered for this parameter. T_Queuing_PACCH corresponds to the maximum queuing time expected on PACCH and a value of about 200 msec should be considered. Note that the chosen default values shall ensure that those rules are met.


Logical name T3169 HMI name T3169 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used in the procedure “UL TBF abnormal release” : when the UL TBF is cut due to the radio link Cell Type No quality or loss of the MS, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3169. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T3169 = T3180 Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3180 HMI name T3180 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer is used on the mobile station side to define when to stop waiting for the USF determining the Cell Type No assigned portion of the uplink channel after the pervious RLC/MAC block is sent. In multislot operation, it is Sub-syste MFS RMS No enough that the assigned USF is noted on one of the uplink PDCHs. If expired, the mobile station repeats the procedure for random access. This timer does not apply to fixed allocation transfers Instance MFS

Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=0.1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules T3169 = T3180 Max value 15 Coded Max 150 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 50 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3182n HMI name T3182n B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used in the procedure “UL TBF abnormal release” : when the UL TBF is cut due to continuous MS Cell Type No stalled TBF, the TFI, USF(s) and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3182n. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3190n HMI name T3190n B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used in the procedure “DL TBF abnormal release” : when the DL TBF is cut due to the radio link Cell Type No quality or loss of the MS, the TFI and TAI cannot be reallocated during T3190n. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=1sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3191 HMI name T3191 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer used in the procedure “DL TBF abnormal release” : the timer is used on the network side to define Cell Type No when the current assignment is surely invalid on the MS side so that the TFI and TAI can be reused. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name T3192 (MFS) HMI name T3192 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules Coded on 3 bits as follows: Min value 200 Coded Min 7 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Mandatory rules Equal to T3192 (BSC) Max value 1500 Coded Max 2 T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec Recommended T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) Coded Def 0 rules It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 500 Coded Def 0 through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)

External The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: comment 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec Internal comment Broadcast in PSI

Logical name T3208n HMI name T3208n B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer guarding on network side the sending of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages for NACC feature. It Cell Type No is started at reception of Packet Cell Change Notification message, and stopped when all PNCDs have Sub-syste MFS RMS No been sent to the mobile (as indicated by RLC layer to RRM layer). Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 10 ms Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 1 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 0.8 Coded Def 80 rules External This timer corresponds to T3208 on MS side. T3208n = T3208 - RTD = 960 ms - 160 ms comment Internal comment --

Logical name T3212 (MFS) HMI name T3212 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit 6 mn Coding rules 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules Equal to T3212 (BSC) Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 30 Coded Def 30 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH

Logical name T391 HMI name T391 B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, §A.7). Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec ITU Q.933, Annex A Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Subnetwork service sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE HMI name T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer to supervise the reception of the MS’s current Radio Access capability from the SGSN on Gb. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 48.018 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - BSSGP layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name TBF_CS_DL HMI name TBF_CS_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which Cell Type No the Coding Scheme of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to CS-1. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 8 Coded Def 8 rules External If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive comment packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_CS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of RLC data blocks after which the CS adaption decision may be made, in GPRS. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 256 Coded Max 256 Recommended -- Def value 20 Coded Def 20 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter replaces TBF_CS_PERIOD1.


Logical name TBF_CS_UL HMI name TBF_CS_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data Cell Type No block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. Sub-syste MFS RMS No For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 64 Coded Max 64 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number Cell Type No of DL RLC data blocks. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 512 Coded Max 512 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD HMI name TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number Cell Type No of DL RLC data blocks. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 512 Coded Max 512 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_CS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (i.e. at Cell Type No TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the downlink coding Sub-syste MFS RMS No scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.


Logical name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_DL_INIT_MCS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is Cell Type No disabled or initial value (i.e. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) Sub-syste MFS RMS No of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Instance cell Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 1 : MCS-2 2 : MCS-3 3 : MCS-4 4 : MCS-5 5 : MCS-6 6 : MCS-7 7 : MCS-8 8 : MCS-9 Mandatory rules TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Max value 9 Coded Max 8 Recommended In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is Def value 3 Coded Def 2 rules recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.

External The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled comment Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL HMI name TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Multiplication factor used in the computation of the maximum number of DL TBFs allowed to be established Cell Type No on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX (i.e. in the M-EGCH link of this TRX). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External If there is a great amount of “short data” TBFs in the network (delayed DL or extended UL phases are longer than actual TBF traffic phases), the existing comment TBF limitations (in number of TBFs established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX) may be too restrictive and lead to some TBF establishment failures. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters allow to increase this limit, so to be more flexible. Another justification for the TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters is that the limits for DL and UL TBF numbers may be different. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters are used in the formulae to compute Min_Nb_GCH_Best_Effort_XL (RRM-PRH). An increase of their value should be validated by load tests (in order to check, among others, that the DSP can support the induced extra CPU load).

Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).


Logical name TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL HMI name TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Multiplication factor used in the computation of the maximum number of UL TBFs allowed to be established Cell Type No on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX (i.e. in the M-EGCH link of this TRX). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 0.1 Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 5 Coded Max 50 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 10 rules External If there is a great amount of “short data” TBFs in the network (delayed DL or extended UL phases are longer than actual TBF traffic phases), the existing comment TBF limitations (in number of TBFs established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX) may be too restrictive and lead to some TBF establishment failures. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters allow to increase this limit, so to be more flexible. Another justification for the TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters is that the limits for DL and UL TBF numbers may be different. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters are used in the formulae to compute Min_Nb_GCH_Best_Effort_XL (RRM-PRH). An increase of their value should be validated by load tests (in order to check, among others, that the DSP can support the induced extra CPU load).

Internal comment A cell instantiation shall be used internally in the MFS, in prevision of a potential future evolution of the instance of this parameter (e.g. in future BSS releases).


Logical name TBF_MCS_DL HMI name TBF_MCS_DL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above Cell Type No which the MCS of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to MCS-1. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of comment consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_MCS_PERIOD HMI name TBF_MCS_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Minimum number of transmitted (resp. received) radio blocks after which the DL (resp. UL) MCS adaptation Cell Type No decision may be made in EGPRS Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application E-GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 256 Coded Max 256 Recommended -- Def value 12 Coded Def 12 rules External -- comment Internal comment The default value of 12 is equal to the value of EGPRS_LQC_WINDOW_SIZE (hard-coded RLC parameter) to optimize especially the time of the first MCS adaptation decision in case of an UL EGPRS TBF alone on its radio resources.


Logical name TBF_MCS_UL HMI name TBF_MCS_UL B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data Cell Type No block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to MCS1. Sub-syste MFS RMS No For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit := TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots. Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 192 Coded Max 192 Recommended -- Def value 32 Coded Def 32 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_CS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_CS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value Cell Type No (i.e. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the uplink coding Sub-syste MFS RMS No scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS Max value 4 Coded Max 3 Recommended In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is Def value 2 Coded Def 1 rules recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.

External Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled. comment Internal comment --

Logical name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS HMI name TBF_UL_INIT_MCS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is Cell Type No disabled or initial value (i.e. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) Sub-syste MFS RMS No of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. Instance cell Rec None Application E-GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0 : MCS-1 Min value 1 Coded Min 0 1 : MCS-2 2 : MCS-3 3 : MCS-4 4 : MCS-5 5 : MCS-6 6 : MCS-7 7 : MCS-8 8 : MCS-9 Mandatory rules TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS Max value 9 Coded Max 8 Recommended In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the “short data” MS transfer phases, it is Def value 3 Coded Def 2 rules recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS] in all the cells of the MFS. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the MFS (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the MFS configuration.

External The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled. Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled. comment Internal comment --


Logical name Tcorr HMI name T_GCH_CORR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size=100ms Min value 0.5 Coded Min 5 Mandatory rules -- Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms Def value 0.8 Coded Def 8 rules where 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer between the notification for a DBN correction and the application of this DBN correction. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.

External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr. comment Internal comment --


Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Number of TCP keep-alive messages sent by the IPGCH-C / IPGSL and not acnowledged by the peer Cell Type No before triggering a TCP disconnection Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1. Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) Max value 20 Coded Max 20 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT -- rules

Def value 5 Coded Def 5 External The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level. comment The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level. Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IPGCH-C / IPGSL link supervision: Time to wait before sending the first TCP keep alive message. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS), TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT -- rules

Def value 5 Coded Def 5 External The purpose of 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level. comment The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) HMI name TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Time between the sending of two TCP keep-alive messages by IPGCH-C or IPGSL. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Equal to TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) and TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) Max value 255 Coded Max 255 TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_GSL_ACK (BSC) * 2 Recommended TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE + TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL * TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT <= T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT -- rules

Def value 1 Coded Def 1 External The purpose of the 2nd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at GSL level. comment The purpose of the 3rd mandatory rule is to ensure that failure at TCP level (due to keep alive) will be detected before failure at IPGCH level Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name TCP_MSL (MFS) HMI name TCP_MSL (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition TCP message segment lifetime, used by IPGCH-C and IPGSL. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - IPGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Shall be equal to TCP_MSL (BSC) and TCP_MSL (BTS) Max value 36000 Coded Max 36000 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name Tdsl HMI name T_GCH_dsl B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of loss of downlink synchronisation for 16k channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Tdsl < Tfreeze Max value 900 Coded Max 9 Tdsl < Trelease Recommended -- Coded Def 4 rules Def value 400 Coded Def 4 External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tdsl. comment Internal comment There is potential Interactions between Dynamic Abis allocation and CS traffic (CS call drop increase) when value is high. No clear interaction test cases are identified today (neither during GCH establishment failure, nor during abnormal GCH release at MFS side).And potential border effect of value decreasing (ex:200) are unknown.

Logical name Telecom_VLAN_ID HMI name Telecom_VLAN_ID B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Virtual LAN identifier used to tag the MFS internal telecom traffic Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec IEEE 802.1 Q § 9.6 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Functional O&M Architecture' OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Coded on 12 bits. Min value 2 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4094 Coded Max 4094 Recommended In case the same subnet is used for Telecom and OAM traffic, the same VLAN_ID shall be used for Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules Telecom and OAM VLAN_Ids. External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter. It is needed for GboverIP and also for the IP transport (final product).


Logical name Testab HMI name T_GCH_ESTAB B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access Changeable Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size= 100 ms Min value 0.1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Testab Max value 2 Coded Max 20 Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Def value 0.4 Coded Def 4 rules through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab. comment Internal comment --

Logical name Tfreeze HMI name T_GCH_freeze B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Freeze of PDCH resource after an abnormal release for 16k channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size=100ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Tfreeze > Tdsl Max value 1200 Coded Max 12 Recommended -- Def value 500 Coded Def 5 rules External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tfreeze. comment Internal comment --


Logical name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING HMI name THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in a high load situation in the NC2 cell Cell Type No ranking process Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit None Coding rules Step size of 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 0 : 0%; 1: 10%; …. 10 : 100% Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External This parameter is only relevant if the parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to “2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS” or "3: NC2 mode of comment operation for all MS". The serving cell is considered in a low load situation when THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivates the load evaluation in the serving cell. The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell. The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows: - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lower than 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation. - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, then the cell is considered in an high load situation

Internal comment --


Logical name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIGH HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIGH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism for radio Cell Type No resource management, according to the most important criteria (C1 and C3). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit mn Coding rules Step size = 10 min. Min value 20 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing defensive Max value 600 Coded Max 60 mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart) Recommended -- Coded Def 2 rules Def value 20 Coded Def 2 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW HMI name THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This threshold defines the minimal duration before triggering the MFS defensive mechanism for radio Cell Type No resource management, according to the less important criteria (C2). Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit mn Coding rules Step size = 10 min. Min value 20 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules The duration must be strictly greater than 10 min, which is the time used for other existing defensive Max value 600 Coded Max 60 mechanism in RRM (and because of other case of TCH_INFO_PERIOD restart) Recommended -- Coded Def 18 rules Def value 180 Coded Def 18 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name THRES_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_DSP_XOFF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Cell Type No Threshold above which downlink LLC PDUs are no more sent by RRM to RLC. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Recommended -- Coded Def 840 rules Def value 84 Coded Def 840 External Applicable only to TDM mode. comment Internal comment --

Logical name THRES_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_DSP_XON B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Threshold under which Cell Type No downlink LLC PDU are sent again by RRM to RLC, Sub-syste MFS RMS No after having previously encountered a DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_DSP_XOFF threshold). Instance GPU . Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size=0.1% (0 == 0%, 1000 == 100%) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Recommended -- Coded Def 800 rules Def value 80 Coded Def 800 External Applicable only to TDM mode. comment Internal comment --

Logical name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH HMI name THRES_G_MAX_HIGH B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Cell Type No Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_XOFF and G_MAX Sub-syste MFS RMS No congestion states. In the G_MAX congestion state, some TBFs will be released, in order to free some DSP memory. Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1 % Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Recommended -- Coded Def 959 rules Def value 95.9 Coded Def 959 External -- comment Internal comment The THRES_G_MAX_HIGH value is limited to a maximum defined for each software generation. A maximum value is defined in BSS telecom parameters to prevent the DSP from refusing the configuration. Note that any value depend on the DSP implementation (free DSP memory size) and needs to be tuned. The default value is the initial one.

Logical name THRES_G_MAX_LOW HMI name THRES_G_MAX_LOW B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Cell Type No Threshold used to handle the transition between the G_MAX and G_XOFF congestion states. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1 % Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Recommended -- Coded Def 850 rules Def value 85 Coded Def 850 External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Cell Type No Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Recommended -- Coded Def 790 rules Def value 79 Coded Def 790 External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment --

Logical name THRES_LOW_DSP_XON HMI name THRES_LOW_DSP_XON B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of DSP memory congestion (RLC resources). Cell Type No Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible again after having previously encountered a Sub-syste MFS RMS No DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF threshold). Instance GPU Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_G_MAX_HIGH > THRES_G_MAX_LOW > THRES_DSP_XOFF > THRES_DSP_XON > Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF > THRES_LOW_DSP_XON Recommended -- Coded Def 750 rules Def value 75 Coded Def 750 External Applicable only to TDM transport. comment Internal comment --

Logical name THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP HMI name THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of PTU memory congestion (RLC resources) in IP mode. Cell Type No Threshold above which TBF establishment is not possible. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP > THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 79 Coded Def 790 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP HMI name THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold used for the management of PTU memory congestion (RLC resources) in IP. Cell Type No Threshold under which TBF establishment becomes possible again after having previously encountered a Sub-syste MFS RMS No DSP memory congestion situation (due to the THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP threshold). Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 0.1% (0% == 0, 100% = 1000) Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP > THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP Max value 100 Coded Max 1000 Recommended -- Def value 75 Coded Def 750 rules External -- comment Internal comment MR2 parameter.

Logical name Tns_alive HMI name TnsAlive B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time-out to trigger the test procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 30 Coded Max 30 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Tns_alive_IP HMI name Tns_alive_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Guard the NS-VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 48.016 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External In the standard, this parameter is set to 3sec, not changeable with TDM or IP sub-network. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name Tns_block HMI name TnsBlock B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Tns_reset HMI name TnsReset B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Time-out for reset procedure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 120 Coded Max 120 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name Tns_test HMI name TnsTest B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec GSM TS 08.16 Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network serv. control sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Tns_test_IP HMI name Tns_test_IP B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Periodicity of the NS-VC test procedure in case of Gb over IP. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec 3GPP TS 48.016 Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 60 Coded Max 60 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External In the standard, this parameter is the same with TDM or IP sub-network. comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter.


Logical name TOM8_PRIORITY HMI name TOM8_PRIORITY B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined TOM8 Packet Flow Context Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec 3GPP TS 44.060 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 4 Coded Min 4 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Trelease HMI name T_GCH_release B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 200 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules Trelease > Tdsl Max value 1200 Coded Max 12 Treq_pending > Trelease Recommended It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried Coded Def 5 rules through Abis or Ater satellite links: Def value 500 Coded Def 5 - Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease. comment Internal comment --

Logical name Treq_pending HMI name Treq_pending B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release request from PMU can be delayed in MEGCH Cell Type No layer. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category Network (CDE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 20 ms Min value 1000 Coded Min 50 Mandatory rules Treq_pending > Trelease+Tcorr Max value 5200 Coded Max 260 Recommended Treq_pending > Testab+Tcorr Def value 2000 Coded Def 100 rules External -- comment Internal comment At the timer expiry, PTU is forced to provide an answer to the PMU request.

Logical name TRTS_PS HMI name TRTS_PS B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This timer is used in the BTS to supervise the state of a RTS used as a PDCH. This timer is started when Cell Type No the BTS does not receive in a 20 ms period a valid DL frame on the RTS and is stopped when it receives Sub-syste MFS RMS No one DL valid frame. Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - MEGCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 900 Coded Max 9 Recommended -- Def value 400 Coded Def 4 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name Tsns_config HMI name Tsns_config B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Guard the SNS config procedure from the SGSN. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter

Logical name Tsns_prov HMI name Tsns_prov B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Guard the SNS procedures. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Sub-network service sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 10 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter


Logical name Tsns_restart HMI name Tsns_restart B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Timer to prevent the use of an IP endpoint after a failure. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Gb interface - Network service control sub-layer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 600 Coded Max 600 Recommended -- Def value 60 Coded Def 60 rules External -- comment Internal comment B10 MR2 parameter

Logical name Tusl HMI name T_GCH_usl B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Supervision of loss of uplink synchronisation for 16k channels. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS MFS-BTS interface - GCH stack OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Timer Unit ms Coding rules step size = 100 ms Min value 100 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules Tusl < (20 x 48) = 960 ms Max value 900 Coded Max 9 Recommended -- Def value 400 Coded Def 4 rules External HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tusl. comment Internal comment --


Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged Cell Type No mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged Cell Type No mode. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Threshold Unit % Coding rules step size = 1% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 100 Recommended -- Def value 15 Coded Def 15 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD HMI name TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS radio interface - RLC sublayer OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 500 Coded Max 500 Recommended -- Def value 200 Coded Def 200 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name TX_INT HMI name TX_INT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.60 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111 Min value 2 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 50 Coded Max 15 Recommended It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 ms. Def value 8 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment Needed when there is a PBCCH in the cell.


Logical name Tx_integer (MFS) HMI name TX_INTEGER B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec 3GPP TS 04.18 Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PRH) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from Min value 3 Coded Min 0 0000 to 1111 Mandatory rules Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) Max value 50 Coded Max 15 Recommended When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: Def value 32 Coded Def 14 rules TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MS’s RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 --> S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 --> S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 --> S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 --> S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 --> S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.

External When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: comment TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 Internal comment Needed for feature MPDCH. m template For more details on the setting of this parameter, refer to the memo MND/TD/SYT/EBR/0497.2001.

Logical name UL_POLL_FACTOR HMI name UL_DATA_CREDIT B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter defines the slope in credit computation for the uplink cyclic polling algorithm. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS Radio interface - MAC sublayer OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules -- Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 16 Coded Max 16 Recommended -- Def value 1 Coded Def 1 rules External The max number of uplink TBFs assigned per PDCH shall be such that the TBF scheduling periodicity needed for BTS measurements is respected (taking into comment account needed bandwidth for PACCH en uplink). Internal comment --

Logical name USF_NE HMI name usfNe B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition USF "No emission" used to schedule UL signalling of TBF without USF. Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1. Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 6 Coded Max 6 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS) HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the MFS for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended Should be consistent with the priorities used by others NEs. Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter “Px_layer2_mapping” and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using the parameter comment “Py_layer3_mapping” Internal comment IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the MFS, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.

Logical name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION HMI name WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Weighting factor used in the transfer bias determination in order to mitigate resource reallocations due to Cell Type No changing bias. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application GPRS Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit % Coding rules step size = 10% Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 100 Coded Max 10 Recommended -- Def value 70 Coded Def 7 rules External This parameter allows to avoid changing the bias of the on-going transfer too often. The number of bytes transferred in each direction is actually a weighted comment average taking into account WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION * the weighted average as of the previous assessment. Internal comment --


Logical name Weight_P10 HMI name Weight_P10 B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 10 Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance BSS Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules step size = 1 Min value 1 Coded Min 1 Mandatory rules -- Max value 15 Coded Max 15 Recommended weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Def value 6 Coded Def 6 rules External -- comment Internal comment --



Logical name WI_DTM HMI name WI_DTM B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Value of Wait Indication for DTM requets Cell Type No Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance MFS Rec None Application DTM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference Dual Transfer Mode Functional Specification OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit sec Coding rules step size = 1 sec Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 5 Coded Def 5 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

Logical name WI_PR HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Wait indication used in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT or PACKET ACCESS REJECT, when not in PMU Reject Cell Type No CPU overload situation. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference FBS GPRS - Radio interface - RRM sublayer (PCC) OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules WI_PR <= WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD. Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External -- comment Internal comment SW change from B10 MRn (n not supporting the WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD parameter): Due to the fact that the MFS goes to MRm (with 1 <= n < m, m supporting the WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD parameter) before the BSC, it is needed that the OMC plays the WI_PRnm migration rule when going to MRm. As a consequence, it is needed to play a GPRS resynchro at OMCMFS SW change time from MRn to MRm.

Logical name WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD HMI name Wait Indication for Packet Access B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Wait indication used in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT or PACKET ACCESS REJECT, when in PMU CPU Reject when CPU overload Cell Type No overload situation. Sub-syste MFS RMS No Instance cell Rec Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPU Overload Control and CPU power budget management OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules WI_PR <= WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD. Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value 10 Coded Def 10 rules External -- comment Internal comment --

OMC parameters

Logical name ACCESS_RATE_BC (OMC) HMI name Capacity B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance BC Rec None Application GPRS Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference xxx OMC-R access Virtual displayed Type Number Unit kbit/s Coding rules -- Min value 64 Coded Min 64 Mandatory rules CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC (OMC) Max value 1984 Coded Max 1984 Recommended -- Def value 64 Coded Def 64 rules External -- comment Internal comment This parameter is computed by the OMC, using the same formula as the MFS.

Logical name BSC_X25_primary_address HMI name BSC Primary X25 Address B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC X25 primary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value * Coded Def rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15


Logical name BSC_X25_secondary_address HMI name BSC Secondary X25 Address B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition BSC X25 secondary address. Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance BSC Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Short message service cell broadcast OMC-R access Changeable Type Reference Unit None Coding rules 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Max value 255 Coded Max 255 Recommended -- Def value * Coded Def rules External The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. comment Internal comment In the DLS, this parameter is presented as an array of 15 characters, see BSC_X25_Primary_Address_i [n], n=1..15


Logical name Cell_Type HMI name Cell Type B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE for Cell Type No an OMC own cell. Used for cell default parameter template. Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Handover preparation OMC-R access Changeable Type Abstract Unit None Coding rules Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Min value * Coded Min Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11) Mandatory rules - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to “Extended inner” or Max value * Coded Max “Extended outer”. Recommended A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC -- rules when they are PS capable). - The “micro concentric”, “mini concentric” and “indoor concentric” cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800”). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. Def value # Coded Def External *: possible values are: comment - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer

Internal comment Value computed according to CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE and CELL_RANGE.


Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules coding rules : 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR Min value 0 Coded Min 0

Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): Max value 2 Coded Max 2 may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall Recommended not. -- rules The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.



Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR HMI name DTX_FR_INDICATOR_AMR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB FR. Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR Min value 0 Coded Min 0 FR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible Max value 2 Coded Max 2 (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): Recommended may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall -- rules not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Def value 2 Coded Def 2 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codecs types except AMR. Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR Min value 0 Coded Min 0 Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): Max value 2 Coded Max 2 may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall Recommended not. -- rules The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may.



Logical name DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR HMI name DTX_HR_INDICATOR_AMR B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB HR. Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance cell Rec GSM TS 04.08 Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference DTX functional specification OMC-R access Changeable Type Flag Unit None Coding rules 0: MS May Use DTX for AMR HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for AMR HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR Min value 0 Coded Min 0 HR Mandatory rules The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible Max value 2 Coded Max 2 (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): Recommended may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall -- rules not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Def value 2 Coded Def 2 External -- comment Internal comment --


Logical name FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(OMC) HMI name FREQUENCY_RANGE B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (internal or external to the OMC). Cell Type No Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance cell Rec Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Normal assignment OMC-R access Changeable Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM Min value 0 Coded Min 0 850, 7: GAN, 8..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. Mandatory rules - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . Max value 7 Coded Max 7 - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GAN” then CELL_RANGE must be equal to “GAN” Recommended - the value GAN is only allowed for the OMC external cells rules - The “micro concentric”, “mini concentric” and “indoor concentric” cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800”). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1800” or “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1800” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “GSM850” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM (GSM900)” or “EGSM (GSM900)” or “DCS1900” if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".

Def value 0 Coded Def 0

External Value "7" exists only starting from MR2. comment Internal comment Values “4” and "5" are for Multiband cells. m Logical name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD HMI name TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x Cell Type No A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Sub-syste OMC RMS No Instance cell Rec None Application GSM Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference Resource allocation & management OMC-R access OMC local display Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules -- Min value 2 Coded Min 2 Mandatory rules -- Max value 3264 Coded Max 3264 Recommended -- Def value 120 Coded Def 120 rules External The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the comment cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Internal comment The parameter is displayed in minutes and seconds


TC parameters

Logical name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port of IPTCH link used on TC side (for MUXTRAUP and TRAUP protocols). Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 51200 Coded Min 51200 Mandatory rules -- Max value 52224 Coded Max 52224 Recommended -- Def value 51200 Coded Def 51200 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = h’C800, Max = h’CC00

Logical name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX HMI name IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition UDP port used for TC-TC (eTRAUP) flow in UL. Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 52480 Coded Min 52480 Mandatory rules Shall be an even number. Max value 52992 Coded Max 52992 Shall be different from IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TCMUX. Recommended -- Coded Def 52480 rules Def value 52480 Coded Def 52480 External TCTC_UDP_PORT_TCMUX for downlink flow = TCTC_UDP_PORT_TCMUX + 1 comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = h’CD00, Max = h’CF00


Logical name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC HMI name M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition SCTP port used for M2UA protocol (signalisation to/from A interface), on TC side. Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules Step size = 1 Min value 61440 Coded Min 61440 Mandatory rules -- Max value 61952 Coded Max 61952 Recommended -- Def value 61440 Coded Def 61440 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Min = h’F000, Max = h’F200.

Logical name M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS HMI name M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the TC, used for M2UA flow (signaling from/ot A interface) Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.


Logical name SNMP_PRIORITY (TC) HMI name SNMP_PRIORITY (TC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the TC for the SNMP flow in IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules shall be consistent with the priority used by the OMC. Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended -- Def value 2 Coded Def 2 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. Used to communicate with OMC.

Logical name START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC HMI name START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Cell Type No Definition First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The TC deduces every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address. Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter.

Logical name T_release HMI name T_release B10 Yes B9 Yes TRX nb No Definition Maximum time after loss of synchronisation before TRAU returns to idle mode. Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TRAU Rec 3GPP TS 08.61 Application GSM Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (not in DLS) Type Timer Unit sec Coding rules step size = 20 msec Min value 1 Coded Min 50 Mandatory rules -- Max value 63 Coded Max 3150 Recommended -- Def value 1.04 Coded Def 52 rules External -- comment Internal comment Coded in the software

Logical name TC_MUX_IP_Address HMI name TC_MUX_IP_Address B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the TC, used for IPTCH flow. Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)

Logical name TC_NONMUX_IP_Address HMI name TC_NONMUX_IP_Address B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition IP address of the TC, used for TC-TC flow. Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference TC/BTS Interface OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External Can be different from TC_MUX_IP_Address to differentiate BSS flow from TC site internal flow. comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)

Logical name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC HMI name TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of TC addresses used for Cell Type No telecom protocols Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category Site (CAE) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules coded on 32 bits Min value 0 Coded Min 0 coded as follow in 4 groups of 8bits: 255.255.255.255 default value : 0.0.0.0 Mandatory rules -- Max value 4294967295 Coded Max 4294967295 Recommended -- Def value 0 Coded Def 0 rules External -- comment Internal comment IP demo parameter. - Could be displayed to the operator in the following format: "WWW.XXX.YYY.ZZZ" (ex: 255.245.247.001)

Logical name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC) HMI name VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC) B10 Yes B9 No TRX nb No Definition BSS internal priority used by the TC for the DHCP, ICMP and ARP protocols in the IP network Cell Type No Sub-syste TC RMS No Instance TC Rec None Application IP Category System (CST) reference domain Spec reference GPRS telecom presentation OMC-R access None (DLS) Type Number Unit None Coding rules 0: higher priority Min value 0 Coded Min 0 3: lower priority Mandatory rules -- Max value 3 Coded Max 3 Recommended Should be consistent with the priorities used by others NEs. Def value 3 Coded Def 3 rules External Each internal priority can be mapped to a L2 priority using the parameter “Px_layer2_mapping” and also mapped to a L3 priority (DSCP) using the parameter comment “Py_layer3_mapping” Internal comment IP demo parameter. In case of specific configurations using RIP or OSPF inside the TC, this parameter also gives the internal priority used by the routing protocol.


Default values for RMS templates Template number

Logical name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 EN_BALANCED_CI 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 4

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 6 6

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 8 8

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 10 10

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 20 14 14

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 22 18 18

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 22 22

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 0 -16 -12 -12 -12 -12

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 2 -14 -9 -9 -9 -9

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 4 -12 -6 -6 -6 -6

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 6 -10 -3 -3 -3 -3

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 8 -8 0 0 0 0

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 10 -6 3 3 3 3

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 12 -4 6 6 6 6


MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 14 -2 9 9 9 9

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 16 0 12 12 12 12

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] -53 -53 -53 -51 -51 -51 -60 -60 -60 -74 -74 -74 -53 -53 -53 -53

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] -60 -60 -60 -55 -55 -55 -65 -65 -65 -78 -78 -78 -60 -60 -60 -60

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] -66 -66 -66 -59 -59 -59 -70 -70 -70 -82 -82 -82 -66 -66 -66 -66

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] -72 -72 -72 -63 -63 -63 -75 -75 -75 -86 -86 -86 -72 -72 -72 -72

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] -79 -79 -79 -67 -67 -67 -80 -80 -80 -90 -90 -90 -79 -79 -79 -79

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] -85 -85 -85 -71 -71 -71 -85 -85 -85 -94 -94 -94 -85 -85 -85 -85

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] -91 -91 -91 -75 -75 -75 -90 -90 -90 -98 -98 -98 -91 -91 -91 -91

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] -97 -97 -97 -79 -79 -79 -95 -95 -95 -102 -102 -102 -97 -97 -97 -97

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] -104 -104 -104 -83 -83 -83 -100 -100 -100 -106 -106 -106 -104 -104 -104 -104

MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -50 -20




MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0






MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 4

MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 8

MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6 12

MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 8 14

MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 10 16

MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 18

MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 18 20

MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2] 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5] 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6] 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7] 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8] 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9] 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

VQ_AVERAGE 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

VQ_BAD_RXFER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3


VQ_FER_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

VQ_GOOD_RXFER 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

VQ_RXLEV -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95 -95

VQ_RXQUAL 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4


Default parameter values according to number of TRX in the cell This table gives the default values according to the number of TRX in the cell for all parameters with "TRXnb" indicated in "Def value" column.

Parameter Name 1TRX 2TRX 3TRX 4TRX 5TRX 6TRX 7TRX 8TRX 9TRX 10TRX 11TRX 12TRX 13TRX 14TRX 15TRX 16TRX Comment s A_TRAFFIC_LOAD 4 4 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Following rule is applied : A_TRAFFIC _LOAD x N_TRAFFIC _LOAD = 24

BTS_Q_LENGTH 4 4 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Freelevel_1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10

Freelevel_2 2 3 5 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 19 20 22 21

Freelevel_3 4 7 10 12 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 34 37 40 44 47

Freelevel_4 6 9 12 15 21 26 30 34 38 42 47 51 56 61 67 74

Freelevel_DR(n) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

H_LOAD_OBJ 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80

HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPR 70 70 70 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 S IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD 45 45 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

L_LOAD_OBJ 0 10 20 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD 20 20 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50


N_TRAFFIC_LOAD 6 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 0 20 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70


Default parameter values according to the cell type This table gives the default values according to Cell Type for all parameters with "CT" indicated in "Def value" column. The default parameter values are all based on the Evolium product. An asterix (*) means that the value of the parameter is not changeable.

Parameter Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Concentric Concentric Microcell Minicell Extended Extended Indoor Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell inner cell outer Microcell indoor Microcell

A_ECNO_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4

A_LEV_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4

A_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A 2 2

A_PBGT_HO 12 12 12 12 6 12 6 12 12 12 6 6

A_QUAL_HO 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 8 4 4

BS_P_CON_ACK 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 2

BS_P_CON_INT 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #

CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * micro (1) * macro (0) * macro (0) * macro (0) * micro (1) * micro (1)*

CELL_EV grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) order (0)

CELL_LAYER_TYPE single (0) * upper (1) * single (0) * upper (1) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * lower (2) * single (0) * single (0) * indoor (3) * indoor (3) *

CELL_PARTITION_TYPE normal (0) * normal (0) * concentric (1) concentric (1) * concentric concentric normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) concentric * (1) * (1) *



CELL_RANGE (BSC) normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * extended extended normal (0) * normal (0) * inner (2) * outer (1) *

CELL_RANGE (MFS) normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * normal (0) * extended extended normal (0) * normal (0) * inner (2) * outer (1) *

DELTA_DEC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)

DELTA_INC_HO_margin 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 4 dB (4)

EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1)

EN_DIST_HO enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0)

EN_LOAD_BALANCE N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A disable (0)

EN_MCHO_H_DL disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) enable (1) *

EN_MCHO_H_UL disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) enable (1) *

EN_MCHO_NCELL disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0)* *

EN_MCHO_RESCUE disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) enable (1) *

EN_PBGT_FILTERING enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0)

EN_RESCUE_UM N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1)

EN_RL_RECOV enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)



EN_SPEED_DISC disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) *

Freelevel_DR(n) See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 * See TRXnb See TRXnb

H_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB

HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) 2 dB 2 dB 0 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB

HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB -29 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB

HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled (1) * disabled (1) enable (0) enable (0) *

HOmargin (0,n) 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB

L_LOAD_OBJ N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

L_RXLEV_DL_H -91 dBm -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm -91 dBm -96 dBm (14) -98 dBm -96 dBm -96 dBm (19) (14) (19) (14) (19) (12) (14)

L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm -85 dBm -70 dBm -85 dBm N/A N/A -70 dBm -70 dBm (25) (40) (25) (40) (25) (40)

L_RXLEV_UL_H -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10)

L_RXLEV_UL_P -95 dBm -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm -95 dBm -85 dBm -95 dBm -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (15) (25) (15) (25) (15) (15) (25)

L_TIME_ADVANCE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0 N/A N/A



Loadfactor_2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0 -2 -2

Loadfactor_3 -5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 -4 -5 0 0 -4 -4

Loadfactor_4 -7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 -6 -7 0 0 -6 -6

Loadfactor_5 -10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 -8 -10 0 0 -8 -8

MIN_CONNECT_TIME N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s 20 s 40 s N/A N/A 10 s 10 s

MS_P_CON_ACK 3 s 3 s 3 s 3 s 2 s 3 s 2 s 3 s 3 s 3 s 2 s 2 s

MS_P_CON_INT 1 s 1 s 1 s 1 s 0 s 1 s 0 s 1 s 1 s 1 s 0 s 0 s

MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #

N_BAD_SACCH N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A N/A N/A 4 4

N_BSTXPWR_M 13 13 13 13 15 13 15 13 13 13 15 15

NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm -47 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) (63)

OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm -88 dBm N/A N/A -88 dBm -88 dBm (22) (22) (22) (22) (22)

PENALTY_TIME(BSC) inhibited inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) inhibited 20 s (0) 20 s (0) (31) (31)

PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) inhibited inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) inhibited 20 s (0) 20 s (0) (31) (31)



RXLEV_DL_IH -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (50) (45)

RXLEV_DL_ZONE N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm -71 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) (39)

RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (45) (45) (45) (45) (45) (50) (45)

RXLEV_UL_IH -75 dBm -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm -70 dBm -65 dBm -70 dBm -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm -65 dBm -65 dBm (35) (45) (40) (45) (40) (35) (45)

RXLEV_UL_ZONE N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm -78 dBm N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) (32)

RXLEVmin(n) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm -102 dBm -100 dBm -100 dBm (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (10) (8) (10)

TEMPORARY_OFFSET 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7)

TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7)

U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm N/A -91 dBm N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm -91 dBm (19) (19) (19)

U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm N/A -98 dBm N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm -98 dBm (12) (12) (12)

U_RXLEV_UL_P -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm -85 dBm -75 dBm -85 dBm -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm -75 dBm -75 dBm (25) (35) (25) (35) (25) (25) (35)

U_TIME_ADVANCE 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km (62) 35 km (63) 500 m (1) 500 m (1)

W_LEV_MCHO N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A 1 1



ZONE_TYPE N/A N/A # # # # N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #


Alphabetic X-reference of table All parameters given in this document are listed hereafter, by alphabetical order. The sub-system in which they are used is also provided. Note: The table must be read from left to right, and then up to down.

A_ECNO_HO BSC A_LEV_HO BSC A_LEV_MCHO BSC

A_LEV_PC BSC A_PBGT_DR BSC A_PBGT_HO BSC

A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR BSC A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR BSC A_QUAL_HO BSC

A_QUAL_PC BSC A_RANGE_HO BSC A_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC

ABIS_BANDWIDTH BSC ABORT_FRAME BTS AC_0 BSC

AC_1 BSC AC_11 BSC AC_12 BSC




AC_8 BSC AC_9 BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=1) BSC

AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=2) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=3) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=4) BSC

AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=5) BSC AC_PRIORITY_LIST(priority=6) BSC ACCESS_BURST_TYPE MFS

ACCESS_RATE_BC (MFS) MFS ACCESS_RATE_BC (OMC) OMC ADDITIONAL_RESELECT_PARAM BSC

ADDR_MON BSC ADDR_TR BSC AG_FULL BTS

AG_PREMPT_PCH BSC ALLOC_ANYWAY BSC ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION MFS

ALPHA (BSC) BSC ALPHA (MFS) MFS AMR_FR_HYST BSC

AMR_FR_SUBSET BSC AMR_FR_THR_1 BSC AMR_FR_THR_2 BSC


AMR_FR_THR_3 BSC AMR_HR_HYST BSC AMR_HR_SUBSET BSC

AMR_HR_THR_1 BSC AMR_HR_THR_2 BSC AMR_HR_THR_3 BSC

AMR_START_MODE_FR BSC AMR_START_MODE_HR BSC AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 BSC

AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 BSC AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 BSC AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 BSC

ARC_SIZE_FACTOR MFS ASIG_PRIORITY BSC Ater_Usage_Threshold MFS

Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data MFS ATT (BSC) BSC ATT (MFS) MFS

AUT_BAR BSC AUTO_DSC BSC B_NUM BSC

BANDWIDTH_PER_SIG_LINK BSC BANDWIDTH_PER_TCH_TS BSC Basic_Scheduling_Limit MFS

BCC (BSC) BSC BCC (MFS) MFS BCC (n) MFS

BCCH_ARFCN(n) MFS BCCH_CUT_TIMER BTS BCCH_EXT BSC

BCCH_FREQUENCY BSC BCCH_FREQUENCY(n) BSC BEP_PERIOD MFS

BEST_EFFORT_PRIORITY MFS BF_HI_RX BSC BF_HI_TX BSC

BF_LO_RX BSC BF_LO_TX BSC BIAS_LIMIT_EDA MFS

BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) BSC BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) MFS BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BSC

BS_CV_MAX (MFS) MFS BS_P_CON_ACK BSC BS_P_CON_INT BSC

BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) BSC BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) MFS BS_PAG_BLKS_RES MFS

BS_PBCCH_BLKS MFS BS_PRACH_BLKS MFS BS_PRR_BLKS MFS

BS_PRR_BLKS_MPDCH MFS BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) BSC BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) MFS

BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER (BSC) BSC BS_TXPWR_MIN BSC BSC_EN_RF_RES_IND BSC

BSC_ID(n) MFS BSC_RSL_TID BSC BSC_X25_primary_address OMC


BSC_X25_primary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [10] BSC BSC_X25_primary_address_i [11] BSC





BSC_X25_secondary_address OMC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [1] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [10] BSC

BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [11] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [12] BSC BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [13] BSC




BSC_X25_secondary_address_i [9] BSC BSIC (GSM) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 1) BSC

BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 2) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 3) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 4) BSC

BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 5) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 6) BSC BSS_CIPH_LIST (Priority 7) BSC

BSS_SEND_CM_ENQUIRY BSC BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (BSC) BSC BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE (MFS) MFS

bssgp_T1 MFS bssgp_T2 MFS bssgp_T3 MFS

bssgp_T4 MFS BTS_CIPH_CAP BSC BTS_EN_RF_RES_IND BTS

BTS_IP_Address BSC BTS_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR MFS BTS_Q_LENGTH BSC

BTS_RSL_TID BSC BVC_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS BVC_RESET_RETRIES MFS

BVC_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS C31_HYST MFS C32_QUAL MFS

Call_user_data_sel BSC CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION BSC CBC_window BSC


CBC_X25_primary_address BSC CBC_X25_secondary_address BSC CBS MFS

CCCH_CONF (BSC) BSC CCCH_CONF (MFS) MFS CELL_BAR_ACCESS BSC

CELL_BAR_QUALIFY BSC CELL_CAPACITY_CLASS BSC CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE BSC

CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE(n) BSC CELL_EV BSC CELL_LAYER_TYPE BSC

CELL_LAYER_TYPE(n) BSC CELL_PARTITION_TYPE BSC CELL_PARTITION_TYPE(n) BSC

CELL_RANGE (BSC) BSC CELL_RANGE (MFS) MFS Cell_Range(n) (BSC) BSC

CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS BSC CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(n) BSC CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) BSC

CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) MFS CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(BSC) BSC CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) MFS

CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND BSC Cell_Type OMC CGI_3G_REQD BSC

CGI_REQD BSC CHANNEL_REQ_PERIOD MFS CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GP MFS

CHANNEL_REQ_THRES_GPU MFS CI (BSC) BSC CI (MFS) MFS

CI(n) (MFS) MFS CI(n)(BSC) BSC CI_3G(n) BSC

CI_SI BSC CIC BSC CIR MFS

CONFIDENCE_ORIGIN MFS CONFIDENCE_VS_ARC_FACTOR_SLO MFS CONFIDENCE_VS_RADIUS_SLOPE MFS PE

COUNT_DECR BSC COUNT_I_THRESHOLD BSC COUNT_INCR_1 BSC

COUNT_INCR_2 BSC CRC_ERR BTS CRC_MON BSC

CRC_TR BSC CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT MFS CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST MFS

CS_BLER_DL_3_4 MFS CS_BLER_DL_4_3 MFS CS_HST_DL_LT MFS

CS_HST_DL_ST MFS CS_HST_UL_LT MFS CS_HST_UL_ST MFS


CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS

CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS

CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS

CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS

CS_QUAL_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_FH_NACK MFS

CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_1_2_NFH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_ACK MFS

CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_2_3_NFH_NACK MFS

CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS

CS_QUAL_UL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_ACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_FH_NACK MFS

CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_ACK MFS CS_SIR_DL_3_4_NFH_NACK MFS CS_SIR_HST_DL MFS

CS_VGCS_CHAR(0,n) BSC Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_Cell MFS Def_value_T_Flow_Ctrl_MS MFS

DELAY_FORCED_LOAD_REPORT MFS DELTA_DEC_HO_margin BSC DELTA_INC_HO_margin BSC

DL_DTX_AMR_WB_GMSK BSC DL_POLL_FACTOR MFS DLCI MFS

DMA_OVERRUN BTS DMA_UNDERRUN BTS DOWNLINK_DTX_ENABLE BSC

Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_FR BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_AMR_HR BSC Downlink_DTX_enable_HR BSC

DPC BSC DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) BSC DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) MFS

DSP_LOAD_FORGETTING_FACTOR MFS DSP_LOAD_THR_1 MFS DSP_LOAD_THR_2 MFS

DTX_INDICATOR (BSC) BSC DTX_INDICATOR (MFS) MFS DTX_INDICATOR_FR OMC

DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR OMC DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR OMC

DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH BSC DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR BSC


DTX_INDICATOR_SACCH_AMR_WB_G BSC DUMMY_ARFCN_FOR_SI2TER BSC DWELL_TIME_STEP BSC MSK

E_TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS EBS MFS EC BSC

EC_BAR BSC ECSC BSC EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL MFS

EDR_ASSIGN_FAIL_CAUSE BSC EDR_MSG_ORDER BSC EDR_QUEUING_MAINTAINED BSC

EDR_SEND_ASSIGN_FAIL BSC EFR_ENABLED BSC EGPRS_DL_Ack_Factor MFS

EGPRS_DL_ACK_factor_Satellite MFS EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1 MFS EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_10 MFS

EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_11 MFS EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_2 MFS EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_3 MFS



EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT MFS EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE MFS EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor MFS

EGPRS_UL_Ack_Factor_Satellite MFS EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY BSC EME_DATA_TIMER BSC

EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO BSC EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION BSC EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTI BSC ON

EN_3G_DIVERSITY(n) BSC EN_3G_HO BSC EN_4_DR_TRE_PER_TCU BSC

EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR BSC EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR BSC EN_AMR_FR BSC

EN_AMR_HR BSC EN_AMR_WB_GMSK BSC EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING MFS

EN_BALANCED_CI BSC EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO BSC EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) BSC

EN_BS_PC BSC EN_BSS_OVRL_CLASS_BAR BSC EN_CBL MFS

EN_CIRCUIT_GROUP BSC


EN_COMPRESSED_INTER_RAT_INFO BSC EN_CONV_GPS MFS EN_CPICH_2G_3G_RESELECTION BSC

EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK MFS EN_CS_ADAPTATION_NACK MFS EN_DATA_144 BSC

EN_DIST_HO BSC EN_DL_LLC_PDU_REROUTING MFS EN_DL_RETRANS_BTS MFS

EN_DR BSC EN_DSPRESET_CRITICALERROR MFS EN_DTM BSC

EN_EDA MFS EN_EGPRS BSC EN_EXT_DR BSC

EN_EXT_MEAS_REP BSC EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF MFS EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION BSC

EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS MFS EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO BSC EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED MFS

EN_FORCED_DR BSC EN_FR_IF_HR_PREF BSC EN_FULL_IR_DL_per_cell MFS

EN_GAN_HO BSC EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO BSC EN_GPRS BSC

EN_HSL BSC EN_IC_HO BSC EN_IM_ASS_REJ BSC

EN_INBAND_NOTIF BSC EN_INBAND_PAGING BSC EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH BSC

EN_INTRA_DL BSC EN_INTRA_DL_AMR BSC EN_INTRA_DL_AMR_WB_GMSK BSC

EN_INTRA_UL BSC EN_INTRA_UL_AMR BSC EN_INTRA_UL_AMR_WB_GMSK BSC

EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED BSC EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE BSC EN_IR_UL_per_cell MFS

EN_LCS (BSC) BSC EN_LCS (MFS) MFS EN_LNK_M BSC

EN_LOAD_BALANCE BSC EN_LOAD_MNGT BSC EN_LOAD_ORDER BSC

EN_LOAD_OUTER BSC EN_MA_SELECTION BSC EN_MCHO_H_DL BSC

EN_MCHO_H_UL BSC EN_MCHO_NCELL BSC EN_MCHO_RESCUE BSC

EN_MCS1_in_CRP MFS EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS MFS EN_MS_BASED_AGPS MFS

EN_MS_PC BSC EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO BSC EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 MFS


EN_NACC MFS EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR MFS EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR(n) MFS

EN_PBGT_FILTERING BSC EN_PBGT_HO BSC EN_PCR BSC

EN_PFC_FEATURE MFS EN_POWER_SAVING BSC EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO BSC

EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING BSC EN_PSI_STATUS MFS EN_PSI3_Coding2 MFS

EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE MFS EN_RESCUE_UM BSC EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cell MFS

EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO BSC EN_RL_RECOV BSC EN_RXLEV_DL BSC

EN_RXLEV_UL BSC EN_RXQUAL_DL BSC EN_RXQUAL_UL BSC

EN_SAGI MFS EN_SEND_CM3 BSC EN_SEND_OLD_CHAN_MODE BSC

EN_SEND_SPEECH_VER BSC EN_SOLSA MFS EN_SOLSA(n) MFS

EN_SPEED_DISC BSC EN_STREAMING MFS EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO BSC

EN_TCH_PREEMPT BSC EN_TFO BSC EN_TFO_AMR_WB BSC

EN_TFO_MATCH BSC EN_TFO_OPT BSC EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) BSC

EN_UL_CONGESTION MFS EN_UNEQUIPPED_CIRCUIT BSC EN_UPLINK_REPLY BSC

EN_VGCS BSC Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_0 MFS Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_1 MFS

Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_2 MFS Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_3 MFS Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_4 MFS

Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_5 MFS Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_6 MFS Estimated_Speed_CS_FAMILY_7 MFS

EXT_HO_FORCED BSC FDD_ARFCN(n) BSC FDD_ARFCN_LIST(BSC) BSC

FDD_GPRS_Qoffset MFS FDD_MULTIRAT_REPORTING BSC FDD_Qmin(BSC) BSC

FDD_Qmin_Offset BSC FDD_Qoffset (BSC) BSC FDD_REP_QUANT BSC

FDD_REPORTING_OFFSET BSC FDD_REPORTING_THRESHOLD BSC FDD_RSCPmin BSC


Filter_Suspend_Cause BSC FLOW_DIM_Safety_BVC MFS FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS MFS

FORBID_AMR_NS BSC FORBID_DTXD_NH_BCCH_F BSC FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED BSC

FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR BSC FR_INFO_SIZE MFS FRAME_DISCARD BTS

Freefactor_1 BSC Freefactor_2 BSC Freefactor_3 BSC

Freefactor_4 BSC Freefactor_5 BSC Freelevel_1 BSC

Freelevel_2 BSC Freelevel_3 BSC Freelevel_4 BSC

Freelevel_DR(n) BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE BSC FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(MFS) MFS

FREQUENCY_RANGE(n)(OMC) OMC FTP_PRIORITY (BSC) BSC FTP_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS

GAMMA_TNx MFS Gb_Configuration_type MFS Gb_Data_PRIORITY MFS

Gb_Signalling_PRIORITY MFS Gb_Transport_Mode MFS Gb_Transport_Mode_per_NSE MFS

GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage MFS GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage MFS GEOGRAPHICAL_COORDINATES_FLA MFS G

GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS MFS GPRS_DL_Ack_period MFS GPRS_DL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS

GPRS_HCS_THR MFS GPRS_HCS_THR(n) MFS GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_1 MFS

GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_10 MFS GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_2 MFS GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_THR_3 MFS



GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH MFS GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n) MFS GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VAL MFS UE

GPRS_PENALTY_TIME(n) MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS MFS GPRS_PRIORITY_CLASS(n) MFS


GPRS_RESELECTION_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN MFS GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n) MFS

GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) MFS GPRS_UL_Ack_period MFS GPRS_UL_Ack_period_Satellite MFS

GPU_Gb_Base_IP MFS GPU_Gb_Base_UDP MFS GPU_Gb_IP_Address MFS

GPU_Gb_UDP_Port MFS GSL_PRIORITY (BSC) BSC GSL_PRIORITY (MFS) MFS

GSM_PHASE BSC H_LOAD_OBJ BSC H_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC

HALFPWR_BEAM_WIDTH MFS HIGH_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_P MFS HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY MFS RIORITY

HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY MFS HIGH_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY MFS HIGH_THRES_B_MAX MFS

HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS BSC HO_INTERCELL_ALLOWED BSC

HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED BSC HO_MARGIN_DIST(0,n) BSC HO_MARGIN_LEV(0,n) BSC

HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) BSC HO_SDCCH_INHIBIT BSC HOmargin (0,n) BSC

HR_ENABLED BSC I_LAPD_MAX_RX BTS I_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS

I_TX_LAPD BSC IGNORE_2MBIT_FAIL BSC INACT_DLCI BTS

INBAND_PAGING_THR BSC IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_EGPRS MFS

INIT_PDCH_SHORT_DATA_GPRS MFS INTAVE BSC INTFBD1 BSC

INTFBD2 BSC INTFBD3 BSC INTFBD4 BSC

INTFBD5 BSC INVALID_ADR BTS IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_1 MFS

IP_BTS_LOAD_THR_2 MFS IP_CONGESTION_FILTER_WS BTS IP_CONGESTION_PREVENTIVE_THRES BTS HOLD

IP_CONGESTION_TIMER BSC IP_PFC_PRIORITY_MAPPING MFS IPBSS_SUBNET_MASK_MFS MFS

IPGB_SUBNET_MASK_MFS MFS IPGCH_Base_Address_MFS MFS


IPGCH_DL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_R MFS IPGCH_IP_Address_MFS MFS IPGCH_SEGMENT_SIZE BSC ATE

IPGCH_UL_BW_CONTROL_REPEAT_R MFS IPGCHC_Base_TCP_MFS MFS IPGCHC_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS ATE

IPGCHC_PRIORITY (MFS) MFS IPGCHC_TCP_PORT_BTS BTS IPGCHU_ACK_SEND_THRESHOLD MFS

IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS IPGCHU_BE_PRIORITY (MFS) MFS IPGCHU_BE_UL_THRES BTS

IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_DL MFS IPGCHU_BW_MAX_CONG_UL MFS IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_DL MFS

IPGCHU_BW_MIN_CONG_UL MFS IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_DL BSC IPGCHU_DELAY_HIGH_THRES_UL BSC

IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_DL BSC IPGCHU_DELAY_LOW_THRES_UL BSC IPGCHU_ExtraGBR_UL_THRES BTS

IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS IPGCHU_GBR_PRIORITY (MFS) MFS IPGCHU_GBR_UL_THRES BTS

IPGCHU_MAX_PATTERN_MEAS_THRO MFS IPGCHU_Nominal_Abis_BW_Factor MFS IPGCHU_PATTERN_LIFETIME_DL MFS UGHPUT_DL

IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G BTS IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G BTS IPGCHU_UDP_MAX_WINDOW_SIZE_G MFS 3 4_G5 PU

IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_BTS BTS IPGCHU_UDP_PORT_MFS MFS IPGCHU_XOFF_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESH MFS OLD

IPGCHU_XOFF_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRES MFS IPGCHU_XON_BE_FIFO_DL_THRESHO MFS IPGCHU_XON_GBR_FIFO_DL_THRESH MFS HOLD LD OLD

IPGSL_Base_Address_MFS MFS IPGSL_BASE_TCP_MFS MFS IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (BSC) BSC

IPGSL_IP_Address_BSC (MFS) MFS IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (BSC) BSC IPGSL_IP_Address_MFS (MFS) MFS

IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (BSC) BSC IPGSL_TCP_PORT_BSCside (MFS) MFS IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (BSC) BSC

IPGSL_TCP_PORT_MFSside (MFS) MFS IPTCH_UDP_PORT_BTS BTS IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_MUX TC

IPTCH_UDP_PORT_TC_NONMUX TC K_GSL (BSC) BSC K_GSL (MFS) MFS

K_LAPD_OML BTS K_LAPD_RSL BTS K_LAPDm BTS


K_VAL_OML_16K_satellite BSC K_VAL_OML_16K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_OML_64K_satellite BSC

K_VAL_OML_64K_terrestrial BSC K_VAL_RSL_16K_satellite BSC K_VAL_RSL_16K_terrestrial BSC

K_VAL_RSL_64K_satellite BSC K_VAL_RSL_64K_terrestrial BSC KEEP_CODEC_HO BSC

L_LOAD_OBJ BSC L_MIN_DWELL_TIME BSC L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) BSC

L_RXLEV_DL_H BSC L_RXLEV_DL_P BSC L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) BSC

L_RXLEV_UL_H BSC L_RXLEV_UL_P BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H BSC

L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK BSC L_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC

L_RXQUAL_UL_H BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR BSC L_RXQUAL_UL_H_AMR_WB_GMSK BSC

L_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC L_TIME_ADVANCE BSC LAC (BSC) BSC

LAC (MFS) MFS LAC(n)(BSC) BSC LAC(n)(MFS) MFS

LAC_3G(n) BSC LB_DECR BSC LB_INCR BSC

LCS_AZIMUTH MFS LCS_LATITUDE MFS LCS_LONGITUDE MFS

Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_HI MFS Length_On_Going_Requests_ListA_L MFS Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_HI MFS GH_CAP OW_CAP GH_CAP

Length_On_Going_Requests_ListB_L MFS Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue MFS Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue MFS OW_CAP A_GP A_GPU

Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue MFS Length_Suspended_Requests_Queue MFS Linkfactor (0,n) BSC B_GP B_GPU

LOAD_EV_PERIOD BSC LOAD_EV_PERIOD_GPRS BSC Loadfactor_1 BSC

Loadfactor_2 BSC Loadfactor_3 BSC Loadfactor_4 BSC

Loadfactor_5 BSC Loadlevel_1 BSC Loadlevel_2 BSC


Loadlevel_3 BSC Loadlevel_4 BSC LOW_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUND_P MFS RIORITY

LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORITY MFS LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORITY MFS LOW_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORITY MFS

LOW_THRES_B_MAX MFS LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC LSA_ID_array (BSC) BSC

LSA_ID_array (MFS) MFS LSA_ID_array (n) MFS LSA_OFFSET BSC

M_PEND_A (BTS) BTS M_PEND_A (G2 BSC) BSC M_PEND_A (MX BSC) BSC

M1 BSC M2 BSC M2UA_SCTP_PORT_BSC BSC

M2UA_SCTP_PORT_TC TC M2UA_TC_IP_ADDRESS TC MATE_CI (BSC) BSC

MATE_CI (MFS) MFS MATE_LAC BSC MAX_ADJ_CELL MFS

MAX_ADJ_CELL_3G_HO BSC MAX_AGCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS MAX_BLER MFS

MAX_CELLS_GP MFS MAX_CELLS_GPUAB MFS MAX_CELLS_GPUAC MFS

MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GP MFS MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAB MFS MAX_CTXT_CELLS_GPUAC MFS

MAX_CTXT_MS_GP MFS MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAB MFS MAX_CTXT_MS_GPUAC MFS

MAX_CTXT_TBF_GP MFS MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAB MFS MAX_CTXT_TBF_GPUAC MFS

MAX_CTXT_TRX_GP MFS MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAB MFS MAX_CTXT_TRX_GPUAC MFS

MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH MFS MAX_EGPRS_MCS MFS MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL MFS

MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL MFS MAX_GCH_DSP MFS MAX_GCH_DSP_GP MFS

Max_GPRS_assign_agch_retrans MFS Max_GPRS_assign_pch_retrans MFS MAX_GPRS_CS BSC

MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL MFS MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL MFS MAX_LAPDM BSC


MAX_LAPS BSC MAX_LLC_PDU_Lifetime MFS MAX_MPDCH_DSP MFS

MAX_MPDCH_DSP_GP MFS MAX_MPDCH_PTU_IP MFS Max_Nb_Tcorr_Start MFS

MAX_PAGING_QUEUE MFS MAX_PDCH (BSC) BSC MAX_PDCH (MFS) MFS

MAX_PDCH_DSP MFS MAX_PDCH_DSP_GP MFS MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (BSC) BSC

MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MFS) MFS MAX_PDCH_PER_TBF MFS MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G3_G4 MFS

MAX_PDCH_PTU_IP_G5 MFS MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GP MFS MAX_PFC_NUMBER_GPU MFS

MAX_POW_INC BSC MAX_POW_RED BSC Max_PPCH_DRX_Occurrences MFS

Max_PPCH_Non_DRX_Lifetime MFS MAX_PPCH_QUEUING_DELAY MFS MAX_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS

Max_Rate_Safety MFS Max_Resel_Duration MFS Max_retrans (BSC) BSC

Max_retrans (MFS) MFS MAX_RETRANS_1 MFS MAX_RETRANS_2 MFS

MAX_RETRANS_3 MFS MAX_RETRANS_4 MFS Max_retrans_DL MFS

MAX_RETRANS_PAGING_EXT MFS MAX_Retrans_SIG MFS MAX_RLC_blks_DSP MFS

MAX_RLC_blks_DSP_GP MFS MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G3_IP MFS MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G4_IP MFS

MAX_RLC_blks_PTU_G5_IP MFS MAX_TBF_DSP_GP MFS MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAB MFS

MAX_TBF_DSP_GPUAC MFS MAX_TBF_PTU_G3_IP MFS MAX_TBF_PTU_G4_IP MFS

MAX_TBF_PTU_G5_IP MFS MAX_TBF_TRX_DL MFS MAX_TBF_TRX_UL MFS

MAX_TCH_PER_CCP BSC MAX_TRC_NUMBER BSC MAX_TRX_DSP MFS

MAX_TRX_DSP_GP MFS MAX_TRX_GP MFS MAX_TRX_GPUAB MFS

MAX_TRX_GPUAC MFS MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G3_G4 MFS MAX_TRX_PTU_IP_G5 MFS

MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH MFS MAX_VGCS_TS BSC Maximum_Credit MFS


Maximum_Weight MFS MCC (BSC) BSC MCC (MFS) MFS

MCC(n) (BSC) BSC MCC(n) (MFS) MFS MCC_3G(n) BSC

MCS_AVG_PERIOD MFS MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [1] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [10] BSC

MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [2] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [3] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [4] BSC

MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [5] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [6] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [7] BSC

MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [8] BSC MEAS_RES_DISCARDED_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [1] BSC

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [4] BSC

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [7] BSC

MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_BFI_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [1] BSC

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [4] BSC

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [7] BSC

MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_C_I_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [1] BSC

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [4] BSC

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [7] BSC

MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_LEV_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [1] BSC

MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [4] BSC

MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [7] BSC

MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [1] BSC

MEAS_STAT_S_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [4] BSC

MEAS_STAT_S_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [7] BSC


MEAS_STAT_S_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_S_i [9] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [1] BSC

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [2] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [3] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [4] BSC

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [5] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [6] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [7] BSC

MEAS_STAT_TA_i [8] BSC MEAS_STAT_TA_i [9] BSC MIN_CONNECT_TIME BSC

MIN_PDCH (BSC) BSC MIN_PDCH (MFS) MFS MIN_RADIUS_FACTOR MFS

MIN_RLF_TIME_DL MFS MIN_THROUGHPUT_GAIN MFS MIN_VGCS_TS BSC

Minimum_Credit_Weight MFS MNC (BSC) BSC MNC (MFS) MFS

MNC(n) (BSC) BSC MNC(n) (MFS) MFS MNC_3G(n) BSC

MPDCH_LOAD_PERIOD MFS MS_BASED_AGPS_ASSIST_DATA_LI MFS MS_P_CON_ACK BSC ST

MS_P_CON_INT BSC MS_TIME_TO_SWITCH_TO_NEW_PDC MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX BSC H

MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (BSC) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH (MFS) MFS

MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(BSC) BSC MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(n)(MFS) MFS MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER BSC

MS_TXPWR_MIN BSC MSCR (BSC) BSC MSCR (MFS) MFS

MTP_Sequence_Number_Format BSC MTP3_WB_INTERWORKING BSC Multi_GPU_INFO_BROADCAST_PERIO MFS D

MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) BSC MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) MFS MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION BSC

MUXTRAUP_SIZE BSC N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU MFS N_AVG_I (BSC) BSC

N_AVG_I (MFS) MFS N_BAD_SACCH BSC N_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS

N_BSTXPWR_M BSC N_CANDIDATE_FOR_REALLOC MFS N_CLR_REQ BSC


N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS MFS N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIO MFS N_DECR BTS DIC

N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS MFS N_INCR BTS N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMP MFS T_T3

N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMP MFS N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCES MFS N_PDCH_Release MFS T_T4 S_T3

N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT MFS N_PREF_CELLS BSC N_SIG_REPEAT MFS

N_stagnating_Window_DL_LIMIT MFS N_stagnating_Window_UL_LIMIT MFS N_TA_IP BTS

N_TCH_HO BSC N_threshold BSC N_TRAFFIC_LOAD BSC

N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA MFS N_UL_Dummy_LIMIT MFS N_UL_Errors_LIMIT MFS

N_WAIT BTS N1 BSC N2 BSC

N200_GSL (BSC) BSC N200_GSL (MFS) MFS N200_LE BTS

N200_LR BTS N200_OML (BSC) BSC N200_OML (BTS) BTS

N200_RSL (BSC) BSC N200_RSL (BTS) BTS N200_TD BTS

N200_TS BTS N200_TTF BTS N200_TTH BTS

N201 (BSC) BSC N201 (BTS) BTS N201_BTER_D BTS

N201_BTER_S BTS N201_C BTS N201_D BTS

N201_GSL (BSC) BSC N201_GSL (MFS) MFS N201_S BTS

N2X4 BSC N3101_LIMIT MFS N3101_POLLING_THR MFS

N3103_LIMIT MFS N3105_LIMIT MFS N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE MFS

N391 MFS N392 MFS N393 MFS

NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS BSC


NB_MAX_BC_PER_PHYSICAL_LINE MFS NB_MAX_BEARER_CHANNELS_PER_ MFS NB_MAX_GB_PHYSICAL_LINES MFS GPU

NB_MAX_MSG_MULTIPLE_PAGING_C BSC NB_MAX_PVC_PER_BEARER_CHANN MFS NB_MPDCH_LOAD_SAMPLE MFS MD EL

NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOF BSC NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOF BSC NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XO BSC F_G2_BSC F_MX_BSC N_G2_BSC

NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XO BSC Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBC BSC Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_extended_ BSC N_MX_BSC H CBCH

NB_TS_MPDCH (BSC) BSC NB_TS_MPDCH (MFS) MFS NBLK BSC

NBR_RESET_CIC_REP BSC NBR_RESET_REP BSC NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 BSC

NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 BSC NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR MFS NC_DL_RXLEV_THR MFS

NC_DL_RXQUAL_THR MFS NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD MFS NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET MFS

NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T MFS NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T(n) MFS

NC_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS(0,n) MFS NC_RXLEV_FORGETTING_FACTOR MFS NC_RXQUAL_AVG_PERIOD MFS

NC_RXQUAL_HYSTERESIS MFS NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR MFS NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE MFS

NC2_LOAD_EV_PERIOD MFS NCC (BSC) BSC NCC (MFS) MFS

NCC(n) MFS NCC_permitted BSC NCI BSC

NECI (BSC) BSC NECI (MFS) MFS NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) BSC

NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER MFS NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER(n) MFS network_operation_mode (BSC) BSC

network_operation_mode (MFS) MFS NIR MFS NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_BACKGROUN MFS D_PRIORITY

NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP1_PRIORI MFS NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP2_PRIORI MFS NORMAL_PRECEDENCE_THP3_PRIORI MFS TY TY TY


NOTIF_FACCH_OTHER_VGCS_CALL_ BSC NOTIF_FACCH_PTP_CALL_THR BSC NOTIF_PCH_THR BSC THR

NRT_GUARANTEED_BANDWIDTH_FA BSC NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN MFS NS_alive_IP_retries MFS CTOR

NS_ALIVE_RETRIES MFS NS_BLOCK_RETRIES MFS NS_Priority MFS

NS_RESET_RETRIES MFS NS_UNBLOCK_RETRIES MFS NSEI MFS

NSEMAX MFS NSVCI MFS NSVCMAX MFS

NUBLK BSC NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO BSC NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS BSC

NY1 BSC NY2 BSC OAM_VLAN_ID MFS

OandM_PRIORITY (BSC) BSC OandM_PRIORITY (MFS) MFS OFFSET_CA_HIGH BSC

OFFSET_CA_NORMAL BSC OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER BSC Offset_Hopping_HO BSC

Offset_Hopping_PC BSC OML_PRIORITY (BSC) BSC OML_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS

OPC BSC Operator BSC OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n) BSC

P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC BSC P0_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS MFS P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC BSC

P0_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS MFS P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_BSC BSC P1_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS MFS


P2_LAYER2_MAPPING_MFS MFS P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_BSC BSC P2_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS MFS


P3_LAYER3_MAPPING_MFS MFS PACKET_LOAD_BROADCAST_PERIOD MFS PAG_BAR BSC

PAN_DEC (BSC) BSC PAN_DEC (MFS) MFS PAN_INC (BSC) BSC

PAN_INC (MFS) MFS PAN_MAX (BSC) BSC PAN_MAX (MFS) MFS


Password BSC Pb MFS PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC) BSC

PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS) MFS PCC_n_RT_THROUGHPUT MFS PCC_T_LEAKY_BUCKET MFS

PCC_T_MAX_UL_BUFFERING MFS PCC_UL_TBF_GUARD_TIMER MFS PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 MFS

PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 MFS PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 MFS PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 MFS



PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 MFS PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 MFS PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 MFS



PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 MFS

PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 MFS

PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 MFS

PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 MFS PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 MFS PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 MFS

PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10 MFS PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 MFS PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 MFS



PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 MFS PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 MFS PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 MFS




PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 MFS

PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 MFS

PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 MFS

PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 MFS PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 MFS PDA_FULL BTS

PDCH_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS PDCH_MIN_BUFFERING_FACTOR MFS PDCH_TBF_XON_FACTOR MFS

PDU_LIFETIME_ORDER MFS Peer_NSE_Data_Weight MFS Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight MFS

PENALTY_TIME(BSC) BSC PENALTY_TIME(MFS) MFS PENALTY_TIME(n)(BSC) BSC

PENALTY_TIME(n)(MFS) MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_1 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_2 MFS

PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_3 MFS PERSISTENCE_LEVEL_4 MFS PFC_NB_RETRY_DOWNLD MFS

PFC_NB_RETRY_MODIFY MFS PFC_T6 MFS PFC_T8 MFS

PG_FULL BTS PING_PONG_HCP BSC PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(BSC) BSC

PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS(MFS) MFS PMU_CPU_OVERLOAD MFS PMU_CPU_overload_step_H MFS

PMU_CPU_overload_step_N MFS PMU_CPU_sampling_period MFS POW_INC_FACTOR BSC

POW_INC_STEP_SIZE BSC POW_RED_FACTOR BSC POW_RED_STEP_SIZE BSC

POWER_OFFSET_IND BSC PRACH_BUSY_THRES MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_1 MFS

PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_2 MFS PREF_GPS_LIST_Priority_3 MFS PREFERRED_BAND BSC

PRIO_THR BSC PRIORITY(0,n) BSC PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD BSC (BSC)


PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD MFS PROT_MON BSC PROT_TH BSC (MFS)

PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX BSC PTM_BVCI MFS PTP_BVCI MFS

PVC_Level1_down MFS PVC_Level1_Factor MFS PVC_Level1_up MFS

PWRC (BSC) BSC PWRC (MFS) MFS Q703_N1 BSC

Q703_N1_HSL BSC Q703_N2 BSC Q703_N2_HSL BSC

Q703_T1 BSC Q703_T1_HSL BSC Q703_T2 BSC

Q703_T3 BSC Q703_T4E BSC Q703_T4N BSC

Q703_T4N_HSL BSC Q703_T5 BSC Q703_T6 BSC

Q703_T7 BSC Q704_T2 BSC Q704_T4 BSC

Q704_T5 BSC Q707_T1 BSC Q707_T2 BSC

QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN MFS Qsearch_C BSC Qsearch_I BSC

Qsearch_P BSC Qsearch_P_PTM MFS QUEUE_ANYWAY BSC

R_AVERAGE_EGPRS MFS R_AVERAGE_GPRS MFS RA_CAPABILITY_UPDATE_RETRIES MFS

RA_CODE (BSC) BSC RA_CODE (MFS) MFS RA_CODE(n) MFS

RA_COLOUR BSC RA_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS MFS RACH_BUSY_THRES BSC

RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) BSC RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS) MFS

RACHRT BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) MFS

RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_AMR BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS BSC RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR BSC

RANGEi_HIGHER (1<=i<=13) BSC RANGEi_LOWER (1<=i<=13) BSC RAW_BITRATE_CS1 MFS


RAW_BITRATE_CS2 MFS RAW_BITRATE_CS3 MFS RAW_BITRATE_CS4 MFS

RAW_BITRATE_MCS1 MFS RAW_BITRATE_MCS2 MFS RAW_BITRATE_MCS3 MFS



RE BSC RESET_INDEFINITE BSC RESP_REQ BSC

Resume_retries MFS RLC_FC1_BUFFER_SEND_THRES MFS RLC_FC1_THROUGHPUT_CHANGE_TH MFS RES

RLC_TARGET_BUFFER MFS RMIN_EGPRS MFS RMIN_GPRS MFS

RMS_TEMPLATE_INDEX BSC RNC_ID(n) BSC ROT BSC

round_trip_delay MFS RR_ACK_TIMER (BTS) BTS RR_ACK_TIMER (MX BSC) BSC

RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (BSC) BSC RR_ALLOC_PERIOD (MFS) MFS RSL_I_PRIORITY (BSC) BSC

RSL_I_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS RSL_RATE (BSC) BSC RSL_RATE (BTS) BTS

RSL_UDP_PORT_BSC BSC RSL_UDP_PORT_TRX BTS RSL_UI_PRIORITY BSC

RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) BSC RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) MFS RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) BSC

RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) MFS RXLEV_DL_IH BSC RXLEV_DL_ZONE BSC

RxLev_HO_to_GAN BSC RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO BSC RXLEV_UL_IH BSC

RXLEV_UL_ZONE BSC RXLEVmin(n) BSC S MFS

S_BECN MFS SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_1 MFS SAGI_GATEWAY_IP_ADDRESS_2 MFS

SAGI_GPS_SERVER_LOCAL_IP_ADD MFS SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT MFS SAGI_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTERVAL MFS RESS

SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS MFS SAGI_TCP_PORT_NB MFS Schedule_period_for_basic_CBCH BSC


Schedule_period_for_extended_CBCH BSC SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR MFS SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G(n) BSC

SDCCH_AVG_PERIOD BSC SDCCH_COUNTER BSC SDCCH_HIGH_DELAY BSC

SDCCH_LOW_DELAY BSC SEARCH_3G_PRIO BSC SGSN_IP_Address MFS

SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_MAX MFS SGSN_UDP_Port MFS SGSNR MFS

SHORT_FRM BTS SIDMO_TCP_PORT_TRE BTS SIG_BVCI MFS

SIGNALLING_PRIORITY MFS SLC BSC SMS_INHIBIT BSC

SMS_PRIORITY MFS SMSCB_Features_set BSC SMSCB_Mode BSC

SMSCB_Phase BSC SMSCB_Recovery BSC SMSCB_State BSC

SNMP_PRIORITY (BSC) BSC SNMP_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS SNMP_PRIORITY (TC) TC

SNS_CONFIG_RETRIES MFS SNS_SIZE_RETRIES MFS SPGC_CCCH_SUP (BSC) BSC

SPGC_CCCH_SUP (MFS) MFS SSF BSC START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_BSC BSC

START_TELECOM_IP_ADDRESS_TC TC START_UPLINK_REPLY BSC STREAMING_PRIORITY MFS

STRIP_O5_CM2 BSC Suspend_retries MFS T(conn est) BSC

T(iar) BSC T(ias) BSC T(rel) BSC

T(sst) BSC T_ACK_WAIT MFS T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH MFS

T_ALLOC_BTS BSC T_ATER_CONN BSC T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP BSC

T_AVG_T (BSC) BSC T_AVG_T (MFS) MFS T_AVG_W (BSC) BSC

T_AVG_W (MFS) MFS T_BA_CHANGE MFS T_BIND_CNF BSC

T_BTS_EST_CNF BSC T_BTS_LOAD_REPORT MFS T_BTS_RLS_CNF BSC


T_BURST BSC T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC MFS T_CBC_READY BSC

T_CFI_TR BTS T_CHANGE_RLC_MODE MFS T_CONFIG_TBF MFS

T_CONFIRM_ABIS BTS T_CONNECT BSC T_COUNT_I BSC

T_DELAY BSC T_delay_gch MFS T_DELAY_GSL BSC

T_DELAY_PAGING_EXT MFS T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL MFS T_DELAYED_DL_TBF_POL_INITIAL MFS

T_Delayed_DL_TBF_Pol_UL MFS T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN MFS T_dl_assign_ccch MFS

T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport MFS T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport MFS T_DSP_LOAD_REPORT MFS

T_DTM_ASSIGN MFS T_DYN_SDCCH_HOLD BSC T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_FAST_POL MFS

T_EXTENDED_UL_TBF_POL MFS T_FAST_DL_margin MFS T_FILTER BSC

T_flow_ctrl_cell MFS T_flow_ctrl_ms MFS T_GCH_INACTIVITY MFS

T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST MFS T_GPRS_Resume BSC T_GSL_ACK (BSC) BSC

T_GSL_ACK (MFS) MFS T_HCP BSC T_HO_REQD_LOST BSC

T_i BSC T_IA BSC T_INHIBIT_CPT BSC

T_INITIAL_PDCH MFS T_INTRF_L3 BSC T_IPGCH_ACK_DL MFS

T_IPGCH_ACK_UL MFS T_IPGCHU_TIMEOUT MFS T_LB_OV BSC

T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant MFS T_LCS_Low_Delay MFS T_LCS_RESTART (BSC) BSC

T_LCS_RESTART (MFS) MFS T_Loc_abort BSC T_Location BSC

T_Location_Longer BSC T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL MFS T_MAX_FOR_MS_SYNCHRO MFS

T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING MFS T_MAX_HOLD_MUXTRAUP BSC T_MAX_RETRANS_DL MFS

T_MAX_STREAMING_BUFFERING MFS T_MIN_POLL MFS T_MPDCH_EST_PROC (BSC) BSC


T_MS_CELL_REJ BSC T_MS_CONTEXT_FLUSH_PERSISTENC MFS T_MS_Context_Lifetime MFS E

T_NC_PING_PONG MFS T_NC_REJ_CELL MFS T_NC_RXQUAL_VALID MFS

T_NC2_LOAD_RANKING MFS T_NETWORK_RESPONSE_TIME MFS T_NOTIF_RESPONSE_DELAY BSC

T_One_Block MFS T_OVL_MSC BSC T_PAG_CS (BSC) BSC

T_PAG_CS (MFS) MFS T_PAG_PS (BSC) BSC T_PAG_PS (MFS) MFS

T_PAGING_EXT MFS T_PAGING_REORG MFS T_PDA BSC

T_PSCD_SCHEDULE_ACK MFS T_PSI_PACCH MFS T_PUA BSC

T_qho BSC T_RCR_ACK BSC T_RECOVERY BSC

T_release TC T_REPETITION_CHANNEL_RELEASE BSC T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE BSC

T_REROUTING_REQUEST_GUARD MFS T_RESEL MFS T_RESET_COUNTER BTS

T_RMS_BSC BSC T_RMS_BSC_RECONF BSC T_RMS_BSC_RESTART BSC

T_RMS_BTS BSC T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant MFS T_RRLP_Low_Delay MFS

T_SAGI_GUARD MFS T_SDCCH_PC BSC T_SEND_MULTIPLE_PAGING_CMD BSC

T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (BSC) BSC T_SHARED_DTM_INFO (MFS) MFS T_SMSCB_READY BTS

T_SMSCB_RESP BSC T_STOP_FR_EMISSION MFS T_SUP BTS

T_SYNC BTS T_SYNCd BTS T_SYNCu BTS

T_ta BTS T_TA_ Margin BTS T_TA_delta_min BTS

T_TBF_ACTIV MFS T_TBF_BCK_REL MFS T_TC_BTS_LINK_POLLING BSC


T_TFO BSC T_TRAU_ACK_WAIT BSC T_ul_access_max MFS

T_ul_assign_ccch MFS T_ul_assign_pccch MFS T_UL_CONGESTION MFS

T_UL_RLS_EUTM MFS T_USF_Scheduling_AGCH MFS T_WAIT_CS_PROC MFS

T_WAIT_DTM MFS T_WAIT_DTM_TCH_REL MFS T_WAIT_FLUSH MFS

T_WAIT_PMR_MARGIN MFS T_WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS BSC T_WAIT_UPLINK_REQUEST_ACK BSC

T1_0858 BSC T1_long BSC T1_short BSC

T11 BSC T11_FORCED BSC T13 BSC

T14 BSC T17 BSC T18 BSC

T18_Overload BSC T19 BSC T2_0858 BSC

T20 BSC T200 (BSC) BSC T200_D BTS

T200_D3 BTS T200_GSL (BSC) BSC T200_GSL (MFS) MFS

T200_OMU BTS T200_S3 BTS T200_SD BTS

T200_ST BTS T200_TF BSC T200_TH BSC

T200_TRE BTS T203 (BSC) BSC T203 (BTS) BTS

T203_GSL (BSC) BSC T203_GSL (MFS) MFS T3101 BSC

T3103 BSC T3105_D BSC T3105_D_STOP BSC

T3105_F_FR BSC T3105_F_HR BSC T3105_F_STOP BSC

T3106_D BSC T3106_D_STOP BSC T3106_F BSC

T3106_F_STOP BSC T3107 BSC T3109 BSC



T3122 BSC T3148n (BSC) BSC T3148n (MFS) MFS

T3166n MFS T3168 (BSC) BSC T3168 (MFS) MFS

T3169 MFS T3180 MFS T3182n MFS

T3190n MFS T3191 MFS T3192 (BSC) BSC

T3192 (MFS) MFS T3208n MFS T3212 (BSC) BSC

T3212 (MFS) MFS T391 MFS T4 BSC

T5_RA_CAP_UPDATE MFS T7 BSC T8 BSC



T9112 BSC T9113 BSC TA_STAT BSC

TBF_CS_DL MFS TBF_CS_PERIOD MFS TBF_CS_UL MFS

TBF_CS3_BLER_PERIOD MFS TBF_CS4_BLER_PERIOD MFS TBF_DL_INIT_CS MFS

TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MFS TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL MFS TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL MFS

TBF_MCS_DL MFS TBF_MCS_PERIOD MFS TBF_MCS_UL MFS

TBF_UL_INIT_CS MFS TBF_UL_INIT_MCS MFS TC_MUX_IP_Address TC

TC_NONMUX_IP_Address TC TCH_INFO_PERIOD BSC TCH_TS_ACTIVITY_FACTOR BSC

Tcorr MFS TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BSC) BSC TCP_ABORT_TIMER (BTS) BTS

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BSC) BSC TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (BTS) BTS TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_CNT (MFS) MFS

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BTS) BTS TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (BSC) BSC TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_IDLE (MFS) MFS

TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BSC) BSC TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (BTS) BTS TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_INTVL (MFS) MFS


TCP_MSL (BSC) BSC TCP_MSL (BTS) BTS TCP_MSL (MFS) MFS

TCSL_PRIORITY BSC TDD_ARFCN_LIST BSC TDD_Qoffset BSC

Tdsl MFS TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_BSC BSC TELECOM_IP_SUBNET_MASK_TC TC

Telecom_VLAN_ID MFS TEMPORARY_OFFSET BSC TEMPORARY_OFFSET(n) BSC

Testab MFS Tfreeze MFS THR_ACT_1 BTS

THR_ACT_2 BTS THR_BUFFER BTS THR_CCCH_LOAD BSC

THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT BSC THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ BSC THR_ECNO_HO BSC

THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 BSC THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 BSC

THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 BSC THR_IDLE BTS THR_LB_OV BSC

THR_MARGIN_PRIO_PS BSC THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING MFS THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_HIGH MFS

THR_RR_ALLOC_DEFENSE_LOW MFS THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH BSC THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL BSC

THRES_DSP_XOFF MFS THRES_DSP_XON MFS THRES_G_MAX_HIGH MFS

THRES_G_MAX_LOW MFS THRES_HIGH_TX BTS THRES_LOW_DSP_XOFF MFS

THRES_LOW_DSP_XON MFS THRES_LOW_PTU_XOFF_IP MFS THRES_LOW_PTU_XON_IP MFS

THRES_LOW_TX BTS THRESHOLD_1_0 BSC THRESHOLD_1_1 BSC

THRESHOLD_1_10 BSC THRESHOLD_1_2 BSC THRESHOLD_1_3 BSC







THRESHOLD_2_8 BSC THRESHOLD_2_9 BSC TL_TCUA BSC

TL0 BSC TL1 BSC TL2 BSC

TL3 BSC TL4 BSC TLC_CONFIG_T BTS

Tns_alive MFS Tns_alive_IP MFS Tns_block MFS

Tns_reset MFS Tns_test MFS Tns_test_IP MFS

TOM8_PRIORITY MFS TRAFFIC_EV_PERIOD OMC TRAU_ACTIVITY_TIMER BTS

TRAU_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT BSC TRE_CONTAINER_MAX_NB_UDP_G3 BTS TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G3 BTS

TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G4 BTS TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_TCP_G5 BTS TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G3 BTS

TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G4 BTS TRE_CONTAINER_SIZE_UDP_G5 BTS Treassembly BSC

Trelease MFS Treq_pending MFS TRG_SDCCH BSC

TRTS_PS MFS TRX_PREF_MARK BSC TS_TCUA BSC

TSC BSC Tsns_config MFS Tsns_prov MFS

Tsns_restart MFS Tusl MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_ACK_THR MFS

TX_EFFICIENCY_NACK_THR MFS TX_EFFICIENCY_PERIOD MFS TX_INT MFS

Tx_integer (BSC) BSC Tx_integer (MFS) MFS U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO BSC

U_RXLEV_DL_P BSC U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO BSC U_RXLEV_UL_P BSC

U_RXQUAL_DL_P BSC U_RXQUAL_UL_P BSC U_TIME_ADVANCE BSC

UI_LAPD_MAX_TX BTS UL_POLL_FACTOR MFS Use_of_Extended_CBCH BSC

USF_NE MFS VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BSC) BSC VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (BTS) BTS


VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (MFS) MFS VARIOUS_IP_PRIORITY (TC) TC VGCS_FIX_AMR_FR_CODEC BSC

VGCS_FIX_AMR_HR_CODEC BSC VQ_AVERAGE BSC VQ_BAD_RXFER BSC

VQ_FER_THRESHOLD BSC VQ_GOOD_RXFER BSC VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD BSC

VQ_RXLEV BSC VQ_RXQUAL BSC VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER BSC

W_LEV_HO BSC W_LEV_MCHO BSC W_LEV_PC BSC

W_PBGT_HO BSC W_QUAL_CA BSC W_QUAL_HO BSC

W_QUAL_PC BSC WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS BSC WEIGHT_BIAS_DETERMINATION MFS

Weight_P10 MFS Weight_P11 MFS Weight_P12 MFS




WI_CR BSC WI_DTM MFS WI_EC BSC

WI_OC BSC WI_OP BSC WI_PR MFS

WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD MFS ZONE_HO_HYST_DL BSC ZONE_HO_HYST_UL BSC

ZONE_TYPE BSC

End of document


B10 Parameters

Documents

Transcript of B10 Parameters